Archive for June, 2014

June 30, 2014

No 670     “EN  MI  OPINIóN”    Junio 28, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST”    Lázaro R González Miño Editor.

 El precio de no involucrarse es perderlo todo cediéndolo a los canallas…  “En mi opinión” Lázaro R González Miño

 

Amenper: FILOSOFÍA GRIEGA

Los filósofos Griegos son ignorados en nuestra vida diaria.  Quizás porque pensamos

 ¿Cómo puede alguien que haya vivido siglos atrás,  en un entorno tan diferente al moderno, puede enseñarnos algo en este siglo?

Pero las ideas no tienen edad ni época.  La claridad de pensamiento y la sabiduría son eternas. 

Si…tenemos mucho que aprender de los errores y las virtudes de la cuna de nuestra civilización Greco-Romana.

Platón nos dijo algo hace más de 2400 años que tiene una vigenciaque mejor analizamos con cuidado.

Es un pensamiento que nos tiene que interesar en los que vivimos en un país en que la democracia y la libertad más extrema ha sido ejemplo para el mundo.

 

“La dictadura surge naturalmente de la democracia, y la forma más agravada de la tiranía y la esclavitud de la libertad más extrema”.

 Plátōn,

 

El precio de no involucrarse.Es demasiada la gente que se queja. La paradoja es que son los mismos que hacen bastante poco por cambiar el curso de los acontecimientos. A ellos les molesta mucho lo que ocurre a diario, pero a la hora de participar, despliegan una interminable lista razones por las cuales no serán de la partida y delegarán en otros esa vital tarea.

Muchos prefieren ser solo espectadores de lo que sucede y de ningún modo tomar la responsabilidad de asumir el protagonismo necesario que les permita modificar la realidad. A Edmund Burke se le atribuye aquella frase que dice que “lo único que necesita el mal para triunfar es que los hombres buenos no hagan nada”. Una descripción casi perfecta de la actualidad.

Una sensación generalizada invade a la sociedad y es que la política no ofrece a los mejores. Se dice que son mediocres, que no tienen ideas y que abundan los deshonestos en esa labor. No menos cierto es que esas características son más que frecuentes también en otras áreas del quehacer cívico. Es que la dirigencia en general no es muy diferente en promedio. Los que lideran las organizaciones de la sociedad civil, los clubes, las comisiones barriales, los consorcios de los edificios, los sindicatos, las entidades empresarias, las colegiaciones profesionales, no escapan a esta regla casi universal y en todo caso no hacen más que confirmarla.

Obviamente que también están las excepciones. Existe gente fuera de serie, especial, con grandes aptitudes. Pero el problema es justamente que no es un hecho habitual y frecuente, sino bastante inusual y por lo tanto escaso.

Es evidente que los mejores no ocupan los lugares claves de conducción y queda claro que no es casualidad. Existe una deliberada decisión individual de no ser parte. Eso es innegable. Los más capaces parecen haber elegido premeditadamente no participar, no integrarse, ni cooperar en lo mínimo.

Muchos afirman que no quieren ensuciarse, que la política implica embarrarse y que entonces la determinación pasa por no entrar a ese mundo infinitamente ingrato. Otros creen que solo han optado por dedicarse por completo a lo profesional, a los negocios, a la actividad propia, suponiendo que así se puede progresar.

Cualquiera sea la razón que lleve a estas personas a no sumarse al necesario proceso de cambio, lo que es indudable, es que el sendero seleccionado no resulta gratuito. Esta decisión tiene un enorme costo directo en la vida de cada ciudadano y en el de la comunidad toda.

Ser gobernado por mediocres, o inclusive por los peores, tiene consecuencias que están a la vista. Solo así se puede explicar que naciones con abundantes riquezas naturales, con tantas posibilidades de desarrollo, hayan sido pésimamente administradas y convivan con la pobreza.

Hay que poner mucho ahínco para lograr tan malos rendimientos, en tan poco tiempo. La ineptitud es la verdadera madre de estos infinitos fracasos y de los innumerables desaciertos que pueden recordarse.

Como los incompetentes no pueden gobernar con habilidad, orientan sus energías a construir ingeniosos mecanismos para saquear a los ciudadanos y quedarse con el fruto de su esfuerzo. Hay que reconocer que han demostrado una notable destreza y que han sido inmensamente eficaces para generar corrupción. Sin ellos, este presente no sería posible.

Los más sobresalientes suelen ser excelentes en lo suyo, pero tal vez no sean tan inteligentes como parecen. Ellos creen estar a salvo de todo haciendo lo suyo, lo que saben, siempre en el ámbito de lo privado. Después de todo, para eso se han preparado a lo largo de sus vidas. No han percibido que no alcanza con ser exitosos. Eso no sirve, al menos no en sociedades como estas, en las que el poder lo pueden ejercer los peores.

Nadie espera que los mejores ingresen masivamente a los partidos políticos. Solo sería deseable si pudieran garantizar que disponen de la fortaleza moral suficiente para no claudicar frente a las múltiples tentaciones que propone el poder. Las agrupaciones políticas pueden ser el instrumento apto para cambiar el estado de cosas y corregir el rumbo.

Pero existe otra alternativa. Los partidos configuran una variante, la más habitual, pero no la única. Tampoco se puede pretender que individuos con un colosal talento, abandonen sus profesiones y oficios. Pero si al menos pudieran integrarse a la sociedad civil en cualquiera de las diversas oportunidades existentes, si le dedicaran solo parte de su tiempo, dinero y sacrificio a ser protagonistas en serio y comprometerse, tal vez se podría escribir el futuro de otro modo y soñar con una sociedad mejor.

Lamentablemente son pocos los que lo han comprendido. No participar es oneroso. Es descomunalmente caro. Algunos ya lo entendieron y están intentando ser parte a su manera. Otros, ni siquiera eso. Siguen sin percibir el elevado costo que pagan por no participar. Se trata del precio de no involucrarse.

Alberto Medina Méndez.
albertomedinamendez@gmail.com

 

AMENPER: Las Dictaduras

Para nosotros los que hemos tenido el dudoso privilegio de haber aprendido sobre la democracia y su desaparición por la experiencia vivida, nos es muy fácil identificar los diferentes tipos de dictadura, y las progresivas acciones que llevan a su implementación.

A la persona común, no importa su grado de educación, pero que no ha pasado por nuestras experiencias le es muy difícil distinguir la diferencia entre una dictadura autoritaria, como la que vivimos durante Batista o una dictadura totalitaria como la dictadura que vivimos durante el Castro-comunismo.

Pero lo que diferencia a estas dictaduras no quiere decir que una dictadura autoritaria debe de ser aceptada.

Desde que se fundó la dictadora en la democracia Romana, con todas sus buenas intenciones, lo que hemos visto es que, si se lo permiten, el dictador autoritario se puede convertir en dictador totalitario

Por lo general la dictadura totalitaria se implementa progresivamente pasando de la democracia al autoritarismo hasta pasar al totalitarismo.

La manera más utilizada por los dictadores autoritarios para establecer su dictadura es terminar con la división de poderes, erosionando a los otros poderes hasta obtener la autoridad completa en su cúpula.

Enrique VIII, en 1539 obtuvo la autorización del Parlamento para hacer las leyes a través de proclamas, Hitler, después de haber sino elegido canciller de Alemania, comenzó a erosionar al parlamento hasta que logró la aprobación de establecer poderes especiales sin autorización del poder legislativo. 

Sabemos cómo estos gobernantes autoritarios terminaron en dictaduras totalitarias.

Cuando eso sucede, durante la transición, somos testigos de cómo el poder ejecutivo, no sólo en el uso del ejecutivo del poder administrativo para crear una nueva ley, sino también de sus intentos para anular los actos legislativos

La prerrogativa ejecutiva gana con demasiada frecuencia. Se queja de que “la” deferencia “a los administradores jueces a las interpretaciones de los estatutos” es un abandono de la oficina judicial. “

Pero, los jueces tienen el derecho y el deber constitucional de diferir de las interpretaciones de las agencias del gobierno, del legislativo y hasta del ejecutivo, cuando se apartan de la constitución.

El poder ejecutivo se ha incrementado, en parte porque las legislaturas han dejado de ejercer su propio poder con decisión. Los estatutos del Congreso han proporcionado agencias federales con un poder casi ilimitado, y la discreción inherente conferida a los administradores ha dejado “Los estadounidenses inseguros en su libertad”.

Para los que vivimos la implantación de las dictaduras, tanto la totalitaria como la autoritaria, vimos como el primer paso fue terminar con la división de poderes, dejando las leyes a ser dictadas por el ejecutivo.

Nunca en la historia habíamos visto el desbocado camino hacia una dictadura autoritaria usando el poder del ejecutivo sobre los otros poderes, como en la presente administración..

Un ejemplo importante es la Internet. La semana pasada, Francia se unió a los regímenes autoritarios en la búsqueda para reemplazar Internet autorregulado con un nuevo sistema de un solo país, el control de un solo voto,  Rusia y China también se están aprovechar ando de la rendición de América,

 -Era de esperar, si el país que se supone que es el líder del mundo libre comienza a establecer la regulación autoritaria del internet, que podíamos esperar.

Pero el establecimiento de la fuerza de las órdenes ejecutivas es más importante que cualquiera consecuencia negativa que esto pudiera traer.

Además la Internet se había convertido en parte esencial de la libertad de expresión, y esto es parte del camino hacia la dictadura.  Una vez obtenido el poder absoluto, el dictador no admite pensamientos divergentes y la libertad de expresión desaparece.

Esto nos es familiar a los que vivimos el proceso.  Pero no es familiar a los que nunca lo han vivido y aceptan los sofismos y los minuendos que utilizan para justificar el proceso evolutivo hacia la dictadura.

 En este proceso evolutivo para combatir la división de poderes. Estos progresistas nos quieren hacer creer que “comisiones” de expertos mejorarían sociedad mucho más rápido y mejor que un gobierno desaceleró por los derechos individuales y la separación de poderes.  Por eso la propaganda de decir que las cámaras legislativas no resuelven nada, no funcionan.  Este es el primer paso que dan los aspirantes a dictadores para implementar el ´poder absoluto.

No sé por qué la situación actual me trae ese sentido de Déjà vu, que es como los progresistas llaman a algo que nos parece que hemos visto ya antes. 

Pero observen a los que me critican porque siempre estoy mencionando el nombre del presidente, que no lo he mencionado ni una sola vez.  Y la foto del dictador no se puede identificar, si ustedes piensan que  esa es su foto es su imaginación, no es mí falta, no quiero que me cancelen la internet.

INFECTADO EXILIO no solo de cubanos sino de todos los latinos.

Por Cástulo Gregorisch

 

3/23/13

 

 

Brilliant: Here’s Why This Group Wants You To Mail Your Underwear To Obama

In a statement posted to its website, ALIPAC President William Gheen…

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 27, 2014

 

The relentless influx of illegals crossing America’s southern border on a daily basis has put anundue burden on those tasked with processing these international lawbreakers. As the Department of Homeland Security recently announced, the occupation has also resulted in a huge drain on other resources – specifically underwear.

According to a recent request, the DHS is asking the government for an enormous supply of cotton briefs up to size XXXXXXL to meet the clothing needs of the illegal border-crossers. One group has responded to that solicitation with an idea of its own.

Amnesty opponents in the Americans for Legal Immigration PAC (ALIPAC) put out a call this week for citizens to mail their used underwear to the White House in an effort to assist in the collection effort.

In a statement posted to its website, ALIPAC President William Gheen complained that America’s embrace of amnesty over border security “only brings more unwanted and destructive illegal immigration!”

He then laid out the group’s call to action.

“Instead of using our tax money to buy illegals 42,000 pairs of new underwear, we would like to send the illegals and DC politicians a message by mailing them our used underwear, and some of our pairs are in really bad shape due to the bad economy and all of the jobs illegal immigrants are taking from Americans.”

The statement went on to discourage Americans from sending unwashed donations, asserting “DC is already full of dirty laundry.”

ALIPAC criticized leaders in both parties who refuse to adequately address America’s immigration problem. The Obama administration’s use of taxpayer money to support illegals when they arrive, only to release them into the population a short time later, is a disastrous policy, the group noted.

House Speaker John Boehner, the statement suggested, is hardly an encouraging voice of Republican opposition.

“Americans who want to help the illegals and Americans who are upset that John Boehner and Barack Obama are throwing the future of American children under the bus along with their Oaths of Office, the US Constitution, the outcome of our elections, and the current laws of Congress,” the group wrote, “are encouraged to mail their used underwear to Barack Obama at The White House, 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20500, and John Boehner at Office of the Speaker, H-232 The Capitol, Washington, DC 20515.”

Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/brilliant-heres-group-wants-mail-underwear-obama/#alA4wOz1MdyLwUlg.99

 

Epic Rant: It Took Just 82 Seconds For Megyn Kelly To Utterly Destroy Obama

“Our president assures us not to worry…” Yeah but…

JUSTIN KOSKI — 

“Is Barack Obama’s presidency imploding? Al-Queda is resurging, Iraq is disintegrating, and now we may look to Iran to help us stop it.” Megyn Kelly iterated. “Iran. A terrorist regime responsible for thousands of deaths of Americans. What could possibly go wrong?”

“We have a president who lost the trust of the American people by repeatedly misleading them.”

The Obama administration has come to a point where one of the most respected liberal law professors in the country has called our president “the very danger the Constitution was designed to avoid.”

Just imagine if she chose to talk about the Taliban exchange, the IRS coverup, the state of the economy, and the Fast and Furious scandal…
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/boom-megyn-kelly-puts-obama-blast/#tQCOoEMlMhJ66WoC.99

 

 

 

Amenper: ¿El Perfecto Candidato Demócrata a la presidencia?

Como es imposible ocultar el pasado de Hillary Clinton y sus errores durante la administración de su esposo (Recuerden Hillarycare, más radical que Obamacare) y sus errores como secretaria de estado de Obama, ahora el candidato que se está presentando como puntero es Joe Biden.

El vicepresidente Joe Biden, presenta como el atributo más valioso para ocupar la presidencia es describirse como un mendigo ha dicho que “es el hombre más pobre en el Congreso”, esto es los que considera su mejor calificación para  buscar la nominación presidencial del partido en 2016.

Lo sorprendente de su ambición es que no sólo no se avergüenza de su ineptitud financiera, parece casi genuinamente orgulloso de ello.

En el pasado, la falta de un candidato para lograr el éxito financiero habría sido considerada un obstáculo para su consecución de una aspiración a la presidencia. Pero gracias a la atención que se centró en la desigualdad de ingresos en el país por parte de grupos socialmente militantes como Occupy Wall Street y Organizing for America, estar ahora en bancarrota se considera un activo.  Mitt Romney no tuvo un chance a la presidencia por haber sido un empresario triunfador.

Este cambio de actitud tiene a muchos políticos luchando para restar importancia a su riqueza en un intento sincero de identificarse con las clases bajas, como si dijeran: “¿Cuál es la diferencia?” Pero para VP Biden, sin disimulo se rebaja: “Realmente no es un candidato tan pobre como se presenta”, dijo un amigo y colaborador.

Biden informó de patrimonio neto de $ 900.000, esto no es realmente un salario pobre, ya quisiéramos muchos ganar la mitad de esto,  pero se considera  modesto en un Congreso donde los miembros son generalmente millonarios. Es más que el salario que Obama solía ganar cuando él era un organizador de la comunidad, claro sin  contar las contribuciones de ciertos oscuros contribuyentes. Ahora los ingresos anuales Obama se cuentan por millones por los ingresos de sus libros escritos por otros

En una reciente cumbre en la Casa Blanca para las familias trabajadoras, el Sr. Biden dijo a la audiencia embelesada en un alarde de payasearía “Estoy tan quebrado que ni siquiera puedo darme el lujo de prestar atención!”

“Mi esposa Jill siempre se queja porque uso el periódico de la mañana para limpiar de mis zapatos antes de que tenga la oportunidad de leerlo!”

“Yo llevo traje ligeramente caro”, señaló el Sr. Biden. “He tenido que donar cuatro pintas de sangre para obtener el dinero para ello en vez de mi habitual tres.”

“Ahora comiencen a comer, amigos, tengo que recoger las mesas antes de volver a mi oficina. Muchas gracias, voy a estar aquí toda la semana!”

Si sale electo, sin lugar a dudas no vamos a tener un buen presidente, pero vamos a tener un buen payaso.  Quizás sea lo indicado en el circo en que se ha convertido Washington.

Esta imagen “hombre promedio” de Biden se pule aún más en 2009 cuando el senador Biden se convirtió en Vice Presidente bajo Barack Obama, un organizador de la comunidad humilde de medios tan modestos que una vez tuvo que dormir en bancos de la iglesia los domingos, mientras que su pastor despotricó diatribas obscenos.  Pero como estaba dormido, nunca los oyó.

“En el pasado, los estadounidenses buscaron el éxito, la competencia, el talento para guiarlos.” La gente quería un líder que podían admirar.

“Pero Barack Obama cambió todo eso. Ahora los estadounidenses se han acostumbrado a tener un líder que comete errores y culpa a alguien más para ellos. Alguien que se escapa de sus obligaciones en un juego de golf en Hawái y carga sus gastos con el dinero de los contribuyentes para volar a Brasil y darle a su esposa y sus hijas vacaciones continuadas por todo el mundo. 

En otras palabras, los estadounidenses se han acostumbrado a un líder que trata de colocarse para que lo vean como uno de ellos.  No quiero uno como yo de presidente, quiero alguien con más capacidad, pero quieren hacernos ver que mientras menos capacitado mejor es el candidato.

Más que cualquier otra persona parece que, Joe Biden es este hombre:

Hola, señor Biden nuestro futuro Presidente.

 

 

INFECTADO EXILIO  

Vivo un exilio infectado por las hordas del castrismo, de exilados disfrazados, aprovechan beneficios que este país les ha dado, utilizando los fondos que los viejos exilados, por años contribuimos con nuestro esfuerzo y trabajo. Ya vienen bien entrenados, dirigidos y educados, en el arte de obtener beneficios no ganados, pues nunca contribuyeron con un mísero centavo, a la caja de retiros ni a planes hospitalarios. Tan pronto transcurre el tiempo, vuelven a Cuba cargados, con ropas y otros enseres comprados con un dinero por el cual no han trabajado. ¿Son exilados políticos o son buenos descarados? Que no quepa menor duda, son grandes aprovechados. El trato tan especial que a los cubanos se ha dado, justificable al principio, debiera ser eliminado, un exilado político, desde el momento que vuelve a su país de maltratos, sin que su vida peligre, es solo un simple emigrado. Dentro de ese grupo infértil hay espías infiltrados, también hay estafadores que a través de multiclínicas mucho roban al estado, para después refugiarse con sus robados millones en las barbas del tirano. Vivo un  exilio infectado por las hordas del castrismo, de exilados disfrazados. . .  

Estos buenos ya aprovechados de los que trabajan, El gobierno no da nada somos nosotros, con nuestros impuestos los que pagamos. ¡BASTA YA!

Jorge Alberto Villalón Y.

 

“FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 27, 2014

No 699    “EN  MI  OPINIóN”   Junio 27, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

REVEALED: Top Secret Memo Gives Obama Authority To Kill American Citizens

We are now truly living under a dictatorship.

KRIS ZANE — 

top secret memo written in 2010 gives Obama the authority to kill U.S. citizens without due process. Released on June 23, 2014, mandated by a court order, the forty-one page memo ostensibly provided the legal basis to kill al-Qaeda propagandist Anwar al-Awlaki and his sixteen-year-old son in Yemen in 2011.

The memo, however,  according to insiders, gives Obama the authority to kill any American citizen anywhere in the world, including the United States! 

Obama can legally, without due process, fire a hellfire missile on a Tea Party rally—as long as he calls it a terrorist event. And there is no court in the land, according to Obama’s reasoning, that will challenge him.

When a President acts as judge, jury, and executioner, we call him a dictator. As this video shows, as shocking as it sounds, we are now truly living under a dictatorship. Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/revealed-top-secret-memo-gives-obama-authority-kill-american-citizens/#rWVzqcFoZdCiAMB1.99

 

 

 

OBAMA’S ENFORCER: ERIC HOLDER. By: John Fund and Hans von Spakovsky

In our new book, “Obama’s Enforcer: Eric Holder’s Justice Department,” we provide the first investigative look at the Justice Department under the tenure of Attorney General Eric Holder. Holder is at the center of a growing list of scandals and congressional investigations, and is the first attorney general in history to be held in contempt for refusing to turn over information to Congress about Operation Fast & Furious. That is probably the most reckless law enforcement operation ever conducted by the Justice Department and led directly to the death of an American border patrol agent and hundreds of Mexican citizens.

In the middle of the recent revelations about the destruction of two years of emails of Lois Lerner and six other key IRS employees, notice what was not reported – any involvement by the FBI and the Justice Department in trying to obtain those records or trying to reconstruct the supposedly destroyed files. Yet Eric Holder announced that he had supposedly opened a criminal investigation in May of 2013 that was put under the charge of an Obama campaign donor and he is has resisted all calls to appoint a special counsel to investigate IRS wrongdoing. A year after the investigation had been “opened,” neither the FBI nor the Justice Department had yet spoken to the victims of the IRS targeting.

This is just another example of how Holder has completely politicized the enforcement process at the Justice Department. In fact, one DOJ veteran who was hired during the Clinton administration told us that Holder is the worst attorney general since John Mitchell under Richard Nixon, when most Justice Department observers believe the Department reached its nadir.

An unprecedented contempt for the rule of law pervades today’s Justice Department. Attorney General Eric Holder considers himself a member of President Obama’s political team first, and attorney general a distant second. Unlike past attorney generals who have upheld the highest ethical and professional standards, and have understood that their first duty is to the Constitution and the rule of law, Holder has demonstrated that he is driven by progressive ideology and loyalty to Barack Obama, not the interests of fair and impartial justice.

We have covered the Justice Department since the start of the Obama administration. But even we were shocked by the behavior of the Department we uncovered, including numerous accusations of prosecutorial abuse by federal judges. This included Justice Department employees posting anonymous blogs attacking defendants and their lawyers in a DOJ prosecution, as well as the intimidation and bullying of employees perceived as conservatives.

We catalogue everything from how Holder got to the Justice Department to his transformation of DOJ into a stronghold of progressive legal activism. This includes abusing federal environmental laws to pursue frivolous lawsuits like the unjustified prosecution of Gibson Guitar and the settlement of the second Pigford claim against the Department of Agriculture, which an employee of the Department called the biggest scam perpetrated on American taxpayers in our history.

Holder has selectively prosecuted national security leaks, going after low-level employees and reporters while studiously ignoring leaks of classified information coming out of the White House obviously intended to make President Obama look tough on terrorism and help his election prospects. Holder has exhibited a contemptuous attitude towards the oversight responsibilities of Congress, refusing to turn over information and documents and misleading and lying to Congress on numerous occasions.

In the area of civil rights, Holder has attacked the exercise of religious freedom, abused federal law to restrict the free speech of pro-life activists, gone after school districts for having dress codes that don’t allow boys to come to class in drag or for implementing voucher programs to help poor students get out of bad schools, and waged  a war on election integrity. A current employee of the Department told us that Holder has “racialized and radicalized” the Civil Rights Division “to the point of corruption.” As in other areas of Justice, he has “embedded politically leftist extremists in the career ranks who have an agenda that does not comport with equal protection or the rule of law; who believe that the ends justify the means; and who behavior unprofessionally and unethically.”

It has been Eric Holder who has advised and counseled the president on how to ignore, twist, break, and change the law, ignoring the constitutional requirements that devolve on both the president and the attorney general. In essence, Eric Holder has acted as Obama’s enforcer and his heat shield, protecting the president’ flank on numerous occasions and pushing his dream of transforming America into a progressive utopia .

John Fund is the national affairs correspondent at National Review Online and Hans A. von Spakovsky is a former Justice Department official and contributor at National Review Online.  This is excerpted from their recently released book “Obama’s Enforcer: Eric Holder’s Justice Department” (HarperCollins/Broadside  2014).

 

 

Marco Rubio Delivers “Game Changing” Speech

By Onan Coca

Ever since Marco Rubio’s (R-FL) ill-considered foray into immigration reform he has been a bit of a pariah with the conservative wing of the Republican Party. Since the failure of the Gang of Eight’s immigration reform attempts, Rubio has been working hard to get back into the good graces of conservative voters. He’s worked hard on pro-life issues, he’s pushed back against President Obama’s many scandals, and he’s even apologized for his part in the Gang of Eight (with Republicans John McCain (R-AZ), Lindsey Graham (R-SC) and Jeff Flake (R-AZ). For many conservatives however, he still can’t be trusted.

But a recent speech he gave at Hillsdale College has many conservatives paying attention to the young Florida Senator again. He recently delivered the kind of speech that folks on the right have been waiting for; some called it “excellent” and others might even say it was a “game-changer.”

So it should be no surprise that disapproval of our government and pessimism about the direction of our country have reached an all-time high. Because the inability of our leaders to respond to the challenges and the opportunities of the 21st century is denying a growing number of people access to the American Dream…

To restore the American Dream, we need a new policy agenda designed specifically for the 21st century. A limited government and free enterprise movement that applies the principles of our founding to the challenges and opportunities facing Americans in their daily lives.

Transcript of prepared remarks:

Both of my parents were born into difficult circumstances. My father lost his mother as a young boy and had to quit school so he could go to work. My mother was raised by a disabled father who struggled to provide for his seven daughters.

When they were young, they had dreams for their future. My father wanted to be a successful businessman. My mother wanted to be a famous movie star. But like most people who have ever lived, they were born into societies where the dreams of people like them didn’t stand a chance.

They felt trapped in their circumstances, frustrated by the inability to improve their lives. And so they came to the one place on earth where how you start out in life does not determine how you end up: the United States of America.

They never became wealthy here either; they worked service jobs at hourly wages. They never had a maid at their house; my mother was one for a living. And they didn’t have fancy cars; my father drove the same ‘73 Chevy Impala for 20 straight years. Yet I consider my background to be one of great privilege.

I was privileged to be raised in a stable family. Privileged that my parents had jobs that allowed them to provide for their children. And I was privileged to be born in a land of equal opportunity, the one place on earth where the son of a bartender and maid could achieve the same things as a son of a president or a millionaire.

I come from privilege because – while the hope of a better life is a universal one – it is also one few people ever get the chance to achieve. We are blessed to live in a country on whose cornerstone is etched the principle that all people have a God given right to go as far as their talent and effort will take them. And because here, so many people have been able to achieve the universal dream of a better life, this dream has come to bear our name: The American Dream.

For most, this Dream has never been about becoming rich or famous. It is about having a good job that pays enough to own a home, feed your family, and save for retirement; the flexibility to work and spend time with your family; the freedom to worship as you please and live without fear for your family’s safety; and ultimately, it’s about giving your children the opportunity to have a life better than your own.

The American Dream holds us together as one people. It defines us as a special nation. We can overcome bad presidents, tough economies and divisive issues. But if we lose the American Dream, we will lose our identity. There cannot be an America without the American Dream. That is why the greatest crisis before us today is that millions of our people feel that this Dream is slipping away.

The American Dream is still attainable. But it has gotten increasingly difficult to achieve for far too many. Wages have stagnated; everyday costs have risen; industries that once flourished have dried up, their jobs shipped overseas or lost to automation; and millions go to sleep each night overcome with the sense that they are one bad break from financial ruin.

Over the last six years, this insecurity has coiled itself around people from all walks of life. 

You can read the rest of Marco Rubio’s Hillsdale speech “Finding Economic Security in an Insecure Time” at Rubio’s Senate website.

Read more at http://eaglerising.com/7015/marco-rubio-delivers-game-changing-speech/#xMXPaGG5XEudFA9M.99

 

 

 

AMENPER: El Servilismo de la Prensa y los Centros Educacionales

Estoy leyendo la historia de la dictadura de Stalin.  Este quizás sin proponérselo,  divulgó el peligro para la libertad de medios de comunicación serviles. “La Prensa”, dijo, “es el arma más afilada y más fuerte de nuestro partido”.

Los periódicos controlados por el partido, para a Stalin, eran como armas. Un tirano tenía más posibilidades de mantener una población esclavizada y dócil si el gobierno controla tanto las armas como el flujo de ideas.

El mensaje de la censura y el control central sobre la información era el mismo también en el líder comunista chino Mao Zedong. ¿Por qué dejar leer algo más que el libro rojo a las masas? “Leer muchos libros, explicó Mao, “es perjudicial”- Fidel Castro comenzó con el semanario Zigzag, porque la sátira es un arma efectiva contra las dictaduras, pero antes del año ya había intervenido la totalidad de los medios de comunicación controlando la información y adoctrinando a las masas..

Lamentablemente, el problema en América es más profundo y más ancho- Por la historia de libertad de expresión en la tradición Americana, Obama no puede hacer declaraciones como esos dictadores de pueblos que nunca habían conocido la democracia. Pero sutilmente implementa una excesiva obediencia y uniformidad que claramente, por desgracia, va más allá,  no se limita a los medios de comunicación.

Parece haber una igualdad y precaución en educación superior en América, unos profesores tan serviles al socialismo, como lo es la prensa servil — En un sector donde uno esperaría encontrar una apreciación de la diversidad intelectual, paradigmas no convencionales y la libertad de pensamiento, donde se debieran celebrar características innovadoras, pero lo que vemos represión a los profesores y estudiantes que tratan de exponer sus ideas, y un adoctrinamiento brutal en las clases, donde el estudiante que quiera tener ideas propias son suspendidos en sus exámenes y no pueden avanzar en sus carreras..

Los comunistas son profesionales de la política, dedican su vida a ella, así que no debemos sorprendernos como de una manera sucinta, pero efectiva, hayan superado el control de los medios de comunicación y los centros de educación a un nivel superior al de sus antecesores, para tratar de crear una población dócil, con ideas preconcebidas por ellos, manteniéndola esclavizada en la dependencia y docilidad

Los pocos medios de comunicación que se mantienen independientes son incesantemente atacados por la prensa servil al gobierno…

Cuando pensamos en Cuba que la rebeldía del cubano no aceptaría la docilidad de la población esclavizada por los dictadores totalitarios, subestimamos la capacidad política de la efectiva doctrina comunista.  El cubano no se callaba ante los dictadores autoritarios, pero ante la dictadura totalitaria comunista, ha sucumbido a la docilidad que crea el control total de los medios de comunicación y la educación.  Esto es mucho más efectivo que las armas, y es el camino que estamos viendo en Estados Unidos

 

 

 

 

NELSON HORTA REPORTA… Entre 500 y 600 menores entran ilegalmente diariamente a Estados Unidos. • La alarmante cifra fue dada a conocer en una Conferencia sobre migración celebrándose en Nicaragua.

MIAMI 27 DE JUNIO DE 2014, nhr.com—Las cifras dadas a conocer sobre la migración de menores de edad que  diariamente pasan hacia los Estados Unidos, son alarmantes.

En el XIX Conferencia Internacional de Migración celebrándose en Managua, Nicaragua,  se reveló que entre 500 y 600 menores de entre un año  a 17 años ingresan ilegalmente todos los días en Estados Unidos, según afirmó la viceministra para los Salvadoreños en el Exterior, Liduvina Magarín.

Por su parte el comisionado nacional de los Derechos Humanos, Roberto Herrera Cáceres, exhortó a las familias hondureñas a abstenerse de promover y a evitar la migración de niños y niñas no acompañados porque se ha demostrado que la ruta de la migración está plagada de peligros que los convierten en víctimas de abusos de autoridades o delincuencia común u organizada, actos de extorsión, abuso físico y sexual, secuestro, trata de personas, explotación, discriminación y otros.

“Tenemos entre 500 y 600 niños entrando a la frontera todos los días en las últimas 4 a 5 semanas, y que estamos atendiendo con nuestro cuerpo consular”, dijo Liduvina Magarín a periodistas.

El secretario de Seguridad Nacional estadounidense Jen Johnson anunció recientemente que los niños centroamericanos que crucen ilegalmente la frontera del país norteamericano serán deportados.

Sin embargo la Viceministra salvadoreña Magarín aparentemente no esta de acuerdo con las declaraciones de Johnson, ya que dice que las autoridades de los países centroamericanos esperan que “se respete el debido proceso legal que tiene Estados Unidos para que se privilegie la reunificación familiar”, señaló la funcionaria. Al contrario de los adultos, los menores no viajan ilegalmente a Estados Unidos en busca del sueño americano , sino que aspiran a reencontrarse con sus padres o escapan de la violencia, afirmó Magarín

“EN MI OPINION” DE ACUERDO CON LOS HECHOS. LA FRONTERA MEJICO-USA. TIENE MAS HUECOS QUE UN COLADOR. APARENTEMENTE O LOS GUARDA FRONTERAS SE ESTAN COMIENDO LOS MOCOS O TIENEN LA ORDEN DEL GOBIERNO AMERICANO DE DEJAR PASAR A TODO EL QUE LE SALGA DE ENTRE-TELAS. QUE CLASE DE RELAJO Y DE INMORALIDAD. BUENO MIRA LO MEJOR QUE HACEN ES QUITAR A LOS GUARDIAS Y AHORRARNOS ESTE DINERO QUE SON UN BURUJON DE DOLARES. ES QUE SE HA PERDIDO LA VERGÜENZA, EL HONOR Y HASTA LA MADRE. LAZARO R GONZALEZ MINO.

 

 

Enrique Enriquez: Ted Cruz to Eric Holder: Appoint Prosecutor for IRS Scandal or Face Impeachment

By Greg Campbell

On Thursday, Tea Party Senator Ted Cruz called for the impeachment of Attorney General Eric Holder if he refuses to appoint a special prosecutor to investigate the IRS’ targeting of Tea Party and other conservative groups. 

Sen. Cruz called for unanimous consent to demand that the Department of Justice (DOJ) appoint a prosecutor to investigate the IRS scandal, the years-long campaign of harassment aimed at suppressing Tea Party influence in politics by delaying tax-exempt status to nonprofits by requiring the submission of multiple invasive questionnaires and information that far surpassed any reasonable requests for tax-exempt considerations. 

“Americans need a guarantee that the IRS will never be used again to target an Administration’s political enemies,” Sen. Cruz said. “It saddens me that there is not one Democrat in this body who has had the courage to stand up to his or her own party and say that using the IRS to target citizens for their political beliefs is wrong. We need a special prosecutor with meaningful independence to make sure justice is served and our constitutional rights to free speech, assembly, and privacy are protected.” 

“If Attorney General Eric Holder does not appoint a special prosecutor to investigate the IRS,” Cruz added, “the House should use its power to impeach him. Impeding justice is intolerable and he should not be permitted to refuse the American people a true investigation into the actions of those who used the machinery of government to target, intimate, and silence them for politically driven reasons.” 

The constitutional scholar-turned senator claimed that should Holder refuse to appoint a special prosecutor, the Attorney General’s crime would make him guilty of a high crime or misdemeanor, which would allow for his impeachment. 

A press release from Sen. Cruz’s office concluded, 

The failure to fully investigate and prosecute individuals for the illegal targeting of political organizations is just one of many offenses committed by Attorney General Holder. While he has been Attorney General: 

DOJ was at the center of the Fast and Furious gun-walking scandal that led to the death of a U.S. Border Patrol agent. The House of Representatives voted him in contempt of Congress two years ago.

 

DOJ has refused to enforce federal immigration laws, federal healthcare laws, federal welfare laws, and federal drug laws as written by Congress. 

DOJ attempted to bring the 9/11 terrorist Khalid Sheikh Mohammed to Manhattan to be tried on U.S. soil.

DOJ gave the Obama Administration the green light to transfer detainees from Guantanamo Bay without giving proper notice to Congress.

DOJ helped secretly obtain the phone records of journalists at Fox News and the Associated Press. 

On Wednesday, TPNN reported that the IRS scandal includes the targeting of more than Tea Party citizens, but that Lois Lerner, the head of the department at the center of the scandal, had called for an IRS investigation into conservative Senator Chuck Grassley after obtaining an invitation meant for Grassley to a speaking event.

 

 

 

 

Trey Gowdy Brings the Thunder at the IRS Hearings

By Onan Coca

Who doesn’t love watching Trey Gowdy (R-SC) get all fired up? I know I do.

Well, the fiery prosecutor from South Carolina was in full display a couple of days ago when he took on the head of the IRS, Commissioner John Koskinen.

In his questions and comments for the IRS head, Gowdy continually pushes the theory that some kind of criminal action seems to likely be taking place at the IRS. An assertion that IRS head Koskinen repeatedly denies. But Koskinen’s denials only aggravate Rep. Gowdy further – because Koskinen has no way of knowing whether a crime has taken place or not… he can only hope that it hasn’t!

Gowdy seemed especially fired up when he delivered these lines…

When Koskinen said that nothing illegal had happened Gowdy shouted,“You don’t have any idea of criminal wrongdoing or not!”

When Koskinen implied that any conspiracy was simply a Republican fantasy, Gowdy fired back, “You’re repeating a talking point by our colleagues on the other side!”

Trey Gowdy was not pleased with John Koskinen.

The internet was also not pleased with Koskinen… but they sure did love Gowdy’s performance!

Read more at http://eaglerising.com/7017/trey-gowdy-brings-thunder-irs-hearings/#KLWwuLOzcFTf849C.99

 

 

 

 

 

AMENPER: Me Gusta la Vagina porque soy Cavernícola.

La verdad absoluta es que me gusta la vagina, y es algo natural porque soy un hombre casado con una mujer con vagina y  formamos una familia..

Este pensamiento antes era una cosa normal y una verdad absoluta por muchos años. Era algo que no había ni siquiera necesidad de mencionarla por lo obvio que era.  Pero ahora no es así.

Un artista de género ambiguo dijo ayer  en un escenario  dijo que no le gustaba la vagina, y su público respondió con un estruendoso aplauso que parecía que no iba a terminar. 

Para el que no piensa como ellos, es triste ver el punto a que ha llegado la degeneración o mejor dicho la desaparición de los valores.  No hay valores, todo es relativo, todo es aceptable

La verdad absoluta no existe, la verdad es relativa, es potestad de cada persona, cada persona tiene su verdad, y no importa lo que sea, por muy absurda o aberrante  es la verdad privada de él y tiene que ser respetada como verdad.

El que a una persona que es hombre tenga que gustarle la vagina, no es natural.  Lo natural es que pueda escoger por su estilo de vida si le gusta otro órgano sexual o si escoge como familia una alternativa que no incluya a una persona del sexo opuesto eso es la nueva normalidad. 

Puede crear una fantasía de familia comprando hijos para dar aspecto de familia tradicional, pero esto se supone que sea bueno, sin considerar el futuro de esos niños.

Es aceptable que escogan su estilo de vida, pero es aberrante que en su afán de crear un matrimonio donde no lo hay, envuelvan a inocentes en sus fantasías..

 Pero es lo correcto, segun muchos que incluyen a nuestro presidende.  Oponerse a esto es ser cavernícola.

Si uno expresa algo contrario a estas ideas, entonces uno es un cavernícola vetusto.. 

Bueno, hasta cierto punto es verdad. Yo estoy seguro que al hombre de las cavernas le gustaba las vaginas.   Me acuerdo que Trucutú tenía una novia que no recuerdo como se llamaba.  Pero yo no iría tan lejos, mi pensamiento aunque antiguo se remonta solamente hasta el principio de la civilización Greco-Romana.  Los filósofos de la antigüedad estaban de acuerdo que había una verdad absoluta, que existía, y que era nuestro deber para nosotros mismos y para la sociedad, buscarla y seguirla.  La familia era el núcleo de la sociedad, y el matrimonio era entre un hombre y una mujer procreando de una manera “natural” los hijos que perpetúan la especie.

Pero llegaron los Hippies, primero como subcultura y ahora como gobernantes, y nos imponen su cultura hippie por arriba de la cultura tradicional primero de la civilización Greco-Romana y después de la Judea-Cristiana que fue la evolución cultural sin variar los valores.

Ellos dicen que tienen razón, que los nuevos valores son los naturales, porque son si hipocresía.  Pero en los valores tradicionales, lo que ellos llaman hipocresía es el respecto por el semejante.  No me creo hipócrita porque no me ponga a mearme o cagar en la calle como fueran mis instintos primitivos, no lo hago por el respeto que me merecen mis semejantes.

Pero veo que en las sociedades en que se implanta estas filosofías, la vida empeora y la sociedad degenera en algo sub-humano.  

Cuando uno visita Ámsterdam y visita a Tel-Aviv en Israel, es como si estuviéramos en dos planetas de diferentes galaxias.  Creo que para mí vivir en Ámsterdam sería un castigo como vivir en una cárcel de inmundicia y abuso.

Saludos de Trucutú

 

 

Obama Will Act Unilaterally on Immigration Reform?

Posted on June 27, 2014 by Cowboy Byte

More executive orders to come…
Check it out:

Top Senate Democrats are sick of waiting for the House to take up comprehensive immigration reform. If Republicans don’t act in July, President Obama will, they warn. After all, he still has a pen and phone, right?

Via The Hill:

“We’re at the end of the line,” Sen. Robert Menendez (D-N.J.) said Thursday during a press briefing in the Capitol. “We’re not bluffing by setting a legislative deadline for them to act.

“Their first job is to govern,” Menendez added, “and in the absence of governing, then you see executive actions.”

Continue Reading on townhall.com.
Read more at http://cowboybyte.com/31476/democrats-warn-obama-will-act-unilaterally-immigration-reform/#E22BZ0KU3VsjgrVi.99

 

 

 

Obama’s Effort to Dismiss IRS Scandal Backfires. Peter Wehner

The Internal Revenue Service headquarters stands in Washington, D.C., on April 9, 2014. (Andrew Harrer/Bloomberg)

Bloomberg News

President Barack Obama assured us earlier this year that the IRS targeting of conservatives has “not even a smidgen of corruption.” The American people, in overwhelming numbers, disagree.

According to a new Fox News poll, more than three-quarter of voters –76% — think the emails missing from the account of Lois Lerner, the ex-IRS official at the heart of the scandal, were deliberately destroyed. Broken down by parties, we find 90% of Republicans believing the emails were intentionally destroyed, 74 % of independents saying that’s the case, and fully 63% of Democrats saying Ms. Lerner’s emails were destroyed. (Only 12% of voters believe the emails were destroyed accidentally.)

In addition, nearly three-quarters of those surveyed – 74%–say lawmakers should investigate the IRS “until someone is held accountable.” (Among Democrats, 66% feel that way.)

These numbers are quite problematic for the president for several reasons. One is that the effort to dismiss this scandal as a conspiracy thought up in the fevered minds of Republicans just isn’t working. The amassing circumstantial evidence is simply overwhelming: What we’re seeing is a criminal coverup done to hide the abuse of power by the government’s most feared agency.

A second problem for the president is that this kind of thing will eat away at his credibility and trustworthiness, two of the most important qualities a president must retain. When they go — when the public begins to think the chief executive sits atop an administration that is duplicitous and mendacious — the entire presidency begins to collapse on itself.

Peter Wehner is a senior fellow at the Ethics and Public Policy Center. He served in the last three Republican administrations and blogs regularly for Commentary magazine.

Obama’s Effort to Dismiss IRS Scandal Backfires – Washington Wire – WSJ

Obama’s Effort to Dismiss IRS Scandal Backfires – Washin…

Americans disagree with President Barack Obama’s assurances that the IRS scandal has “not even a smidgen of corruption.”

 

 

 

 

Supreme Court unanimously slams down Obama’s illegal “recess” appointments‏.Mark Mix. To: Lazaro R Gonzalez

Dear Lazaro, 

“This is a constitutional crisis,” I warned when Barack Obama announced his illegal “recess” appointments to the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) in January 2012.
Your National Right to Work Foundation has fought back against Obama’s egregious violation of the U.S. Constitution ever since.
Foundation staff attorneys filed the first legal challenge against the power grab, and later filed an amicus brief at the U.S. Supreme Court for a Rhode Island nurse. 
Today, the High Court unanimously ruled the “recess” appointments were invalid.
You see, Article II of the Constitution requires the President to obtain the advice and consent of the U.S. Senate for appointments to most critical positions in the executive branch. 
The Advice and Consent Clause allows the Senate to ensure that Presidential appointments are qualified and not beholden to special interests like Big Labor. 
But when Congress is “recessed” — not in session — the President may fill vacancies to ensure the continued functioning of government. 
There is just one problem with President Obama’s NLRB appointments: Congress was still in session! 
But Obama was determined to fill the NLRB with handpicked forced-dues allies, the United States Constitution be damned, candidly proclaiming, “I refuse to take no for an answer.” 
The U.S. Constitution, and now the Supreme Court, say otherwise.
Our country’s constitutional balance really was in jeopardy, and I’m proud we were able, with your help, to be a part of this vital fight to defend the Constitution. 
But the fight is far from over. 
Now that the U.S. Supreme Court has agreed with Foundation attorneys that the “recess” appointments were constitutionally invalid, any of the more than 1,000 orders and decisions the NLRB released during that time can be challenged!
That includes the case of Jeanette Geary, the nurse I mentioned earlier.
In Geary’s case, the rogue Obama NLRB blatantly IGNORED the Supreme Court’s Foundation-won 1988 Beck decision, which states that union bosses cannot force workers in non-Right to Work states to pay for union lobbying or political activities.
Foundation staff attorneys must be prepared to keep up the fight — and be ready to re-litigate any null and void cases.
That’s why I hope you’ll consider chipping in with a tax-deductible contribution of $10 or more today.

Our Founding Fathers brilliantly devised a system that empowers the different branches of government to hold each other in check — a system Barack Obama defiantly violated to pay back his Big Labor benefactors.
Today, that system prevailed.
Thank you again for helping us fight to preserve the Constitution.

Sincerely,
 
Mark Mix

 

 

Liberals Hate Indians

By David Lawrence

The Washington Redskins are convinced that they will overturn the ruling against their trademark.  Why is it that liberals hate Indians so much that they don’t want to allow them to have an identifying trademark? They feel the same way about blacks.

On the one hand the liberals are your friends.  On the other they despise you and don’t want to allow you to be who you are.

No one has been able to figure out what percentage of Indians are against the name “Redskins.”  But based on numbers it seems that the Democrat liberals are the main complainers.

Federal trademark law does not allow registration of trademarks that “may disparage” individuals or groups. But removing the name Redskins disparages them more by stripping them of their pride and their identity.

Liberals hate any race different from them, even though they put up a big, fake song and dance about how accepting and all-encompassing they are. Bigots are prejudiced people dressed in the Klu Klux Clan robes of academia and hipster jeans.  They are hatred hidden beneath false love.

I asked a black friend of mine at Gleason’s Gym why people are against “Redskins.”  He said it’s like blacks being against the “N” word.  But the “N” word has a long tradition of being demeaning and insulting, whereas redskins does not have the same negative connotations.

The cancellation of the Redskin’s trademark will not hold.  What’s wrong with Redskin’s identifying themselves with Indians.  Do liberals want to put yarmulkes on Indians’ heads and represent them as genteel liberal Jews?

Let the Indians be Indians.  Let them be proud in being a strong football team.  Let the liberals get off their backs and quit being ideological shoulder pads against rationality.

Liberals feel that the Washington Redskins disparages North American Indians.  That’s because liberals can’t accept their identities and won’t allow them to be what they are.

I’d rather be a proud Redskin than a Panther or a Bull.  Should we now be worried about animal pride?

I have two tattoos.  One of boxing gloves and one of rap music.  I was both.  I want to be what I want to be.  If Indians represent a strong race, let them be used as an identity for a football team.

Give me a break.  Whatever happened to that saying, “Sticks and stones will break my bones but names will never harm me.”  Especially when they are friendly names like Redskins.

Celebrate the warrior Redskins; don’t demean them as if they were never courageous.

Shame on liberals.  They did produce the greatest failure as President, Obama. Now if we called him chief, that would be an insult.  Commander is a joke.  He is the perfect failure.

And all the little progressives are changing the language because they are afraid that it will somehow ricochet and hurt their failed leader.

Read more at http://eaglerising.com/7010/liberals-hate-indians/#5MDiOIzJCBE5AbYQ.99

 

 

GOP Spends $9.7 Million to Attack Republicans – But Only $3.7 Million to Attack Democrats

If you needed more proof that the Establishment is hell-bent on attacking Tea Party candidate, a report on campaign expenditures confirms it. Or as comedian Bill Engvall says, “Here’s your sign.”

A recent study by the Center For Public Integrity revealed that from January 1 through May 6, Republican PACs and outside groups have spent about $9.7 million attacking Republican candidates in advertisements and other communications, and only around $3.7 million to attack Democrats. Democratic groups have only spent $67,000 attacking other Democrats.

What’s caused this turbocharged increase in campaign spending? Political animosity between the Tea Party and GOP Establishment and a Supreme Court decision. In January 2010, the Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission ruling allowed corporations and labor unions to spend unlimited amounts of money on ads and other communication to advocate for the election (or defeat) of a political candidate. Campaign spending was ruled to be a form of speech, protected by the Constitution for both individuals and corporations.

The decision didn’t affect contributions, as it’s still illegal for unions and corporations to make direct contributions to candidates for federal office. However, it’s opened the financial floodgates for SuperPACs and other groups to raise money and make independent expenditures for federal races across the country.

The U.S. Chamber of Commerce has spent $1 million on attack ads targeting Tea Party challengers. This includes $500,000 against Chris McDaniel, the opponent of six-term Mississippi Senator Thad Cochran and $200,000 against attorney Bryan Smith, who’s taking on incumbent Rep. Mike Simpson of Idaho.

The U.S. Chamber spent another $300,000 targeting attorney Woody White, who lost his race against former state Senator David Rouzer in North Carolina’s 7th Congressional District primary.

It’s also spent another $3.6 million through early May on ads to boost the image of several GOP Establishment candidates, including McConnell, Simpson and North Carolina primary winner Thom Tillis who faced, or are facing, competitive primaries.

SuperPACs Club For Growth Action and FreedomWorks for America targeted Thad Cochran in Mississippi, bashing his record on taxes and financial matters.

While Republican groups will most likely rally to defeat Democrats in November, the intra-party attack ads and spending will continue through the final GOP primaries in September.

 

 

 

Steve Forbes Predicts U.S. Will Return to Gold Standard

The U.S. has not used the gold standard since the Nixon Shock of 1971 when the gold window was officially closed. Since that time, the U.S. dollar has been a pure fiat currency.

But Steve Forbes seems to believe the U.S. willreturn to the gold standard out of necessity…

Business mogul Steve Forbes says that not only is a return to the gold standard a realistic option, but “circumstances” in our economy will necessitate it.

“We were on the gold standard for 180 years in this country’s history — did very well with it,” Forbes told J.D. Hayworth, John Bachman and Miranda Khan on “America’s Forum” on Newsmax TV on Monday.

“Gold gives money… stability just like the ruler measures length, the clock measures time, a scale measures weight,” Forbes added. “A dollar measures value and when the value is stable, you get a lot more investment, a lot more growth, a lot more opportunity.”

Forbes claims there is enough gold in U.S. vaults to return to the gold standard right now. On that point, I strongly disagree. The evidence indicates the U.S. government has little gold left.

In January 2013, Germany’s Bundesbank announced their intent to repatriate 300 tons of gold that they had deposited at the Federal Reserve. Rather than return all of it at once, the Fed said they would send back 37.5 tons a year until 2020.

A year later, the Fed had managed to return just 5 tons. And even more disturbing, the bars they returned were not the original ones that Germany had deposited.

Why so long? And why different bars? Because the Fed doesn’t have Germany’s gold anymore. It’s gone.

This problem does not just affect Germany, but many other countries that have deposited gold with the Fed.

Furthermore, some experts say gold paper derivatives exceed the amount of gold that could be delivered by 10 to one. That means for every one ounce of gold, there have been 10 paper contracts sold against it. Technically, 10 different people all have a legitimate claim to that one ounce of gold.

This is the reason why so many investors believe gold will eventually surpass its previous highs by a large margin. When all the smoke and mirrors disappear, the price of gold will have nowhere to go but up.

But getting back to Forbes’ belief that the U.S. will return to a gold standard… will it actually happen?

At some point, I believe it will. But the U.S. isn’t going to make this change voluntarily. The Powers That Be have grown accustomed to creating money out of thin air whenever they want. They will not give up this power easily.

But eventually they’ll be dragged back to the gold standard when Russia and China begin backing their own currencies with gold.

Russia and China are aggressively pursuing honest money policies. Some believe they’ll switch to gold-backed currencies within the next 1-2 years. The U.S. would then be forced to back the dollar with gold to preserve their economic power on the world stage.

TIP: One of the best ways to invest in gold (or silver) is to buy it incrementally over timeusing a service like Silver Saver.

 

Supreme Court Supports ATF in Strange Anti-Gun Decision that Hurts Guns Owners Everywhere

Build Your Own AR-15 ‘Off The Books’?

Watch this. Click now.

 Gun Owners of America suffered a loss in the Supreme Court when they attempted to reverse a decision that forbids law-abiding citizens to buy guns for other law-abiding citizens.

When former police officer James Abramaski went to buy a gun for his elderly uncle, he wanted to make sure he was within the law to buy a gun for his relative.

Two separate FFL dealers said that he was.

And when he went to purchase the firearm, both he and his uncle passed a NICS background check, which meant they were both allowed to own weapons.

But the ATF claimed that Abramski lied on his Form 4473 when he claimed he was the “actual buyer” of the firearm.

This kind of purchase — the legal purchase of a firearm and then the legal transfer of said firearm to another individual — is included in “straw purchase” doctrine.

Though straw purchases are not a crime as defined by the Congress, the ATF and courts have ruled them to be in violation of law.

Gun Owners of America wrote on their website:

This case involves one of the greatest instances of regulatory and prosecutorial abuse that we have ever seen.

The concept of a “straw purchase” is a “doctrine” created by ATF and the courts, rather than a “crime” enacted by Congress.

The Abramski decision throws gun laws into great confusion. After all, even Sarah Brady has admitted — on pp. 223-224 of her book, A Good Fight (2002) — that SHE BOUGHT a hunting rifle for her son for Christmas one year.

She did exactly the same thing that James Abramski did, who has been viciously prosecuted by an anti-gun Obama administration!

Maybe the Obama Administration should now open a case against Sarah Brady, who is the founder of the Brady Campaign — an organization which is, ironically, championing yesterday’s Supreme Court decision.

They should prosecute her, too, but don’t hold your breath.

The Supreme Court and most others in Washington D.C. are obviously out of touch with the true desires of American citizens.

Obama has done gun owners no favors and has actually added two more new anti-gun judges to the Supreme Court bench.

And not to be outdone, even some Republicans have helped to elect anti-gun politicians, including Lindsey Graham (R-SC).

 

 

 

Gracias a Jose Noda:
Al Profesor de Derecho Luis Marín quien me envía sus correos desde Caracas, lo conozco hace tiempo a través de la Red. Sus opiniones son de extraordinario interés y su percepción de eventos históricos es siempre analítica y brillante. Espero disfruten este ensayo de su autoría.
Saludos cordiales,

Hugo Byrne: GOLPES DE ESTADO:La expresión se atribuye a Gabriel Naudé por su obra “Consideraciones políticas sobre los golpes de Estado”, Roma, 1639. Irónicamente, su edición castellana implica una suerte de “golpe de estado”, visto que la muy respetable editorial Tecnos de Madrid nos informa que “en castellano no ha habido ninguna edición anterior a la presente”. Enfatizando: “La presente traducción, primera en lengua castellana”, data del año 1998. No obstante, expresión idéntica puede leerse en una humilde edición de la Imprenta Universitaria de la UCV de septiembre de 1964, ¡un tercio de siglo antes! Naudé no hace una teoría sobre los golpes de Estado, sino que expone una larga serie de ellos para mostrar con el ejemplo; no obstante, siguiendo sus palabras, podríamos definirlos como acciones audaces y extraordinarias ejecutadas por el soberano o sus ministros, contrarias el derecho común, sin guardar ningún orden ni forma de justicia, arriesgando el interés particular por el bien general. Con el transcurso de los siglos, la idea se restringió a las acciones violentas que tienen como finalidad la conquista, conservación o ampliación del poder soberano. Finalmente, por razones que deben ser idiosincráticas o históricas, particularmente en el ámbito latinoamericano, se reducen aún más a las intentonas militares para tomar el poder, deponiendo por la fuerza al gobierno establecido.Como se ve, la idea original era más amplia, abarcando desde el veneno y la puñalada, a los ardides y triquiñuelas para engañar o confundir al pueblo, pasando por toda clase de emboscadas y perfidias para deshacerse de rivales políticos, que no involucran necesariamente una intervención militar. La idea es el zarpazo, la acción súbita que sorprende al enemigo y le impide toda respuesta, el rayo que cae antes de que se oiga el trueno, el ataque fulminante. El golpismo es la médula del régimen impuesto en Venecuba, los integrantes del comando supremo de la revolución son golpistas y sus ejecutorias, golpes de Estado.

 

GOLPES DE CASTRO 

Fidel Castro puede prestarnos un excelente muestrario para dar una idea bastante aproximada de lo que se considera golpe de Estado en sentido clásico. 

Un ejemplo, la desaparición de  Camilo Cienfuegos el 28 de octubre de 1959. El hecho es que le ordenaron someter a Huber Matos que criticaba en Camagüey la interferencia comunista en las Fuerzas Armadas, con el cálculo muy maquiavélico de ponerlo en el dilema de traicionar al amigo o exponerse a que lo acusaran de traicionar la revolución. Si alguno de los dos resultara muerto en un posible enfrentamiento, sería ganancia para Castro.

Como quiera que haya resuelto el dilema, no le gustó la solución: Huber Matos estaba vivo y Camilo de regreso a La Habana, en un trayecto corto, con un experimentado piloto. Entonces, el avión desapareció sin dejar rastros, presumiblemente derribado por un caza de la Fuerza Aérea en un confuso incidente nunca esclarecido. Todas los relacionados directa o indirectamente con el caso desaparecieron en forma violenta. No sobreviven testigos, nadie vio, nadie oyó, nadie dice nada.

Quizás el error de Camilo fue subirse al carro en que Fidel Castro entraba triunfante en La Habana, como se dice, robar cámara y aparecer en el primer plano eclipsando en alguna medida la imagen única del gran líder; quizás su origen popular, la influencia que se le atribuye entre el pueblo y la tropa; quizás el afán de corregir a Castro que lo llevó a preguntarle sardónicamente en medio de un discurso: “¿Voy bien, Camilo?”

Otro, el ajusticiamiento del Che Guevara el 8 de octubre de 1967 en Bolivia. Para este caso basta detenerse en la carta de despedida del Che leída por Castro en un discurso exactamente dos años antes: “Hago formal renuncia de mis cargos en la dirección del partido, de mi puesto de ministro, de mi grado de comandante, de mi condición de cubano. Nada legal me ata a Cuba…”. Y más adelante: “Digo una vez más que libero a Cuba de cualquier responsabilidad…”.

En ese momento Guevara se encontraba perdido en el Congo de donde logró evacuar al personal cubano y salvarse milagrosamente en lo que consideró el mayor desastre de su vida. Execrado por la URSS después de su discurso de Argel criticando al bloque soviético, la lectura de aquella carta sin fecha, que se suponía podría ser usada sólo en caso de muerte, la consideró como una puñalada por la espalda.

El hecho es que estaba despedido, botado, en desgracia. No podía volver a Cuba sino clandestinamente, de la misma manera en que luego ingresó a Bolivia. Allí lo alcanzó la proscripción del Partido Comunista Boliviano que lo consideraba un aventurero y el anatema a sus teorías foquistas por el comunismo científico soviético. 

Guevara fue entregado por agentes estalinistas del PCB y luego ajusticiado. Al igual que en el caso anterior, todos los participantes y testigos sufrieron una muerte violenta. Un dato curioso es que incluso extremistas europeos creyendo que estaban vengando al Che eliminaron a los únicos que podían desenredar la tramoya que lo expulsó de Cuba y lo llevó a un cerco del que no pudo escapar. 

El hecho imprevisto fue que se convirtiera en un ícono revolucionario mundial, una impactante imagen propagandística, que los comunistas han explotado hasta el día de hoy, dejando sin despejar los oscuros nubarrones que eclipsaron su trágico destino.

Último, el general Arnaldo Ochoa, fusilado el 13 de julio de 1989. También vinculado a la aventura cubana en África; pero al contrario de Guevara, su maldición no fue la condena soviética sino ser el elegido como hombre de Moscú para la sucesión en Cuba. 

Él hizo lo que le mandaron a hacer, alinearse con la URSS en todo, como correspondía a un comunista obediente y disciplinado. Lo que no podía preverse es que Moscú tomara el camino de la perestroika, el glasnost y que La Habana no lo siguiera, se rebelara y optara por seguir la ruta en solitario, algo absolutamente impensable segundos antes de que ocurriera. ¿Cómo es posible que los Castro se atrevieran a desafiar a la URSS?

Lo cierto es que los cubanos en el exterior se acostumbraron a decir que si Castro se ponía “chocho” habría que sustituirlo en la dirección del partido y del Estado. Ochoa era una de las pocas personas de la nomenklatura que tenía el privilegio de tutear a Castro. En una oportunidad, viendo que buscaba infructuosamente un tabaco, tuvo la osadía de decirle que se estaba poniendo “chocho”: esas fueron sus verdaderas últimas palabras.

 El juicio de Arnaldo Ochoa es un modelo de lo que significa la justicia revolucionaria y muestra gráficamente en qué ha devenido la justicia en Venecuba. Se llama “tribunal de honor” a un monumento a la deshonra. Los abogados defensores eran de inferior jerarquía militar que jueces y fiscales, en sentido estricto, sus subordinados. Lo más patético es que reclaman más reconocimiento para sí porque la tarea que se les había  impuesto era más difícil, teniendo que defender a estos traidores, su sacrificio por la revolución era mayor que el de todos los demás. 

Las autoinculpaciones de AO son más devastadoras que las acusaciones de la fiscalía; admite todos los supuestos crímenes, exculpa expresamente a Fidel Castro y al gobierno de sus actividades criminales y pide la pena de muerte para sí mismo.

La lógica estalinista sigue funcionando: un comunista debe adherir en forma irrestricta las decisiones del partido, sino es un traidor. Si el partido decide que él es un traidor, entonces tiene que aceptarlo porque sino confirma que lo es. Si lo admite, es un leal comunista, pero está condenado, mejor  aún, auto condenado.

AO murió gritando: “¡No soy un traidor!” Fidel Castro, que observaba su ejecución en circuito cerrado de televisión sólo comentó: “Murió como un hombre”. 

Podríamos agregar el caso de Oswaldo Payá, pero eso nos llevaría a otro terreno.

 

EL ASESINATO DE CHÁVEZ 

¿Quién puede decir semejante cosa? Su sucesor, que lo siente en su corazón. El cáncer, dice, se puede “inocular”; pero, ¿cómo? Si HC estuvo todo el tiempo en manos de los cubanos, incluso mucho antes de caer supuestamente enfermo, ¿quién podía tener acceso a él para inocularle el cáncer? Aquí el dilema obvio es: o los círculos de seguridad cubanos no funcionan o fueron ellos mismos quienes le inocularon el cáncer.

¿Qué dice Fidel Castro luego de la muerte de HC? Silencio. ¿Qué dice el gobierno cubano? Nada, en absoluto. ¿Qué hace el gobierno venecubano? ¡Condecora a los médicos cubanos que supuestamente atendieron al paciente hasta su muerte!

¿Por qué no los condecoran sus jefes en Cuba? Se vería mal, muy mal. La pregunta es: ¿Por qué condecorarlos si el paciente murió? ¿Será que esa era la verdadera “misión cumplida”? Si la misión hubiera sido curarlo o mantenerlo con vida, no la cumplieron,      entonces no cabe el premio porque universalmente se condecora a quien va más allá del simple cumplimiento del deber. Pero el régimen cubano cuando esconde los cachos muestra el rabo: ellos autorizan a sus nacionales para recibir condecoraciones de otros  países, luego, consienten en que estos supuestos médicos cumplieron su tarea más allá de lo que era razonablemente exigible, son héroes. Pero, ¿por qué? ¿Qué hicieron?

Eva Golinger, que se sepa, es la única que brinca al ruedo a respaldar esta teoría ultra conspirativista de la inoculación; pero como le corresponde, acusando a EUA, su país de origen. Esta es una de esas cosas extrañas que los americanos y sólo los americanos pueden hacer sin consecuencias, desde que desapareció el Comité Investigador de Actividades Antiamericanas. 

En una larguísima reláfica que no resiste el menor análisis de estilo y que más parece redactada por el comité que fabrica las “Reflexiones” del comandante, EG suscribe la tesis de la inoculación del cáncer, pero se desbarranca hacia la idea de que podría ser una consecuencia lateral de actividades de espionaje electrónico, mediante radiaciones de microondas y cosas así. 

Pero como la competencia técnica de Eva Golinger en física nuclear es equivalente a su virtud moral, la única credencial que le resta es ser gacetillera a sueldo del chavismo, así, lo único rescatable de sus numerosísimas y fatigantes intervenciones es que nunca es desmentida, refutada, corregida, ni descalificada por el interesado directo que es el gobierno de Cuba, ni por su filial en Venecuba. 

Lo único bueno del totalitarismo es que cuando uno habla ya puede saberse lo que han convenido todos, puesto que su aspiración más celebrada es la unanimidad. 

El gobierno de Cuba, el único directamente implicado en el asesinato de HC se delata con su silencio. Nunca hablan directamente sino a través de otros, conocidos empleados. 

Pero, ¿por qué hacen tanta bulla con el tema? Parece que si ellos no lo hacen, otros podrían hacerlo y se dirigirían hacia el único sitio donde tendrían que ir las sospechas, entonces sólo se anticipan acusando, como siempre, a Estados Unidos. 

Como en todos los ejemplos anteriores, quizás el error de HC fue pretender volverse el sucesor de Fidel Castro en la revolución continental; éste sería el móvil: Fidel Castro no tiene ni puede tener sucesores y todos los que lo han intentado han tenido el mismo fulminante final.

Buen ejemplo de Golpe de Estado, de estilo clásico, digno de Gabriel Naudé.

 

 

 “FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 26, 2014

No 698    “EN  MI  OPINIóN”   Junio 26, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

BREAKING NEWS: Supreme Court limits president’s recess appointment power‏

Actions 

FoxNews.com

Newsletters

To: lazarorgonzalez@hotmail.com

Supreme Court limits president’s power to make temporary appointments to high-level government posts, ruling unanimously that President Obama went too far in naming members to a labor board during a brief Senate recess. 
More on this story http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2014/06/26/supreme-court-limits-president-recess-appointment-power/ 

For more news, please go to FoxNews.com and watch Fox News Channel. 

AMENPER: ¿Que significa ser Presidente de los Estados Unidos?

 

No sé las veces que latinoamericanos me han dicho que mis críticas de Obama son una falta de respeto y que no tengo derecho para criticar al presidente.  Que Obama es el presidente electo y tiene el derecho a mandar y hacer lo que quiera. 

No quiero acordarme de cuantas veces he oído esto pero son muchas.  Como esto es algo común en nuestros países, hacen un tipo de alteridad, una transferencia de nuestra cultura a la cultura tradicional americana.

Pero en un país como los Estados Unidos, que desde su fundación en que la separación de poderes, este el fundamento de la república.

Existen tres poderes que deben de ser autónomos e independientes.  Si un presidente trata de apropiarse de tener el poder legislativo, judicial y ejecutivo bajo su poder, esto es la típica descripción de un dictador bananero.

Dicen que la demanda de John Boehner es por motivos políticos, para congraciarse con el Tea Party.

Decir esto es darle todavía más méritos al Tea Party de los que tiene. 

Boehner precisamente es el típico político profesional, si hace esto, es porque está seguro que no está haciendo el ridículo que las cortes desestimen como frívola su demanda.  

Tiene que haber deliberado con sus consejeros los méritos de su demanda. Realmente esto es algo que no hay que ser muy observador para ver el hecho.  Obama se no ha violado la separación de poderes, simplemente ha ignorado la separación de poderes como si no existiera.

Hoy en el Wall Street Journal, en su editorial principal, hace una reflexión sobre esto.  No es nada partidista, es simplemente la defensa del sistema que ha dado la nación más próspera y libre de la historia de la humanidad.  Y lo ha hecho como una república constitucional con un Presidente ejecutivo, unas cámaras legislativas y unas cortes del poder judicial.  Una república con un presidente bajo la división de poderes, no un emperador o un dictador con todos los poderes bajo sus órdenes.

Abajo el editorial de Journal.

Boehner Stands Up

The House will sue the President for trampling the separation of powers.

All due credit to John Boehner, who told his House colleagues on Wednesday that the institution will sue the executive branch to defend the Constitution’s separation of powers. The Speaker is showing more care that the laws be faithfully executed than is President Obama.

In a memo to the House, Mr. Boehner detailed the institutional injury Congress is suffering amid Mr. Obama’s “aggressive unilateralism,” which is as good a description as any of his governing philosophy. When the executive suspends or rewrites laws across health care, drugs, immigration and so much else, elected legislators are stripped of their constitutional role.

The Beltway press is portraying Mr. Boehner as merely serving carrion to the tea party vultures, and no doubt he hopes in part to sate the political appetites of the backbench. But we doubt he’d wager the House’s reputation, and his own, on a novelty lawsuit that the courts wouldn’t hesitate to toss as frivolous. From what we know of the Speaker’s deliberations, he’s been persuaded on the merits.

We’d prefer that Congress and President resolve their disputes through the normal political rough and tumble. The Constitution anticipates that the two ends of Pennsylvania Avenue will be in tension as they balance each other’s power. But the major reason to involve the judiciary in this case is Mr. Obama’s flagrant contempt for regular political order. For example, he has unilaterally revised, delayed or reinterpreted ObamaCare no fewer than 38 times.

Far from a partisan caper, this implicates the foundation of the U.S. political architecture. The courts generally presume that individual Members of Congress lack the “standing” to make a legal challenge, but Mr. Obama is stealing inherent Article I powers that no party other than Congress can vindicate. Mr. Boehner said he will seek a House vote authorizing the lawsuit and put it under the direction of the Bipartisan Legal Advisory Group.

Constitutional litigator David Rivkin and Florida International University law professor Elizabeth Foley, who devised the theory that Congress has the institutional standing to sue the President, are thus asking a constitutional question that hasn’t been joined at the courts. We first encouraged such a lawsuit in an editorial seven weeks ago.

More than a few judges and Supreme Court Justices seem to be concerned that Mr. Obama’s conduct is undermining the rule of law and political accountability. Already this week the Supreme Court whaled the Environmental Protection Agency for defying the plain language of the law in the name of anticarbon policy, and more rebukes may be coming in the next week on recess appointments and ObamaCare’s contraception mandate.

This is the President, after all, who last summer proclaimed that “in a normal political environment” he’d ask Congress to fix laws such as ObamaCare, but since the House disagrees with his priorities he’ll go ahead and “tweak” statutes himself without legislative consent. Thanks to Mr. Boehner, the courts will get a chance to weigh in on whether Mr. Obama, or his successors, can exercise such imperial powers. 

 

 

 

Did These 2 Comedians Just Call Obama’s Bluff About God?

“You know who’s a liar about this?”

TOM HINCHEY

 

On Monday night, two of the most popular liberal comedians got together to compare notes on religion and politics. Bill Maher of Real Time with Bill Maher joined Jon Stewart on The Daily Show. When they were discussing Hillary Clinton’s recent comment about the Bible being her favorite book,  Maher took a shot at Obama (surprisingly) when he told Stewart “You know who’s a liar about this? Obama.  Obama is always spouting spiritual bulls**t and I don’t believe it for a second.  He’s a drop-dead atheist, absolutely!”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/maher-obama-drop-dead-atheist-absolutely/#eWdgYIF6qEfi8ob6.99

 

VISION TO AMERICA:If Clintons Are Worth 50 Million – Why Do They Get Nearly A Million A Year From Taxpayers?

Since leaving the White House, the Clintons have earned at least 100 million dollars and currently have a net worth of up to 50 million dollars. So why in the world do the taxpayers need to give Bill Clinton $944,000 to fund his extravagant lifestyle in 2014? If ordinary Americans truly understood how much money many former politicians are being handed every year they would go bananas. According to a Congressional Research Service report that was published earlier this year, the federal government has given a total of nearly 16 million dollars to Bill Clinton since 2001. Each one of those dollars is a dollar that some U.S. taxpayer worked really hard for or that we had to borrow. Yes, we don’t want our former presidents to go broke for a whole bunch of reasons, but it is absolutely absurd that we are showering them with millions upon millions of dollars.
Read more at http://visiontoamerica.com/17969/if-clintons-are-worth-50-million-why-do-they-get-nearly-a-million-a-year-from-taxpayers/#xtF2hYokGRhmTTxL.99

 

Check out Obama’s new 30% tax

 

Dear Reader,

You may have heard about a new currency law coming to America. 

On July 1st of this year, Title V of the Obama Administration’s HR Bill #2847, known as FATCA, goes into effect. 

And after collectively spending more than 100 hours reading the actual legislation and its associated news coverage, we found 4 concerns we think you need to be aware of…

1. Most people mistakenly think they’re not affected by FATCA. If you are a U.S. citizen… or if you hold any of your money in U.S. dollars, this new law definitely affects you.

 

2. The more you trade and invest, the more likely you are to get hit hard by this new bill.

3. It is not difficult for an American tax payer to be labeled “recalcitrant” as part of this new law. And as soon as you are…you potentially become subject to a 30% tax. 

4. The implementation of FATCA has been delayed several times, but now the IRS says it will not be delayed anymore. It will go into full effect on July 1st of this year. 

In fact, on April 2nd of this year, the new IRS commissioner said, “Whatever else we are going to do, we are going to implement the non-discretionary legislative mandates we have been given: the Affordable Care Act and FATCA” 

We think every American needs to learn about this law. 

Get the facts, and learn how to protect yourself.

To help, we’ve put together a slide show presentation on our website, which you can access free of charge. 

Click here to learn more about this new law

Sincerely,

 

Mike Palmer

Senior Researcher, Stansberry Research

 

 

Gov’t Seizes Control of All Your Financial Accounts

Written by Damon Geller

Everyone knows that the United States has gone bankrupt.  As the U.S. government and the Fed poured trillions of dollars of YOUR money into the banks and markets after the 2008 economic collapse, this unprecedented level of money-printing is catapulting the U.S. debt to $28 trillion by 2018.  But now, the U.S. government and the Fed are completely out of ammo.  They desperately need money to maintain their own power, and taxes are no longer enough.  So in order to keep the Ponzi scheme going, the U.S. government has made several highly controversial moves to be in position to seize control of all your financial accounts.   And it’s becoming clearer by the day, if you want to protect your savings and wealth from government confiscation, you only have ONE choice.

The Bankrupt State. By Damon Geller…

What happens when America goes bankrupt?  The $17 Trillion question?  Let’s be clear, America is already bankrupt.  “Bankrupt” is defined as “any insolvent debtor” – a debtor whose liabilities exceeds its assets.  The U.S. government, by its own admission, is a bankrupt entity.  Not bankrupt “soon,” bankrupt NOW.  To the tune of just OVER $17 trillion.  In an attempt to fabricate the illusion of “growth,” the Fed and their bank-owned politicians poured trillions of dollars of YOUR money into big banks and the markets in order to prop up stocks, bonds and real estate after the 2008 economic collapse.  The idea was to “fix” the economy by pouring 1,000 gallons of high-octane debt-gas on an already ragging debt-fueled bond fire.

Of course, REAL growth never materialized.  Instead, all that these criminals managed to accomplish with their money-printing was to blow up new bubbles, widen the income divide, and dramatically increase the wealth of a select few at the expense of the rest of us.  The tragic result:  the USA’s liabilities now exceed its assets by an amount so astronomical it’s almost incomprehensible.  And by its own admission, that hole will be getting deeper each year until we reach $28 trillion in debt by 2018.  Or until the Ponzi scheme blows up.

What Now?

The questions now are, what happens now that America is already bankrupt?  How do broke governments survive as long as they can?  What are they capable of doing when they know their fate is at hand?  How do the Ponzi masters keep the Ponzi scheme going?

The answer to all these questions may shock you:  The U.S. government has made several highly controversial moves to be in position to seize control of all your financial accounts!  They’re using legislation and authoritarian power in collusion with the modern financial system to gain access to your private assets in the name of “protection”, “security” or “national emergency.” But in reality, your savings & wealth have become a prime target for confiscation.

How can they do this?  Well, the “beauty” of the modern financial system – to a banker or an insolvent government – is the ease at which they can access your wealth with the stroke of a computer or a new law or tax.  When you combine the digital banking & financial system with the overreaching legislative power of an insolvent government, we citizens don’t stand a chance.  Unlike English soldiers breaking into the homes of colonists, today’s government can be far more subversive.  Just take a look at these government regulations & initiatives that are right now in the process of taking effect:

FATCA:  As everyone has heard by now, the July 1st FATCA provision requires foreign financial institutions such as banks, stock brokers, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, and trusts to report all U.S. citizens’ accounts directly to the IRS.  The government can’t put its paws on your money if it doesn’t know where it is.  The more information a government has on the movement, location & size of global citizen wealth, the more efficiently and effectively it can create legislation & systems to control that wealth.  FATCA even requires reporting to the IRS by foreign private companies on any income made by a citizen of the U.S. whether they live here or not.  And FATCA, once implemented, will negatively impact the U.S. dollar, the global economy, and our international relationships.

MyRA:  In the State Of The Union Address – and coincidentally just as soon as the Fed started tapering their endless QE treasury-buying experiments – Obama announced the creation of the MyRA – your retirement money will now be used to pay for U.S. debt. The MyRA is nothing more than an investment scam being sold to the American people as a you-can’t-lose, zero-risk investment by the pitchman-in-chief himself.  The reality is, since the Fed can’t conjure up money from thin air to buy the debt anymore, and our foreign friends don’t want our debt anymore, Obama needs to sell it to John Q. Public.  Since the federal government has done so well at everything from delivering mail to affordable healthcare, what could possibly go wrong with jumping into the investment advisory business?  Where do I sign up?

CARDS:  The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which oversees how investments are sold, proposed what it calls CARDS – Comprehensive Automated Risk Data System – which is an electronic system that will regularly collect data on balances and transactions in all 4100 brokerage accounts nationwide. CARDS is disguised as a way to “protect” investors, but the system is clearly designed to have detailed information on the structure & location of every citizens’ investments.  Since the government needs us to support its debt (because outside interests no longer do), wouldn’t it be convenient to know and control the structure or every investment portfolio in America?

So for the first time ever, The U.S. government is directing you where to invest your savings & retirement and has gained full access to the activity in every single citizen’s bank accounts, retirement accounts, brokerage accounts and trading accounts.  The IRS will also have full visibility on any oversees accounts, income, equity or other earnings, effectively giving them access to all the wealth of every American citizen no matter where they reside on earth.  So now that we know what they’re doing and why they’re doing it, the question for you is:  what are you doing to safeguard your savings & wealth?

 

There’s Only One Place to Hide

With our desperate government gaining unprecedented access to your financial accounts everywhere in the world, you need to take action NOW to protect your savings & retirement from possible capital controls.  But if the government has its hands in your bank accounts, retirement accounts and brokerage accounts, is any place safe?

  1.  There’s ONE asset class this sits outside the financial system and is completely secure from government confiscation and global economic collapse:  Gold & Silver.  Gold & Silver have been the best wealth protectors for over 5,000 years and have survived every government & currency collapse in history.  Today, physical gold & silver are selling in record numbers around the world.  Central banks around the world and nations like China are stockpiling gold as a hedge to any possible collapse of all the dollars they hold.

The government has spent way beyond its limits.  And now you know that the government is seizing control of your financial accounts.  So the time is now.  Protect your savings & retirement with physical gold & silver before you have nothing left to protect. (Call 800-226-8106 to receive your free copy of Damon Geller’s popular book, “Rescue Your Money from the National Debt Disaster,” or see below)

 

FOX NEWS POLL: Three-quarters of voters think IRS emails were deliberately destroyed‏

Actions 

FoxNews.com

 Newsletters

To: lazarorgonzalez@hotmail.com

 

A Fox News poll finds more than three-quarters of voters — 76 percent — think the emails missing from the account of Lois Lerner, the ex-IRS official at the center of the scandal over targeting of conservative groups, were deliberately destroyed. 

More on this story: http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2014/06/24/fox-news-poll-voters-think-irs-emails-were-deliberately-destroyed/ 

 

 

Boehner to Sue White House Over Executive Orders

 by Cowboy Byte

Impeachment sounds better but at least it’s something.
Check it out: Speaking to reporters on Wednesday, House Speaker John Boehner announced he will be filing a lawsuit in the coming days against the White House in an effort to stop President Obama’s continuing executive overreach. “This is not about impeachment — it’s about him faithfully executing the laws of this country,” Boehner said during the announcement.
Read more at http://cowboybyte.com/31456/boehner-sue-white-house-executive-orders/#JiKiT01kor3s75jD.99

Boehner to Sue White House Over Executive Orders

Katie Pavlich | 

Here’s more background from Roll Call:

 The lawsuit could set up a significant test of constitutional checks and balances, with the legislative branch suing the executive branch for ignoring its mandates, and the judiciary branch deciding the outcome.

Boehner told the House Republican Conference during a closed-door meeting Tuesday morning that he has been consulting with legal scholars and plans to unveil his next steps this week or next, according to sources in the room.

Boehner spokesman Michael Steel said further action is necessary because the Senate has not taken up bills passed by the House targeting executive actions. The House has passed a bill expediting court consideration of House resolutions starting lawsuits targeting executive overreach and another mandating that the attorney general notify Congress when the administration decides to take executive action outside of what has been authorized by Congress.

“The president has a clear record of ignoring the American people’s elected representatives and exceeding his constitutional authority, which has dangerous implications for both our system of government and our economy,” Steel said. “The House has passed legislation to address this, but it has gone nowhere in the Democratic-controlled Senate, so we are examining other options.”

President Obama has not been shy about his contempt for Congress. His most recent proclamation included his announcement that he has a pen and a phone that he’ll use in whatever ways he can to push through an agenda.

 

 

 

 

Enviado por OLGA GRINAN: ¡MIERDA ERES

Y A LA MIERDA REGRESARÁS!

Por Andres Pascual La Crónica USA

Le queda bien la frase “quia pulvis es et in pulverem reverteris” a Estados Unidos de hoy (y a una parte de siempre), solo que no es al polvo bíblico de la famosa frase en latín, que destacaba en la bóveda de mármol rojo italiano de Monseñor Manuel Cardenal Arteaga en el cementerio de Colón; porque estamos ante un monstruoso mutante de la seriedad al relajo; del compromiso obligatorio con la solidaridad a la violación abyecta de cualquier regla patriótica; de la clase ética inigualable, a la pestilencia de un cadáver que los traidores mantienen sin enterrar para que apeste más.

 Sin embargo, vivimos un momento en que la Administración Obama se desprestigia cada segundo, muy grave que su media, la media comunista “que ha logrado cimbrar el poder político”, (cada vez que le ha interesado) de la ex nación más poderosa de la historia, no tiene cómo defenderlo: cuando existen tantos frentes abiertos traidores e infames, tanta mentira, tanta corrupción y tanta debilidad, es un peligro intentar justificaciones, porque el alud puede barrer la ladera con el comentarista envuelto. Ahora mismo, a pesar del poder que tiene este individuo, se está quedando sin municiones ¿Cómo seguirá esta fiesta? Mejor ¿Dónde terminará? Ya no caben una acción antiamericana ni una mentira más…

 

 El último “secreto bien guardado” con respecto a Cuba, como todo lo que tiene que ver con el castrismo y Obama, no es objeto de estudio y análisis por los comentaristas conservadores y, debo decirlo, me he comunicado personalmente con un buen número de ellos, desde Megyn hasta Bill O’Relly, incluso les he dado datos que conozco y nunca he dicho en la prensa, pero, los problemas, la tragedia de nuestra patria no existe para nadie de nuestros supuestos aliados en la media (porque nos da la gana de reconocerlos como tales, no porque nos acepten ni porque su comportamiento hacia nosotros lo merezca) sin embargo, nuestros enemigos comunistas, desde el presidente hasta una tía que Obama esconde en la ex Choza presidencial, manejan bien el asunto y mantienen el aliento de triunfo en los castrocomunistas de la comunidá, que desean al castrismo en total armonía con los EUA más traidores e infieles de su historia: la súplica del califa a Raúl por intermedio del guerrillero comunista que eligieron en Uruguay para que los dirija al abismo, no forma parte de la noticia para los conservadores ni en titular ni en interiores (aunque, a veces, entrevisten a Ileana, a Bob, a Mario o a Rubio como sucedió hace un par de días con la congresista), aun cuando se sabe que no cae en el saco periodístico “perro que muerde a un hombre…”

 ¿Qué queda para el cubano que no es castrocomunista ni obamista ni demócrata? ¿Cuándo van a superar la actitud de hastío y lejanía de sentimientos, acaso provocados por 55 años de tiranía, y se decidirán a colocar la defensa de nuestro país en agenda? Hay una Cuba que se resistió y que se resiste a morir ¿Eso no cuenta para FOX, para The Patriot y los demás defensores del conservadurismo americano? El castro-obamismo es tan peligroso para EUA como ALQEDA o cualquier otra organización de ratas terroristas del desierto…las pruebas existen, solo tienen que poner interés y escarbar, que no están profundas.

 Sin embargo, hay que reconocer que los americanos “se lo saben todo” y, quizás, nuestra “preferencia noticiosa” esté en control de cosas que conspiran contra la inversión de ideas para ayudar a quienes, según algunos, no lo merecemos. Los viajes de hombres nuevos a la Isla y las monumentales remesas, el apoyo al show deprimente del paquete que zumban pa’cá como intercambio cultural, la asistencia a actos oficialista en Cuba, bajo cualquier pretexto, dejan mucho que desear.

 Los viajes y las remesas son una fuente importante en la mantención del comunismo en tiempos precarios, lo sabe todo el mundo, sin embargo, los opositores no plantean nunca que las suspendan, porque se les afectaría la entrada salvadora, por el contrario, exigen que la mantengan y, quien piense así y lo apoye, también está contra el embargo, que haría más fácil este tipo raro de “pueblo a pueblo” desde la oposición aparente, si no lo dicen tal vez sea por no “destacarse”, aunque a algunos opositores le aguantan todo otros por este lado y sobran pruebas ¿Cómo es posible que una parte del exilio, de organizaciones y grupos, se proyecten contra esta forma de alivio al castrismo en ciertos lugares, mientras la incumplen “ayudando al luchador” pacifista que, de antemano, se sabe que no va a ningún lugar?.

 La lucha por la libertad no puede ser pagada, es acción desinteresada, de sacrificio hasta la última consecuencia, no hacerlo así, no comportarse así, la etiqueta de mercenaria y oportunista, solo se debe cooperar con la resistencia al castrismo con las armas (como con el PRC de Martí) que utilicen para combatirlo, pero no con dinero para alimentar a nadie, no es bueno ver fotos de la cantidad de gente que se retrata desde allá con ropa americana, bien vestidos y mejor comidos, como la esposa de Biscet. (foto de mi esposa Marta durante un momento de mi época preso)

 Pero, porque siempre hay peros, dentro de esta maraña, hay algunos que quedaron sin defensa por el Sur de la Florida, por ejemplo, la FNCA y el Puerco Joe, que apoyan los viajes, las remesas y los intercambios, pero han tenido mucho cuidado de no incluir en ese paquete de beneficios a la tiranía la plena restauración de relaciones.

 ¿Cómo pudieran responder a una pregunta al efecto Jorge Mas, el Joe, Pepe Hernández y cía, relacionada con la petición de Obama al Reformador? Los demás, como Elena Freyre, Andrés Gómez o Max Lesnick no, de esos se conoce qué dirán, pero, los otros ¿Seguirán apoyando la línea obamista con respecto a Cuba de la forma como han hecho hasta ahora? ¿No habrá aunque sea una crítica?

 Refrescar es bueno, desde hace rato que no creo en ninguno de los dos partidos con respecto a la solución a la tragedia cubana, como tampoco creo en buena parte del exilio, sobre todo en algunas de sus caras representativas, de las que veo un número generoso “metalizadas” con lo de las ayudas a la disidencia (grants por encima de todo), amoral de arriba abajo, al exigírsele a quien tiene la madre en Cuba que no lo haga, sabiéndose que ambas cantidades tienen un depositario único y final; aunque no vayan a Cuba, metan mítines de rechazo que organicen como banderas, o porque estén en shows de primetime “boxeando” contra comunistas encubiertos.

 El 1er intercambio no fue tal, porque, de un solo lado, un barco con artistas americanos fondeó en la Bahía de La Habana y los trasladaron a una sola actuación en el Blanquita: BILLY JOEL, RITA COOLIDGE, KRIS KRISTOFERSON Y LA FANIA ALL STARS MENOS CELIA, actividad solo PARA DIRIGENTES E HIJOS DE ESTOS. EN ACCIÓN ALLÁ EL TIRANO; EN INACCIÓN AQUÍ UN MANISERO COBARDE, QUE DESTAPÓ LA CAJA DE PANDORA CUANDO PROVOCÓ LA CAÍDA DEL SHA DE IRÁN, desarmó a Somoza y por poco lo logra con Pinochet; además, los soviéticos le metieron a los mercenarios castristas en Angola y en Etiopía; por su parte, el hoy coma-andante le disparó el marielazo primero en 1980.

 El complemento a la “primera visita fraternal” como embajada artística, con el objetivo de abrir puertas y fundirse en un abrazo de costa a costa, lo efectuó el tirano a mediados de los 80′s, verdad que en esa época no podían venir a provocar a Miami, pero eso no cuenta con respecto a lo que quiero refrescar o darle a conocer a quien no lo sabe: cuando en la década que cité visitaron Nueva York Los Papines, La Aragón y Elena Burke, y Puerto Rico parte de la Nueva Trova, el presidente que autorizó esas visas fue…tan tarantan, tan tarantantán: EL GRAN COMUNICADOR, MR RONALD REAGAN, al que se le escapó Radio Martí, que puso bravo a Castro y frustró el restablecimiento de relaciones bilaterales hace más de 30 años. Estos detallitos también deben manejarse “a la hora de los mameyes…” Publicado por Maura Barrabi en martes, junio 24, 2014 CRAP CRAP AND YOU come back!

 

 

 

La sangrienta batalla de Bahía de Cochinos.                                                            JUAN O. TAMAYO

El jefe de la invasión de Bahía de Cochinos, José Pérez San Román, se arrodilló y besó la arena con alegría cuando desembarcó en Playa Girón, en la costa sur de Cuba. Dos días después, sus 1,500 hombres habían sido derrotados.

“Estamos combatiendo en la playa y no tenemos munición. Por favor, envíen ayuda”, pidió San Román por radio a sus asesores de la Agencia Central de Inteligencia (CIA). En su última transmisión, dijo: “No tengo con qué combatir. Nos vamos al monte”.

El intento más directo y potente de Estados Unidos por derrocar a Fidel Castro comenzó en medio del optimismo hace 50 años un 17 de abril. Y terminó en un oprobioso desastre dos días después.

Julio González Rebull, entonces de 24 años y ahora publicista semiretirado de Miami, tiene una explicación muy clara sobre los motivos que le arrancaron la victoria de las manos a los brigadistas.

“La brigada no se rindió, se quedó sin munición”, dijo en una de las entrevistas que The Miami Herald y El Nuevo Herald hicieron a varios veteranos de la brigada para esta nota. “Estados Unidos nos entrenó y después nos abandonó”.

El presidente John F. Kennedy y la CIA quedaron marcados para siempre por este revés histórico. Castro se convirtió en el David del Caribe que derrotó al Goliat del norte. Su control sobre las riendas del poder aumentó significativamente. Dieciocho meses después, la Crisis de los Misiles colocó al mundo al borde de la guerra nuclear.

Castro calificó de mercenarios a los miembros de la fuerza invasora de la Brigada 2506 y exigió un rescate por su liberación: $500,000 por San Román y cada uno de los otros dos líderes de la invasión, y $25,000 por cada soldado.

Pero los sobrevivientes de la Brigada recuerdan hoy los tres días de combate y los 20 meses que pasaron en las terribles prisiones de Castro como un momento histórico para ellos y luminoso para la lucha por la democracia en Cuba.

Cinco hombres rana y un oficial de la CIA, Grayston Lynch, fueron los primeros en desembarcar horas antes del amanecer el 17 de abril de 1961. Su misión era colocar luces en la playa para guiar al resto de la fuerza de asalto anfibio.

Unos 1,300 combatientes exiliados debían desembarcar y establecer una cabeza de playa de 40 millas de ancho en la orilla este de Bahía de Cochinos, desde Playa Larga en el norte hasta Playa Girón en el centro y Caleta Verde en el sur.

Durante las primeras horas la invasión pareció marchar bien.

“Repelimos tres ataques durante el día, entre ellos uno por la tarde por parte de más de 1,000 milicianos y soldados”, escribió Erneido Oliva, jefe de las operaciones en Playa Larga y segundo jefe militar de la brigada.

Paracaidistas de la brigada capturaron dos vías clave para la invasión, estrechos terraplenes construidos sobre la mayor zona pantanosa en el Caribe, la Ciénaga de Zapata. Su infantería tomó una pista necesaria para recibir suministros. Por esta pista también llegaría un gobierno “civil” que solicitaría reconocimiento internacional.

Seis bombarderos B-26 de la brigada lanzaron bombas de 250 libras sobre el primer y último vehículo de un convoy de policías y milicianos en un terraplén, y ametrallaron al resto con sus ocho ametralladoras calibre .50 emplazadas en sus narices. Cuba reportó después 1,800 muertos y heridos sólo en ese combate.

“Esos 15 o 20 minutos me parecieron una hora. Para los que estaban en tierra, debió parecer una eternidad”, recordó Gustavo Villoldo, quien estuvo en uno de los B-26.

En otro sangriento combate, los brigadistas mantuvieron por tres días el control de la carretera de San Blas, bajo fuego casi constante de la artillería pesada de Castro y olas de ataques de infantería y tanques soviéticos T-34.

Mario Martínez-Malo, miembro de una escuadra de morteros, recordó que en un momento el número de milicianos y civiles capturados en una zona era el doble de los invasores.

En el tercer día de hostilidades, Martínez-Malo disparó 405 morteros contra la columna de milicianos en la carretera, dijo, sin tiempo para alejarse y taparse los oídos.

“Al final estaba sordo”, relató.

La brigada perdió 67 hombres en combate y Cuba reconoció posteriormente haber sufrido 1,250 muertos y casi 3,000 heridos.

“Luchamos con el amor a nuestro país en el corazón. Y al principio estábamos ganando”, dijo Santiago Jont, entonces un pescador pinareño de 23 años convertido en soldado.

También combatieron con la convicción de que el poderoso gobierno estadounidense los había entrenado y armado, y vendría a rescatarlos si tenían problemas. Por esa razón estaban el portaaviones USS Essex y media decena de destructores en el horizonte.

González recuerda que otro brigadista le dijo: “Nosotros estamos con John Wayne, y John Wayne nunca perdió una pelea”.

Pero para el anochecer del 17 de abril la invasión estaba condenada al fracaso.

Castro había movilizado rápidamente entre 40,000 y 60,000 hombres para un contraataque, en su mayoría policías y milicianos con poco entrenamiento pero más que suficiente munición, así como 20 cañones pesados y 40 tanques soviéticos que descargaron más de 2,000 proyectiles durante los tres días de combate.

Castro sólo tenía un puñado de aviones: dos jets T-33 de entrenamiento, un par de aviones de combate de hélice Sea Fury y bombarderos B-26. Pero fueron suficientes para tomar el control del aire sobre Bahía de Cochinos y sellar la suerte de la fuerza de asalto.

Mientras los aviones de Castro sólo necesitaban 20 o 30 minutos de vuelo para llegar a las playas, los pilotos de la brigada tenían que volar siete horas de ida y vuelta desde su base en Nicaragua, con el combustible suficiente para sólo 20-40 minutos de vuelo sobre la zona de combate.

A pesar de los obstáculos, la brigada realizó 36 misiones aéreas, perdió 10 pilotos y la mitad de sus B-26. Con las ametralladoras traseras desmontadas para poder cargar más combustible, fueron una presa fácil de los ataques por la retaguardia. Cuatro pilotos estadounidenses de B-26, contratados por la CIA, perecieron en la operación.

Los aviones cubanos hundieron rápidamente el Río Escondido, que llevaba combustible y munición para 10 días de operaciones, y dañaron el Houston, que cargaba armas, munición y combustible para otros 5,000 hombres.

Ya hundido, el Río Grande seguía ofreciendo un espectáculo de luces.

“El barco estaba hundido, pero seguía disparando cohetes desde el agua”, dijo Esteban Bovo, un piloto de la brigada que lo sobrevoló.

El capitán Luis Morse encalló el Houston mientras todavía estaban a bordo unidades del segundo y quinto batallón de infantería, cuyos elementos tuvieron que desembarcar agarrados de sogas amarradas a tierra, bajo el fuego de ametralladoras de los aviones cubanos. Un hijo de Morse estaba entre los brigadistas.

Otros dos barcos, el Atlántico y el Caribe, que transportaban más suministros y hombres, incluido el equipo médico, recibieron la orden de abandonar la zona de combate el 17 de abril para evitar los ataques aéreos y regresar por la noche.

Eduardo Zayas-Bazán, del equipo de hombres rana, recordó que los dos barcos con tripulaciones civiles “se fueron y nunca regresaron”. Otro barco de suministro, el Oratawa, no llegó a la zona hasta varios días después.

Tres de los cinco tanques ligeros M-41 de la brigada estaban dañados y hubo que usarlos como piezas de artillería. Los artilleros del Houston cañonearon una de sus propias barcazas de desembarco en el caos del combate.

El 18 de abril, algunos de los tripulantes de los B-26 de la brigada se negaron a volar desde Nicaragua alegando que estaban cansados. Uno de ellos saltó de la cabina en el momento en que el avión estaba a punto de despegar.

Una fuerza de 168 brigadistas a bordo del barco Santana debía desembarcar entre Santiago de Cuba y Guantánamo en una operación de distracción. Pero no encontró la playa asignada la primera noche. Para la segunda noche la zona estaba llena de soldados de Castro.

Algunas unidades de la brigada comenzaron a replegarse el 18 de abril, mientras los milicianos de Castro dejaban los terraplenes y se acercaban a través de la ciénaga.

“Salían de los pantanos como si fueran hormigas”, dijo Martínez-Malo.

La noche del 18 y la mañana del 19 se impuso el caos en las cabezas de playa cuando se agotaron las municiones, recordaron veteranos de la brigada.

San Román dio la orden de destruir todo el equipo de comunicación y dispersarse por los pantanos.

“Nunca abandonaremos a nuestro país”, declaró, unas palabras que los brigadistas repiten hoy como un lema.

El gobierno de Castro anunció la derrota oficialmente la tarde del 19 de abril: “El ejército mercenario invasor, que ocupó territorio cubano por menos de 72 horas, ha sido completamente aplastado. La revolución ha triunfado”.

Al final, fueron capturados 1,174 elementos de la Brigada 2506. Sesenta y nueve murieron en combate. Nueve se asfixiaron cuando los encerraron en una rastra para un viaje de unas 10 horas a La Habana; 10 fueron fusilados por supuestos delitos no vinculados con la invasión; y otros 10 murieron de hambre cuando escaparon en una embarcación de vela que estuvo perdida dos semanas en el mar.

Pero algunos brigadistas lograron evadir la captura varios días, incluso semanas.

Arturo Cobo estuvo escondido en una cueva hasta el 22 de mayo. Eli César y cinco más se ocultaron en la ciénaga infestada de mosquitos y cocodrilos con el agua por la cintura. Martínez-Malo dijo que prepararon una sopa de lagarto. A balazos, le abrieron huecos a una concretera para conseguir agua.

Juan Clark, veterano profesor del Miami Dade College, recordó que su grupo, con un hambre atroz después de varios días en los pantanos, estranguló un cochinillo para evitar que hiciera ruido. Uno de ellos comentó: “¡Perdóname, Dios mío! ¡Mira lo que Fidel Castro me ha hecho hacer!”. Bebieron la sangre del animal mezclada con mermelada de guayaba, entonces lo hirvieron y se comieron la carne.

Unos 20 brigadistas lograron salir de la ciénaga y refugiarse en embajadas en La Habana o en la Base Naval de Guantánamo. Hubo uno que llegó hasta el Hotel Internacional, el mejor de Varadero en ese momento, donde encontró una embarcación que lo trajo a Miami.

Como la mayoría de los soldados en cualquier guerra, los miembros de la Brigada 2506 no conocían ningún detalle del plan general de la invasión. Pero desde 1961 el fracaso de Bahía de Cochinos se ha explicado en miles de libros, artículos y conferencias.

El presidente Dwight Eisenhower aprobó en 1960 la invasión de una fuerza de 1,500 hombres, llamada Brigada 2506 por el número de identificación de su primera baja, Carlos Rodríguez Santana, quien pereció en un accidente mientras se entrenaba en Guatemala. Otros centros de entrenamientos estaban en Florida, Panamá, Puerto Rico y Louisiana.

Kennedy aprobó inicialmente el plan de invasión tras asumir la presidencia el 20 de enero de 1961. Después lo fue cambiando poco a poco hasta garantizar el desastre.

Primero vetó el plan para desembarcar cerca de Trinidad, alegando que haría mucho “ruido” político. Los planificadores de la CIA cambiaron la zona de desembarco a Bahía de Cochinos, ciertamente con menos ruido geográfico pero sin líneas fáciles de retirada si la invasión enfrentaba problemas.

Entonces Kennedy insistió en un peligroso desembarco de noche y redujo los planes de bombardeo de aeropuertos cubanos, que tenían por fin eliminar la Fuerza Aérea de Castro y dar a los invasores el control aéreo de la zona de operaciones. Inicialmente, el plan contemplaba 38 ataques, que fueron reducidos a 22, después a 16 y finalmente a ocho.

El piloto de uno de los T-33 cubanos, Rafael del Pino, escribió posteriormente que, de haberse realizado todos los ataques planeados, “probablemente” hubieran sido “barridos”.

Robert Gray, secretario de Eisenhower y ahora un hombre de 89 años que vive en Miami Beach, dijo que Kennedy no debió haber cambiado los planes.

“Como Eisenhower era general de cinco estrellas, él hubiera reconocido un mal plan militar”, dijo Gray.

La información de inteligencia de la CIA también probó ser un desastre. Manchas de “nubes” o “algas” flotantes en las fotos de reconocimientos resultaron ser arrecifes coralinos que destrozaron el fondo de algunas de las barcazas de desembarco, que eran de aluminio. Esto provocó demoras, en algunos casos hasta el amanecer, cuando los aviones de Castro podían detectar y ametrallar a los brigadistas.

En comparación, la información de inteligencia de Castro era excelente. Uno de sus espías se había infiltrado en la brigada y diplomáticos soviéticos en México informaron a Moscú a principios de abril que la invasión ocurriría el 17 de abril.

Las fuerzas anticastristas clandestinas, que debían iniciar un levantamiento en coordinación con el desembarco —seis barcos llevaban suficiente armamento y munición para que 25,000 hombres combatieran por lo menos 30 días— nunca recibió la alerta del desembarco por temor a que agentes de Castro hubieran penetrado los grupos de oposición.

Las fuerzas de seguridad de Castro arrestaron a más de 100,000 sospechosos de apoyar a la oposición y los mantuvieron en campos deportivos, cines y escuelas bajo la amenaza constante del paredón de fusilamiento.

Castro dijo posteriormente que 29 miembros de la oposición clandestina fueron ejecutados por esos días.

Algunos historiadores de Bahía de Cochinos afirman que Kennedy vaciló debido a su juventud y falta de experiencia. Otros sostienen que el desembarco no podía haberse demorado o cancelado porque los brigadistas estaban impacientes y unos 100 pilotos cubanos enviados a entrenarse con cazas MiG en Checoslovaquia estaban a punto de regresar a la isla. Otros creen que Kennedy tenía la esperanza de que un plan de la CIA para asesinar a Castro triunfara antes de la invasión y creara el caos en la isla.

Cualquiera que haya sido la razón, Jack Hawkins, el coronel de la Infantería de Marina que dirigió el personal paramilitar de la CIA en la invasión, calificó las decisiones de Kennedy de “una traición vergonzosa a los combatientes cubanos”.

Castro dijo que los prisioneros eran hijos de la oligarquía, oficiales de la policía y las fuerzas armadas que habían apoyado al dictador Fulgencio Batista y mercenarios contratados por la mafia norteamericana para retomar el control de los casinos de La Habana.

De hecho, eran una muestra amplia del pueblo cubano, unidos por la convicción de que Castro había roto su promesa de democracia y había colocado a Cuba en el camino de una dictadura comunista.

Un estudio indicó que 173 brigadistas eran de clase alta y 361 de clase trabajadora, entre ellos 11 albañiles, cuatro barberos y un lechero. La mayoría tenía entre 17 y 40 años; el más joven con 15 años y el mayor con 61. Unos 240 eran estudiantes y 135 habían servido en las fuerzas armadas de Batista o Castro.

Había 13 miembros de la familia Fuentes y por lo menos cuatro capellanes, todos ciudadanos españoles.

Todos los prisioneros, vistiendo camisetas blancas y sentados en el patio de la prisión del Castillo del Príncipe, una fortaleza de la era colonial en La Habana, fueron hallados culpables de traición en un juicio televisado en abril de 1962, cargo que implicaba la pena de muerte. Pero ninguno de los brigadistas se arrepintió en público ni criticó al gobierno de Estados Unidos.

Clark recuerda que Castro visitó a algunos de los prisioneros después del juicio y les dijo: “Tengo buenas noticias, muchachos. No van a fusilar a nadie”.

En su lugar, fueron sentenciados a 30 años de trabajos forzados, a menos que pagaran una “indemnización”: $500,000 por San Román y otros dos altos líderes; $100,000 por otros 228 prisioneros importantes y de $50,000 a $25,000 por cada uno del resto.

Dirigido por Berta Barreto, una cubana cuyo hijo fue prisionero, y el abogado John Donovan, que participó en el juicio a los criminales de guerra nazis en Nuremberg, se formó el Comité de Familias Cubanas para impulsar el esfuerzo de liberación de los presos.

Castro también liberó a unos 60 heridos a partir del 14 de abril de 1962 a fin de ayudaran en la campaña para recaudar los $53 millones, que debían venir de donaciones privadas y no del gobierno estadounidense.

El resto de los brigadistas fue enviado a notorias prisiones. Los 231 más importantes acabaron en Isla de Pinos; el resto en las celdas subterráneas, conocidas como leoneras, del Castillo del Príncipe.

Veteranos de la brigada como Juan Evelio Pou recuerdan que los guardias con frecuencia hacían cumplir las órdenes a punta de bayoneta.

“Nos trataron muy mal, pero nunca lograron vencernos”, dijo Pou.

Había una letrina para cada 100 prisioneros. En una ocasión fue necesario llamar a un camión de bomberos para que limpiara el lugar con agua a presión. Muchas veces les prohibían hablar entre ellos, pero se comunicaban por la “telenaranja”, mensajes que colocaban dentro de naranjas y las lanzaban de una celda a otra. Un brote de hepatitis mató a tres prisioneros.

Jont, el pescador, dijo que lo trataron especialmente mal porque es negro, y Castro había prometido eliminar el racismo.

“La pasé mal. Los milicianos me miraban con odio, especialmente los milicianos negros”, dijo.

Algunos de los guardias también le hacían el gesto de que lo iban a degollar.

En el caso más cruel, los guardias dinamitaron ambas prisiones durante la Crisis de los Misiles en octubre de ese año, listos para volar a todos los brigadistas capturados si Estados Unidos atacaba la isla.

Los veteranos de la brigada tienen pésimos recuerdos de la comida de la prisión. Algunas veces espaguetis para el desayuno y la cena. Otras veces un guiso misterioso que los guardias sacaban de un tanque de 55 galones y que los prisioneros jocosamente llamaban Patria o Muerte, el lema favorito de Castro.

Pou dijo que pesaba 200 libras cuando fue capturado, pero sólo 134 cuando al momento de su liberación. Martínez-Malo comentó que estaba tan delgado cuando lo liberaron que su padre no lo reconoció.

Cinco de los brigadistas que desembarcaron fueron ejecutados y a otros nueve los mantuvieron en la cárcel por supuestos delitos cometidos antes de la invasión. Los últimos dos fueron liberados en 1986, 25 años después de los hechos.

El resto fue liberado entre el 22 y el 24 de diciembre de 1962. Los trasladaron por avión a la Base de la Fuerza Aérea en Homestead antes de reunirse con sus familiares en Dinner Key, en Miami

“Poco a poco fuimos descubriendo la verdad’’ de las razones del fracaso espectacular de la invasión, dijo Clark.

Durante el resto de su vida, San Román sufrió de prolongados ataques de depresión, hasta que finalmente se suicidó en un parque de casas móviles de Hialeah en 1989. Un amigo le dijo a un reportero en ese momento:

“El murió el 19 de abril de 1961. Nunca se sobrepuso a esa pérdida”.

La reportera de The Miami Herald Luisa Yanez contribuyó a este artículo.

Read more: http://www.elnuevoherald.com/2011/04/06/v-print/922680/la-sangrienta-batalla-de-bahia.html#

 

 “FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 24, 2014

No 696    “EN  MI  OPINIóN”   Junio 24, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

Petition to Demand the Resignation of President Obama.

Sign now!

To join the call to demand that President Obama resign, submit your email address (and, optionally, your name) and click the button when done. Once our petition reaches 100,000 signatories, we will present our petition to the U.S. Congress. We will also keep you in the loop on this and other important stories by sending you newsletters from Minutemen News andThe Black Sphere; don’t worry, you can unsubscribe at any time if you find that’s not for you.

Email Address 

Full Name (optional)

This is an unprecedented time in our nation’s history. The American people are outraged by the display of unconstitutional, corrupt, immoral, and criminal actions by President Barack Obama and his Administration. We, the people, demand justice. We, the people, demand that President Barack Hussein Obama resign immediately.

We, the people, present the following:

The IRS Scandal:

  • Whereas: The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) intentionally abused their power by targeting conservative organizations; and
  • Whereas: These actions demonstrate that the IRS was being used as a tool for partisan, political manipulation and advantage; and
  • Whereas: President Obama will not reveal or admit to knowledge of the actions of his Administration, deeming him either ineffective or deceitful. At a minimum, this makes him guilty of betraying the trust of the American people; and
  • Whereas: Accountability is crucial if we are to send a message to our elected officials and bureaucrats that committing crimes against the American people and our Constitution will not be tolerated;
  • Therefore: We demand a thorough investigation and full disclosure of the matters concerning the IRS scandal; and swift, expedient action against all offenders, including the President of the United States, to the fullest extent of the law.

The Benghazi Scandal:

  • Whereas: Key members of the Obama Administration, seemingly with President Obama’s knowledge, willfully denied support to the American ambassador and other brave Americans while they were under attack in Benghazi, Libya on September 11, 2012; and
  • Whereas: The ensuing cover-up, including the intent to deceive the American people about the nature of the attack, was politically motivated for the advancement of Barack Obama’s re-election campaign; and
    Whereas: The truths uncovered to date, which are too many to list, prove that the death of four Americans was exploited as a tool for partisan, political manipulation and advantage; and
  • Whereas: President Obama will not reveal or admit to knowledge of the actions of his Administration, deeming him either ineffective or deceitful. At a minimum, this makes him guilty of betraying the trust of the American people; and
  • Whereas: Accountability is crucial if we are to send a message to our elected officials and bureaucrats that committing crimes against the American people and our Constitution will not be tolerated;
  • Therefore: We demand a thorough investigation and full disclosure of the matters concerning the Benghazi scandal; and swift, expedient action against all offenders, including the President of the United States, to the fullest extent of the law.

The Associated Press Scandal:

  • Whereas: The Obama Administration’s Department of Justice secretly obtained private telephone and fax records of Associated Press reporters and editors; and
  • Whereas: The communicated intent, once this seizure was revealed, was to search for government leaks; the perceived intent was an attempt by government officials to intimidate and manipulate freedom of the press; and
  • Whereas: The Department of Justice violated its own regulations which recognize the importance of freedom of the press, and exceeded their authority for the purposes of partisan, political manipulation and advantage; and
  • Whereas: President Obama will not reveal or admit to knowledge of the actions of his Administration; deeming him either ineffective or deceitful. At a minimum, this makes him guilty of betraying the trust of the American people; and
  • Whereas: Accountability is crucial if we are to send a message to our elected officials and bureaucrats that committing crimes against the American people, and our Constitution will not be tolerated;
  • Therefore: We demand a thorough investigation and full disclosure of the matters concerning the Associated Press scandal; and swift, expedient action against all offenders, including the President of the United States, to the fullest extent of the law. Read more: http://MinutemenNews.com/petition-to-demand-the-resignation-of-president-obama/#ixzz35UEowOTI
    Read more at http://minutemennews.com/petition-to-demand-the-resignation-of-president-obama/#d3PEuUxT45cu8Y4M.99

 

  • Hillary Presses the Self-Destruct Button Again

Hillary Clinton’s weird inferiority complex about money is doing in her potential presidential campaign. Only a couple of weeks ago she lamented being “dead broke” when leaving the White House, evoking gales of laughter and waves of scorn over the self-pity displayed. In a nation with scores of millions of people actually dead broke, with a net worth at or below zero, the spectacle of a woman set to collect millions of dollars in speaking fees and publisher’s advances bemoaning her financial plight bespeaks a bizarre detachment from the lives of ordinary people.

Now, she’s done it again. In an interview with the Guardian, as friendly a publication as one could imagine, she’s gone and stuck her foot in her mouth again.

She has claimed that despite the reported hundred million dollars she and her husband have raked in since the time since they were “dead broke,” they are not “truly well off.”

…with her huge personal wealth, how could Clinton possibly hope to be credible on this issue when people see her as part of the problem, not its solution?

“But they don’t see me as part of the problem,” she protests, “because we pay ordinary income tax, unlike a lot of people who are truly well off, not to name names; and we’ve done it through dint of hard work,” she says, letting off another burst of laughter. If past form is any guide, she must be finding my question painful.

For 99.9% percent of the public, receiving a hundred million bucks over the course of 14 years, even if you pay half of it in income taxes, makes one “truly well off.”
Read more at http://minutemennews.com/2014/06/hillary-presses-self-destruct-button/#wuQJbyjuYKpzi3OZ.99

 

·  Top Polish Politician Quoted As Saying Alliance With U.S. Is ‘Worthless’

In News & Politics / 

Poland’s government has long been uneasy about the Obama administration’s “reset” of relations with Moscow and its scaling down of a Bush-era missile defense plan, but private comments allegedly by Warsaw’s foreign minister have cast […]

 

·  Herman Cain Urges Uninformed Voters To Stay Home: ‘Stupid People Are Ruining America!’

In News & Politics / 10 CommentsFormer Republican presidential candidate Herman Cain lambasted low-information voters who still participate in elections, urging them to stay home and declaring that “stupid people are ruining America!” Cain spoke at the Faith and Freedom Coalition’s […]

 

·  South Dakota GOP Passes Impeachment Resolution on Obama

In News & Politics /As far as many South Dakotan Republicans are concerned, President Obama should be impeached. The state GOP passed a resolution over the weekend saying Mr. Obama “violated his oath of office in numerous ways” and […]

 

·  Bill Clinton Says His Death Would Help Elect Hillary Clinton, New Book Reveals

In Breaking NewsNews & Politics /5 CommentsFormer President Bill Clinton has been busy writing “playbooks” for his wife, Hillary, to use in her likely 2016 presidential campaign including how to “take maximum advantage of my death,” according to a new book […]
Read more at http://minutemennews.com/category/newspolitics/#eD25iyOrOgE7c1yd.99

 

MIAMI-DADE COUNTY BUDGET SHORT FALL ARE FUEL BY COMMISSIONERS AND VOTERS EXCESS

JORGE AGUIAR

 The Miami Herald and the Miami-Dade County Unions and specially the police union and Rivera will not tell the current budget facts and history of the budget overrun .

 

When writing about the proposed Miami-Dade County budget cuts and specific Mayor Gimenez police cuts is important to cover the “complete story”. Most of what I read in the Miami Herald is only a one sided argument of the story to promote an agenda.

 

It is most important to explain how did the Miami-Dade County budget increased and what are some of the extraordinary items that fuel the existing short comings.

 

I cannot remember all of the items BUT I do remember some. The first one that comes to mind is the free monthly healthcare for all Miami-Dade County Unions approved by the Commission over the strong objection of Mayor Carlos Gimenez. This outrageous benefit gift that the commission provided to all Miami-Dade County employees while the average Miami-Dade County family of three pays $300.00 to $ 400.00 for their healthcare in the private sector is most outrageous. The passing of this benefit for the Miami-Dade County Unions was done with ruthless indifference and disregard to the average working family in the private sector . 

 

The Commission proposed and voter approved a  property tax increase for the benefits of “cats and dog” and their sheltering. Credit Commissioner ‘Pepe Diaz” for the idea. While the elderly or the needy could use more housing and benefits Commissioner Pepe Diaz ideas  is let provided better accommodation for cats and dogs. 

 

Voters also approved a 700 million dollar bond for Hospital Jackson strongly endorsed by the Miami Herald disregarding the many union excess and fraud that were reported and committed by some ranking administrators. 

 

There is also the issue of billions of dollars also voter approved for Miami-Dade County Schools that while I think it does not weigh in with the Miami-Dade County budget it does come to exacerbate the Miami-Dade property tax base. Also there are issues to be resolve with Miami-Dade County Water and Sewer system in need of hundred of millions to upgrade the sewer system.

 

IF all of the taxing issues fall on the property tax base there will consequences. Renter will pay much higher rent as property owners will pass the increase not only of the rented property but the renter will pay for the owners house as well and of that I am sure. Real Estate will continue to be more difficult for the average Miami-Dade County family. Others like retired people will struggle to pay for the increased property taxes. The disposable income that feeds many of the local business will feel it as well for the obvious reasons.

 

Also what is most clear to many and me is that Property tax increases cannot continue to be the “ONLY’ source of government funds. There are other ways that are more fair and less taxing to the Miami-Dade County family. Such as taxing second homes or fuel tax, or increase sales tax, luxury boat licenses registration and many other ways that revenue can be increased. But property tax should not always be the solution to all the unnecessary tax excess that many commissioners create.   

 

Jorge Aguiar

Doral, Florida

 

 

Republicans In This State Just Took Steps To Impeach Obama

“I’ve got a thick book on impeachable offenses…”

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE  

 

According to recent reports, South Dakota Republicans joined together to pass a resolution demanding Barack Obama be impeached. Among the reasons listed is the recent release of five dangerous terrorists in a deal with the Taliban to return Bowe Bergdahl, a hostage described by his fellow soldiers as an Army deserter.

The state’s Republican Party drafted the resolution to convince “our U.S. Representatives to initiate impeachment proceedings against the president of the United States.”

In a relatively close 191-176 vote, party delegates approved the resolution sponsored by Sioux Falls Republican Allen Unruh. In addition to the Taliban trade, the document listed allegedly impeachable offenses including the misrepresentation of ObamaCare and the Environmental Protection Agency’s targeting of America’s coal-fired power plants.

“I’ve got a thick book on impeachable offenses of the president,” Unruh asserted.

Butte County resident Larry Klipp also supported the measure, saying he “will pray for” anyone who failed to see the “traitorous scandals” that have defined this administration.

It remains to be seen whether the resolution will have any bearing among the state’s legislators. South Dakota has but one U.S. Representative, Kristi Noem, who has not been receptive to the idea of pursuing impeachment.

A spokesperson for the congresswoman indicated that she “believes the best way for Congress to hold the president accountable is to continue aggressive committee oversight and investigations” into the aforementioned scandals.

She is far from the only state Republican unwilling to support the idea. David Wheeler, one of the dissenting delegates in the resolution vote, contended that pursuing impeachment would essentially be a political move that would ultimately only damage the GOP.

“By doing this, we would look petty,” he concluded, “like we can’t achieve our political goals through the political process.”

Larry Eliason also disagreed with the move, though he admitted he has disagreed with every decision Obama has made during his presidency – with the exception of his pet adoption.

While this resolution might ultimately fail to gain traction in any definable way, it is yet another example of the growing trend among experts and elected officials who believe Obama’s actions as president warrant a criminal investigation.

Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/republicans-state-just-took-steps-impeach-obama/#UWtIIXw4BIbgBYlQ.99

 

Is Obama Copying Putin’s Tactics In Controlling The Political Opposition?

It looks to me like our Dear Leader is being more than flexible, just like he promised Medvedev.

L. TODD WOOD — 

 

PAGES: 1 2

We all remember the hot mic quote from Obama when speaking to the Russian number-two Medvedev: “Please tell Vladimir I can be more flexible after the election.” It looks to me like our Dear Leader is being more than flexible; he is mirroring Putin’s tactics to control the political opposition.

Putin is well known for sending his political opponents to the far corners of Siberia in order to punish them for standing in his way, and to frighten any potential adversaries into thinking twice about confronting him.  The most famous case is Mikhail Khordorkovsky, who upon challenging Putin on corruption (and on the way the rule-of-law was routinely trampled upon by those in power in Russia) found himself in prison for almost ten years in Siberia.  The Kremlin has shut down opposition political websites, placed opposition leaders under house arrest, and is now openly talking about shutting down popular social media sites used to spread opposition information–such as Twitter.  A popular tactic by the powers-that-be in Moscow is to use the tax police to raid the headquarters of opposition figures and charge them with fraud.  These tactics have been highly successful in Russia, as the political opposition to Putin has been greatly diminished since these aggressive measures have been implemented.

Has Obama learned from Putin’s success in destroying the democratic principles laid out in the Russian constitution? Let’s look at the evidence. The most obvious example of this is the IRS scandal, where Obama used our federal tax authority to harass and silence voices of the conservative movement arrayed against him prior to his reelection. This corrupt effort included multiple visits by armed personnel in some cases, and delays in granting tax-exempt status–which prevented them from being active in spreading their message.  In any case, it was an abuse of governmental authority from the highest levels–and a tactic that would have made Stalin proud.  Now, as we see email evidence mysteriously disappearing from IRS hard drives and accused bureaucrats taking the fifth amendment, the plot is only thickening.

Although less immediately detrimental to those involved, let’s discuss the recent revocation of the trademark status of the Washington Redskins.  Although no one is being threatened or having their opinion silenced, the case nonetheless is frightening in its own right.  The fact that the United States government, with all of its power, can unilaterally get what it wants via executive fiat when people do not follow its politically correct commands is truly disturbing and should frighten all Americans.  The Redskins issue is not one of political activity, but an issue of opinion.  So now we have the U.S. government dictating what opinions are acceptable in today’s society. This is straight out of a novel by George Orwell.

In addition, we all know how Obama has, on his own, decided not to enforce laws passed by Congress.  He has also changed laws, selectively not enforced certain provisions, or enforced his agenda illegally by executive order when Congress would not go along with his wishes.  This is also straight from Putin. Judges and law enforcement authorities in Russia routinely wait to hear what Putin has to say about a subject before deciding which way to rule in a court case or other judicial proceeding.

PAGES: 1 2

The views expressed in this opinion article are solely those of their author and are not necessarily either shared or endorsed by WesternJournalism.com.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/obama-copying-putins-tactics-controlling-political-opposition/#bv5XktwRiubjrSBS.99

 

 

For The Last Time, Freedom Isn’t Free

Are you willing to make the same sacrifice?

TIM POWERS  

 

PAGES: 1 2

Since the dawn of time, mankind has been instilled with the God-given spirit of free will. He was given the freedom to choose to either follow God or Satan. Following God came with a price of being faithful and following His commandments, whereas the price for following Satan was deceit, death, and destruction.

All through the ages, man has developed that yearning desire for freedom, such as the Pilgrims did. They paid a dear price by traveling months across the ocean in hopes of finding the new land in order to have the ability to exercise religious freedom. The greatest examples of the manifestation of God-given freedom can be found in the Federalist papers, the US Constitution, the Declaration of Independence, and the Bill of Rights. Our Founders, being God-fearing people, chose to pledge the lives, their fortunes, and their sacred honor in order to be truly free–and to guarantee that freedom for many generations to come.

In the early 20th century, the world was faced with the onslaught of Fascism and Communism. These ideologies were an attempt to deceive, enslave, and destroy the masses. Those of our ancestors who had enjoyed natural, God-given freedom responded to the call to arms in defense of the rest of the world and made the ultimate sacrifice, laying down their lives in order to give oppressed people a taste of true freedom for the first time. This is why they are known as the greatest generation.

Since the time of the great wars, there are still people who embrace the tenants of Fascism and Communism and have been hard at work in the highest levels of government. America has been infiltrated. The infiltrators have changed the rules of engagement to a point that war is no longer winnable. They target their political opponents using the IRS. They spy on every aspect of the average American’s life using the NSA. They illegally run arms into foreign nations and to terrorist groups, while leaving Americans to die either in a foreign land or in a VA hospital. Now, they have recently released five top terrorist commanders back into the battlefield, while leaving a decorated Marine to rot in a Mexican jail for a simple misunderstanding. His cries for help to the American government have fallen on deaf ears.

While the size of government grows, our freedoms are eroded. Take the standoff at the Bundy ranch, for instance. The government went in and set up “free speech zones”. The last that I knew, the entire United States of America was a free speech zone. Currently, there are groups seeking to have every reference to God removed from all municipal buildings, including schools and state houses under the guise of “separation of church and state”.  I have been unable to find this phrase in my copy of the US Constitution. Is it in yours?

Our nation’s schoolteachers are having the freedom to teach individual classes and children based upon their abilities taken away from them under the new government-imposed education standards known as Common Core. The government is seeking to turn our children into faceless zombies, a product of the Liberal/Communist indoctrination centers that our public schools have become.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/last-time-freedom-isnt-free/#pFJeAFGqjXqV5gYG.99

 

They Tried To Censor This Principal, But What He Just Did Made The Crowd Erupt In Applause

Will there be consequences for this principal’s actions?

TOM HINCHEY — 

 

During a commencement speech at Lebanon (Missouri) High School on May 23rd, Principal Kevin Lowery urged his graduating students to remember that “God is still important,” even though prayer has been banned from high school graduations.

Principal Lowery opened his speech with the famous sentence from the Declaration of Independence: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.”  He remarked that “This passage has come to represent a moral standard to which the United States should always strive.  And even though God is reflected in the very fabric of our nation, we are told that it is inappropriate and even illegal to mention God at high school graduations, let alone say a prayer.”

Lowery opted to observe a moment of silence rather than risk being “politically incorrect” by leading the room in prayer.  Yet after the silence, he offered the gathering his thoughts during that moment: “I gave thanks to God for these great students, their parents, their teachers, and for this community.”

The crowd erupted in cheers and applause from those who understood how the high school principal had just circumvented the prohibition on graduation prayer.

At least one prominent atheist contacted the district to lodge a complaint after learning about Lowery’s speech at the Cowan Civic Center in Lebanon.  Yet many more people have expressed appreciation for the principal’s boldness to stand up for his beliefs.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/mo-principal-bypasses-prayer-ban-graduation-god-still-important-speech/#AUJIgYytLv7YrMag.99

 

 

AMENPER: Tenemos que recordar que el Cristianismo es una Droga

La famosa frase de Marx que la religión es el opio de los pueblos es un concepto real con una desviación ideológica.  La ideología marxista quiere decirnos que la religión degradada de su tiempo alienaba al ser humano y no satisfacía su verdadera necesidad, lo cual tiene cierta validez.  Pero aunque la comparación de la religión a una droga es válida,

Marx olvidaba una realidad, y esta es:

Todas la drogas son buenas, lo malo es el mal uso y abuso de las drogas.

No existe droga que sea mala, hasta el peor veneno del mundo que es el arsénico tiene propiedades medicinales. El opio al que se refería Marx es una droga que correctamente dosificada es muy beneficiosa como antiespasmódico y sedante.  Muchos hemos tomado la medicación conocida como  Elixir Paregórico que es un licor anisado de alcohol con Opio, este es posiblemente el antiespasmódico más antiguo conocido.  Pero no podemos culpar a las drogas del abuso que el hombre le da y todo sabemos los daños que producen el uso de las drogas, en este caso específico el Alcohol y el Opio.

Si…. tiene razón Marx, el cristianismo es una droga. 

Es la droga divina que regaló Dios al mundo para curarnos de nuestro peor mal que es el pecado.

¿Pero qué puede hacer Dios cuando el hombre usa el Cristianismo para en su nombre, degradarlo y, abusarlo?

¿Qué culpa tiene Dios de las guerras que se han librado bajo la excusa del Cristianismo?

 No podemos culpar a Dios del abuso del cristianismo como no podemos culpar a Dios del abuso de las drogas que él nos ha regalado-

Cuando dicen que los cristianos somos la sal de las tierra.  Están comparando a los cristianos con una droga, el Cloruro de Sodio.  La sal es un condimento que da mejor sabor a las comidas, también es bueno como medicación en casos deshidratación. 

Pero cuando abusamos de la sal, esta puede ser una droga mortífera. 

El abuso de la sal trae consigo una retención de fluidos con edemas y otras afecciones que pueden causar la muerte.  Por eso los médicos nos recomiendan que comamos bajo de Sal.

No existe droga que sea mala por sí, es su abuso lo que la hace mala. Cuando tomamos café, la cafeína es un diurético y estimulante que nos puede ayudar, pero su abuso es malo para la salud.

El alcohol es una de las drogas más utilizada en medicaciones en forma de Elixir y Jarabes, tiene propiedades antisépticas como uso externo y ha sido usada como antihelmíntico para los parásitos intestinales desde tiempos inmemorables.  El apóstol San Pablo recomienda as su alumno Timoteo que no tome agua, que en aquellos tiempos estaba contaminada de parásitos, y le dice que tome vino (alcohol) para que se alivie de su dolencia. Pero todo sabemos los daños que puede causar el abuso del alcohol en el individuo y la familia.

Un dicho popular es que “No se puede ser más papista que el papa”.  Como todos los dichos tiene la sabiduría popular.

 No se puede ser más cristiano que Cristo, tenemos que imitar a Cristo, pero no podemos atribuirnos la autoridad de Cristo.

Esto es lo que hacen algunos de los profesionales de las instituciones religiosas para mantener a los miembros cautivos. Tratan de  imponer sus tradiciones humanas que convierten en doctrinas, contaminan a las Droga Divina del cristianismo.  Complican el divino plan de Dios para su propio beneficio.

Como vemos diariamente el diabólico abuso de las drogas por el hombre, así vemos al hombre contaminar el cristianismo. Los políticos usan palabras de la Biblia y  conceptos del cristianismo sacándola de contexto, con interpretaciones privadas, para  también abusar las doctrinas cristianas. Nos están imponiendo, a nombre de la caridad cristiana un estado de dependencia que está destruyendo la sociedad y haciendo del trabajo que es un mandamiento de Dios, un anatema, y de la vagancia una virtud,  para mantener a sus “feligreses” que son los votantes, esclavos de su droga.

Y nos acusan de ser malos cristianos porque no compartimos sus abusos.

Dios creó las drogas, cubiertas en su creación, y permitió que el hombre a través de los años descubriera estas drogas, Dios crea y el hombre descubre la creación.  Pero es la conducta del hombre desde Adán, el abusar de los regalos de la creación que Dios nos da.

El cristianismo esa droga divina que nos regaló Dios, hay que usarla siempre usando la dosificación que se encuentra en su libro de instrucciones, que es la Biblia, no de las instrucciones que viene de la boca de los hombres.

 “FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 23, 2014

No 695    “EN  MI  OPINIóN”   Junio 23, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

AMENPER: Pieles negras de Washington Vs Pieles Rojas de Washington… ¿Pieles negras de Washington quieren acabar con los Pieles Rojas de Washington?

 

La decisión para declarar ilegal nombre e imagen de las inscripciones de los Pieles Rojas de Washington  de la NFL es una nueva presentación de  la corrección política  con un celo que caracteriza a la desenfrenada y desbocada ambición de poder de esta administración.

Pero esta ambición es selectiva, es parte de la campaña tratando de consolidar el apoyo de la izquierda, usando un equipo de football popular, buscando protagonismo y publicidad

Si la corrección política fuera sincera, entonces tendrían que actuar de una manera similar en los siguientes casos:

• pondría en entredicho de manera similar la marca comercial de Dago Swagg, una línea de ropa cuyo nombre es despectivo de los italianos.  Llamar Dago a un italiano es como llamar nigger a un  negro o piel roja a un indio  (Perdón….. a un nativo americano)

• No permitirían la marca para Cracka Azz Skateboards, una línea del monopatín, longboard y la ropa que es un insulto contra los blancos-Llamar cracker a un montañero es igual que llamar nigger a un negro o piel roja a un nativo americano.

• Se opondrían  al registro de la cerveza White Trash,  Blanco Basura significa “basura blanca” y es un insulto a los blancos igual que llamar a un negro nigger o piel roja a un nativo americano..

•No se pone en entredicho la marca de Home Cookin Biscuit Head. El término “cabeza biscuit” tuvo sus orígenes en la Guerra de Corea, y se utiliza como insulto para describir la forma de las cabezas de los coreanos. Decirle “cabeza biscuit” a un coreano es como llamar nigger a un negro o piel roja a un nativo americano.

Y hay algunos otras, marcas comerciales registradas o para las que han sido aplicadas las marcas, que simplemente no pudieran ser permitidas porque para la corrección política serían ofensivas para cualquier segmento de la población. El whiskey etiqueta negra tendría que cambiar su nombre a etiqueta oscura, y la cerveza negra a cerveza oscura. Los cubanos no podríamos tomar la cerveza Hatuey.

¿Entonces “Pieles Rojas” es “ofensivo”, pero lo anterior no son? ¿Por qué dicen falsamente que la multitud y los indios se sienten agraviados?  ¿Por qué el gobierno, utilizando su poder y falseando una inexistente  oposición pública al apodo, y acosa a un equipo de fútbol?

Si lo logran estarían creando un precedente, desaparecerían los Bravos de Atlanta, los Seminoles de Florida State University entre otros. Hasta quizás los Marlins, los Dolphins y otros equipos con nombre de animales tengan que cambiar su nombre bajo demanda de que sus nombres son ofensivos para la sociedad protectora de animales.

Pero debido a que su arrogancia es superada sólo por su ignorancia, buscando refugio bajo el paraguas de su hipocresía no creo que puedan cometer esta injusticia.

Creo que como dice el dicho “se les fue la mano”, o mejor dicho en este caso “se les fue la garra”

 

 

ALBERTO MEDINA PEREZ:Desmesurada complacencial

La sociedad se enfada a menudo con la política. La corrupción crónica, la impericia serial, las permanentes contradicciones discursivas, la ausencia de ideas para gobernar, las internas despiadadas, los reiterados exabruptos, la abundancia de privilegios y el despilfarro de los dineros públicos, son solo parte de una larga nómina de detestables cualidades que molestan, con sobrados méritos, a buena parte de la ciudadanía.

Eso no podría darse sin la complicidad de una comunidad que se enoja, pero no lo suficiente, que se incomoda pero no reacciona jamás. La bronca dura poco, para luego naturalizar lo inadmisible y aceptarlo todo como parte de una realidad que duele pero se soporta.

En algunas democracias más maduras, simples actitudes individuales incorrectas de los líderes políticos o meras declaraciones inapropiadas, dejan fuera de la carrera política a cualquiera que pretenda postularse a un cargo. En esas sociedades los niveles de exigencia son muy elevados.

Hay que hacerse cargo de que no todo lo que acontece es exclusiva responsabilidad de la política. Si la sociedad tolera la corrupción, con liviandad, no puede esperar que esta se extinga por arte de magia. Cuando los mecanismos más básicos no funcionan mínimamente, no es razonable creer que algo cambiará. Eso ya no es culpa de la política, sino de la patética conducta cívica de absoluta pasividad frente a cada despropósito.

Es importante asumir el presente, no solo para recriminarse la acción u omisión, sino para intentar modificar el futuro actuando en consecuencia. Una sociedad que no despierta, que prefiere la apatía, que se queja sin eficacia y no utiliza las herramientas que tiene a mano, es cómplice y no un mero observador externo.

Los ciudadanos son participes necesarios de mucho de lo que acaece. Los políticos de hoy no identifican estímulos suficientes para obrar correctamente. Cuando desvían fondos del Estado para hacer proselitismo o para su propio patrimonio personal, lo hacen no solo por su inmoralidad manifiesta, sino también porque no existe sanción efectiva por cometer esos delitos. No solo no responden ante la justicia por sus faltas, sino que tampoco pagan costos electorales, ya que muchos de ellos permanecen en el centro de la escena por décadas siendo nuevamente apoyados por ciudadanos que conociendo sus atributos e historias, los vuelven a votar.

Es posible que esta realidad tenga que ver con la carencia de opciones. La ciudadanía cree que todos son iguales y se siente empujada a elegir entre dirigentes corruptos e ineptos. Todos los sistemas que restringen la competencia promueven esta escasez de alternativas y eso impacta sobre la cantidad y calidad de la oferta política, debilitando el porvenir.

Para disponer de mayores alternativas resulta imprescindible que las barreras de acceso sean las mínimas. Sin embargo, la legislación vigente consagra con categórica convicción el monopolio de los partidos políticos.

Esto no es casual. La corporación política ha cerrado las puertas de modo intencional. No quieren contendientes en su camino. Desean forzar a los ciudadanos a seleccionar entre los que ya están en el juego, a los que diseñaron estas reglas a su medida, justamente para que el estándar de exigencia sea diminuto y puedan alcanzar sus propios objetivos personales.

Las leyes imperantes establecen múltiples restricciones para crear un nuevo partido político, bajo la perversa visión de que es mejor para la democracia tener pocos y fuertes, que muchos y débiles. Las normas complican además la chance de mantener activo un partido, dejándolos al borde de la precariedad formal, con la indisimulable intención de eliminar alternativas viables para los votantes.

El financiamiento de la política es un capítulo que se agrega, ya que más allá de lo dice la legislación, a la hora del ejercicio cotidiano, la evidencia demuestra que, el que controla la “caja” estatal, la usará sin disimulo, para hacer política con absoluto descaro e impunidad y sin rendir cuentas.

La inexistente transparencia en el funcionamiento del sistema, favorece a los más inescrupulosos e invita insolentemente a ser parte de la cofradía para así acceder a los espacios de poder. Un ciudadano cualquiera, por capaz, honesto, e inteligente que sea, no puede postularse como candidato a un puesto público si no pertenece a un partido político o, al menos obtiene previamente una convocatoria y aval de una agrupación para hacerlo.

Es paradójico que estas formalidades se cumplan con tanta rigurosidad, mientras no funciona del mismo modo cuando un funcionario se apropia del dinero de los contribuyentes apelando a indisimulables prácticas.

Lo que sucede en el presente tiene muchas explicaciones. Pero también queda claro que, gran parte de lo que ocurre se produce porque una ciudadanía bastante hipócrita lo respalda con una desmesurada complacencia.
Alberto Medina Méndez.albertomedinamendez@gmail.com

 

The year was 1947… The year was 1947. Some of you will recall that on July 8, 1947  , a little more than 66 years ago, numerous witnesses claim that an Unidentified Flying Object, 

(UFO), with five aliens aboard, crashed onto a sheep and mule ranch

just outside Roswell , New Mexico . 

This is a well-known incident that many say has long been covered-up by the U.S. Air Force, as well as other Federal Agencies and Organizations. 

However, what you may NOT know is that in the month of  April

1948, nine months after the historic day, the following people were born: 

Barrack Obama Sr. 

Albert A. Gore, Jr. 

Hillary Rodham

William J. Clinton

John F. Kerry

Howard Dean 

Nancy Pelosi

Dianne Feinstein

Charles E. Schumer

Barbara Boxer 

Joe Biden

This is the obvious consequence of aliens breeding with sheep  and

jack-asses. I truly hope this bit of information clears up a lot of things

for  you. It certainly did for me.

“EMO” For any coincidence Carlos Gimenes and other locals specimen like commissioners were born at that date? LRGM

 

 

GEROGINA LOPEZ: Cocaína y metanfetamina: Las drogas ilícitas contaminan el agua potable de Nueva York – RT

http://actualidad.rt.com/actualidad/view/131715-drogas-contaminar-agua-potable-nueva-york

 

 

WATCH Bergdahl’s Platoon Mate Annihilate Him In Front Of Congress. http://www.westernjournalism.com/

Says he needs to be charged with desertion

TOM HINCHEY — 

Bowe Bergdahl’s former platoon mate, Army SPC Cody Full (Retired), testified before the House Middle East and North Africa Terrorism & Nonproliferation Subcommittee regarding Bergdahl’s state of mind and actions leading up to his desertion from his unit.

“It is clear to me that he had a plan and executed it,” said SPC Full.  “Knowing that someone you needed to trust deserted you in war and did so on his own free will is the ultimate betrayal.”  He continued with his prepared statement: “You should not be able to desert your fellow Americans without consequences.  Bowe Bergdahl should not be characterized as having served with honor and distinction.”

Full concluded his comments with a list of charges including “desertion, missing movement, disrespect towards a superior commissioned officer, insubordinate conduct towards a non-commissioned officer, failure to obey order or regulation, misbehavior before the enemy, and misconduct as a prisoner.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/bergdahls-platoon-mate-says-needs-charged-desertion/#01OeIPzFgPfFiykb.99

 

‘Nobody Believes You’… Paul Ryan Obliterates The IRS Commissioner In This Hearing. http://www.westernjournalism.com/

House Budget Committee Chairman Paul Ryan (R-Wis.) on Friday laid into IRS Commissioner John Koskinen for failing to keep Congress informed about the lost Lois Lerner emails.

JUSTIN KOSKI —

House Budget Committee Chairman Paul Ryan (R-Wis.) jumped all over IRS Commissioner John Koskinen this morning for failing to alert Congress about the Lois Lerner emails.

The emails in question were previously announced by Koskinen to have been deemed unretrievable, and the hard drives they were housed in destroyed three years ago.

Ryan put the screws to Koskinen in his rant when he accused the IRS of purposely keeping Congress in the dark about the hard drives and emails in question.

“You are the Internal Revenue Service. You can reach into the lives of hardworking taxpayers; and with a phone call, an email, or a letter, you can turn their lives upside down,” Ryan exclaimed. “You ask taxpayers to hang onto seven years of their personal tax information in case they’re ever audited, and you can’t keep six months of employees emails?”

“This is not being forthcoming; this is being misleading, again. This is a pattern of abuse, a pattern of behavior that is not giving us any confidence that this agency is being impartial,” said Ryan. “I don’t believe you. This is incredible.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/paul-ryan-puts-screws-irs-commissioner/#ZimkVK4P0cfkujhf.99

 

http://www.westernjournalism.com/: CEO: What Obama Is Doing Is Illegal And Will Destroy People On Fixed Incomes

“…this is a very dangerous situation”

JUSTIN KOSKI — 

Murray Energy CEO Robert Murray says Obama is illegally using the EPA and the Clean Air Act to take over the US Electric Power Grid–and in the process, destroying low-cost energy.

According to Murray, “Coal is a four cents per kilowatt hour energy, and wind and solar are a 22 cents per kilowatt hour energy…And that’s if the wind is blowing and the sun is shining.”

Murray would later in the interview go on to say, “this is a very dangerous situation and I don’t know if the average American, whose electric rates are already going up, will [know] it will go up a whole lot more with this.”

“The people who are on fixed incomes or are poor, poverty stricken people are gonna be hurt the worst,” Murray added. “And [they] better be scared to death about what Mr. Obama and his EPA are doing.”

“It can’t be done, it’s unachievable, and it’s illegal!”

This is just another example in which Obama is continuing his illegal actions and policies.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/watch-obama-trying-illegally-raise-energy-costs-30-percent/#rIL2Elum846okWCX.99

 

 

Watch: Trey Gowdy Reveals The Details Of A Dream He Had, But It’s Not What You Think. http://www.westernjournalism.com/

This dream may scar you for life, or more likely leave you laughing out loud

TOM HINCHEY — 

Trey Gowdy (R-SC) was giving a speech in Maryland when he told the crowd about a “dream” he had.

It starts off with John Boehner, Lindsey Graham, and Maryland Republican Congressman Andy Harris all dying and going to heaven on the same day.

“It could happen, I guess…for two of them for sure.”

Rather than spoil the punchline, just watch it for yourself.  It will give you a laugh
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/trey-gowdy-dream/#Qqdla51pzHtbsDJD.99

 

 

CEO: What Obama Is Doing Is Illegal And Will Destroy People On Fixed Incomes. http://www.westernjournalism.com/

“…this is a very dangerous situation”

JUSTIN KOSKI — 

Murray Energy CEO Robert Murray says Obama is illegally using the EPA and the Clean Air Act to take over the US Electric Power Grid–and in the process, destroying low-cost energy.

According to Murray, “Coal is a four cents per kilowatt hour energy, and wind and solar are a 22 cents per kilowatt hour energy…And that’s if the wind is blowing and the sun is shining.”

Murray would later in the interview go on to say, “this is a very dangerous situation and I don’t know if the average American, whose electric rates are already going up, will [know] it will go up a whole lot more with this.”

“The people who are on fixed incomes or are poor, poverty stricken people are gonna be hurt the worst,” Murray added. “And [they] better be scared to death about what Mr. Obama and his EPA are doing.”

“It can’t be done, it’s unachievable, and it’s illegal!”

This is just another example in which Obama is continuing his illegal actions and policies.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/watch-obama-trying-illegally-raise-energy-costs-30-percent/#7pohHvlxwhCK0whw.99

 

 

This Gorgeous Conservative Perfectly Sums Up How Americans Feel About Obama

“There’s a lot of things that I think have…”

TOM HINCHEY — 

Ellison Barber of the Washington Free Beacon appeared on Fox News’ Real Story to discuss Congress’ record low poll numbers.

Guest host Jenna Lee asked Barber if the mistrust of Congress can be repaired in light of all the “issues” involving agencies that are supposed to be apolitical. Barber said, “There’s a lot of things that I think have over the past few months that we have seen consistently and repeatedly erode the trust of the American public.”

She went on to say that these latest polls reflect most Americans’ opinion that they “don’t trust Congress in general to do the job that they’re set out to do.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/ellison-barber-congress-repeatedly-erodes-trust-americans/#ltBJE6SVliuzRHjI.99

 

IMPORTANTE – IMPORTANT.

Dear Friend:

Obama wasn’t kidding when he said, “Change has come to America.”

Today – this is a country that’s very different from the original idea of America.

The shining beacon of freedom has been replaced by dimly lit rooms filled with NSA agents snooping on your calls, your emails, every step you take online.

Soon, some 30,000 domestic drones could fill American skies. It’s likely your local police department will get one if they haven’t already. (Paid in large part by Homeland Security grants.)

There are now more Americans in jail than there were people in the Soviet Union’s concentration camps.

Most government agencies, including the Department of Education have their own SWAT team. Since the ‘70’s there were a few hundred SWAT raids annually. Now that number has swelled to more than 50,000 SWAT raids per year – most of these raids are for non-violent crimes.

A 961-page law called Obamacare that 54% of Americans oppose – now dictates how you and your doctor are allowed to treat your body.

The way we invest has changed too.

That’s because the Federal Government reworks statistics to give the appearance of an economic recovery.

Did you know, for instance, that the government doesn’t actually count all unemployed in their unemployment numbers?

Or that they exclude certain rising food costs when they report their rosy inflation statistics?

Or that they manipulate interest rates to make the stock market look like it’s going up?

Most people haven’t a clue this manipulation exists. And they recklessly put their money – their happiness – at risk by not knowing the truth.

My point is simple – if it feels like you’re being squeezed from every angle by the government in your pursuit of the American dream – it’s because you are!

That’s why what worked for your grand-parents to attain the American dream now only gets you to the 30-yard line. It’s not enough.

 

Hello, my name is Doug Hill.
I’m the director of the Laissez Faire Club

You, like me, are probably sick of “government creep” into every area of your life.

It’s this intrusion that strips you of your privacy, over-taxes you, hinders your investment returns, threatens your healthcare, and reduces your quality of life.

Instead of just complaining about it … my team of experts and I have done something about it by creating a blockbuster book that’s loaded with solutions that could advance you in life and empower you to escape free from government creep.

This book is aptly titled, A Man’s Right to Happiness.

It’s likely the only book of its kind that shows you how to reclaim your privacy … lower your tax burden … build wealth through shrewd investment opportunities … better manage your money and credit … succeed in business … and bolster your health and more.

But here’s the thing …

This book is not for sale. You can’t buy a copy. Not for any price. But in a moment, I’ll show you why I’d like to send you a copy absolutely FREE.

Yes, I said FREE. As in no charge. Complimentary.

But I don’t think I’m going to have those copies for much longer. Here’s why …

Forbidden Secrets that Obama,
Congress, and Corporate America
Hope You’ll Never See!

Open up your copy of this book, and you’ll betreated to forbidden secrets that the people in power would prefer you never see. Why is that? Two words

– PERSONAL EMPOWERMENT! –

Your personal empowerment threatens their control over your life.

That’s because a well-educated, lucid, and observant populace keeps politicians accountable. It’s to the advantage of politicians that people are dumbed down, phlegmatic, distracted by celebrities … and dependent on government programs.

It’s all part of the system they’ve established. It’s why disgraced politicians, embroiled in scandal with a lousy track record keep winning elections.

But none of that matters … because I’m going to show you a way to break free from their system and advance in life … no matter what “regime” runs the government.

This is the new playbook for succeeding in every area of your life.

And it epitomizes the goal of our organization The Laissez Faire Club which stands for “leave it be.”

Now I’m about to show you some shocking stuff that will absolutely amaze and startle you. So turn your phone off, lock the door, and listen closely because this will be absolutely life-changing for you … that I certainly promise.

After that, I’ll show you how to get your FREE copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness. I’ll even pay the shipping cost for you.

So let’s talk about this brave new world we’re in where Big Brother is spying on your every move …

And then I’ll show you some shockingly simple things you can do to keep your private life … private

.

Get off the Surveillance and Control Grid
Without Moving to a Cabin in the Woods

(By the way, this isn’t some guns and bunkers organization. 
Most of my staff and I live in normal suburbs.)

The America we all grew up in and loved offered the blessing of privacy. Now that has changed due to the National Security Agency’s (NSA) domestic spying program.

I’m going to show you how to make yourself virtually invisible to the NSA as well as other agencies that snoop on citizens. So why is this necessary?

Perhaps you’ve heard politicians say of the NSA spy program, “If you have nothing to hide or you’re not doing anything wrong then there’s nothing to worry about.”

At first glance, that seems reasonable. But did you realize, that same propaganda was broadcast by Hitler’s Nazi party to cow German citizens into submission and fear?

Fact is, every week you’re probably breaking one or two laws whether you realize it or not, according to a study.

In particular …

Something you’ve said over the phone, in an email, a text, or online posting could one day be construed as hate speech, subversive, or give a government agency probable cause to send a SWAT team bursting through your door at 1:30 am in the morning.

Now, I realize that may sound unbelievable. But remember, there were close to 50,000 SWAT raids last year alone. Many of which were due to “non-violent crimes.”

So even though it may sound strange to you now, something you may have said in the past could be used against you as evidence of some obscure law that you broke.

That’s why it’s critical you keep your life as private as possible. I’ll show you a few simple ways to do that in a moment.

First, here’s something else I want you to think about.

A simple Google search by an employee or friend on your computer could cause the police to pay you a visit … just like what happened to a Long Island, New York couple weeks after the Boston bombings.

The wife searched for information on pressure cookers for cooking lentils and not long after that, her husband searched for backpacks online for their kids.

Soon after a SWAT team had their house surrounded.

Stop for a moment and think about the implications of that.

You now live in a world where a Google or Bing search can easily trigger the attention of law enforcement … or at the very least put you on some “list.”

That’s the bad news. The good news is A Man’s Right to Happiness will show you several work-arounds that could make sure the NSA and other Federal Agencies aren’t tracking you.

And don’t worry, you don’t need to be a techy or computer expert to put these tips to work. We’ve designed all of these to be incredibly easy to implement.

You’ll learn …

  • The single biggest privacy mistake most people make every single day, opening themselves up for hackers and prying eyes… without ever realizing it. (See page 39.)
  • Why logging onto your computer the way the software companies want you to log in actually exposes your computer to being hacked by NSA snoops. (See page 40.)
  • The one simple and easy move you must make when you log onto your computer. This tip allows you to build castle like walls around your emails and private browsing activity. (See page 40.)
  • A surprisingly cheap mobile phone app you can use to block the NSA from listening in on your calls! (See page 35.)
  • A brilliant online tool that works on the same concept as blending into a giant crowd of people, and throws the NSA snoops off your online trail completely. (See page 36.)
  • A laughably simply way to use your cell phone without your location being tracked. (See page 38.)
  • Why your anti-virus program and firewall isn’t enough to stop hackers from snooping inside your computer… or inserting dirty pictures and fake web search history that you would never want to be associated with.
  • An “every-man’s” do it yourself way to put an impenetrable wall around your computer. (See page 39.)

Of course, these simple tips to increase your privacy in an increasingly prying America are just one the many chapters you’ll find inside your copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness.

Here’s something else I think you’ll find useful …

Obama’s Plans To Spread Your Wealth Around… Here’s How to Keep More of
Your Hard-Earned Money!

Most people don’t know this, but according to the Office of Management and Budget, 62 percent of the federal budget goes to entitlements.

Entitlements are just a fancy way to say food stamps, Obamaphones (a free cell phone plan for low income people which includes 250 free minutes a month) and the various other welfare programs.

Now, I have no problem with providing for people in need. But I don’t think it’s the government’s role to force you and I to do so.

And what really gets my blood-boiling is that it’s you and I that are footing the bill for well-abled people to receive free rent.

That’s absolutely outrageous don’t you agree?

Listen, my point is this – with Obama’s administration in office, the welfare programs show no signs of slowing down. And with more than half of America receiving handouts, how can we ever expect to vote these policies out of power?

That’s why we’re going to continue to be financially raped in an effort for the government to provide for those in “so-called” need.

We’ll be taxed, regulated, fined – you name it. That’s on top of already high taxes.

Consider that, on average, you and I work an entire week each month just to cover the taxes the Federal Government demands.

You, like me, probably don’t want to just hand your money away like that.

Fortunately there are some tax dodges and tricks you can do to slash your taxes to the absolute legal minimum.

I believe it’s your duty to do this, for the future success and legacy you leave to your family.

And don’t worry; these tips are all “by the book,” and won’t get you in trouble with any regulators.

We show you what they are, and how to take advantage of them in your free copy of A Man’s Right To Happiness. Let me show you some of these right now…

  • The THREE investment vehicles that could stuff your bank account with tax-free cash – running in the $1,000s — every month! (See page 85.)
  • The “early inheritance” tax dodge that legally lets you transfer property to your children without it being taxed. (See page 81.)
  • How to write off a couple hundred dollars off your tax bill with something we call “the man’s best friend trick.” (See page 82.)
  • How living with a “significant other” can allow you to legally write off $2,500 on your taxes. (See page 84.)
  • How to turn your baby-sitter costs into a tax deduction – savings you $100s — using this little-known loop-hole. (See page 84.)
  • How if you’re in the 28% tax bracket you may be able to write off as much as $840 from a common medical expense that 11% of Americans have done each year. (See page 85.)
  • Why installing a single household feature could turn into a handsome tax deduction if you use a little known medical expense loop-hole. (See page 86.)
  • The amazing secret of how you can turn your favorite past-time into a tax deduction worth several hundred dollars a year in write offs! (See page 87.)
  • How “becoming the bank” for your friends and family could turn into a nice tax deduction for you. (See page 87.)
  • How something we call the “driving Ms. Daisy secret” can turn into a small tax write-off worth $100 or more for you – each year. (See page 87.)
  • Do you take care of an elderly or sick relative? If so, you may qualify for this special tax deduction most people overlook. (See page 88.)
  • Discover how you can take advantage of this little-known “charity tax trick” that could shave as much as $750 off your tax liability. (See page 88.)
  • A special real estate trick you can use every five years that could mean huge deductions… running in the $1000s! Few people even realize this secret loophole exists. (See page 90.)
  • The five-step way government computers select tax returns for audits and how to forever disappear from their lists, completely ending any anxiety you have when you file your taxes. (See page 80.)
  • An aggressive but 100% legal exemption that allows you to legally never have to pay into Social Security. Saves you an average of $345,000 over the course of your working career. (See page 82.)

Added up, you’ll find more than two dozen ways to save $5,290 or more this coming tax-season.

Imagine what you’d do with an extra $5,000, or more. Would you use it to take the vacation you and your spouse deserve? Would you save it, storing it away for a rainy day?

The good news is that you can do anything you want. It’s your money. You earned it. It’s not the government’s money to take.

But unfortunately, most people miss these easy deductions and tips.

Not you. Not anymore.

This book and the tax slashing ideas inside could mean a fat refund check instead of a tax bill for you!

Again, everything you’ll see is 100% legal, for now.

It’s as simple as thousands of dollars back in your pocket, legally, for following the tax code to the letter.

I can’t stress this enough – this is YOUR money. Don’t you have a moral obligation to you and your family to keep as much of it as possible?

This book lays out a detailed blueprint for how to save thousands, legally.

As you can imagine, this is dangerous information in the eyes of the Federal Government whose goal is to extract as much money out of you as they can.

That’s why I wouldn’t be surprised to see a “cease and desist letter” arrive in my office any day now – forcing me to pull this letter offline.

And that’s also why I’m standing by to reserve your FREE copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness.

I’ll show you how at the end of this presentation.

Now here’s something that may seriously shock you …

You Might Live in a
“No-Constitution Zone”
Where Your Rights Have Been Suspended!

Chances are, you never saw this on your local news.

If you live anywhere in the U.S., including Alaska or Hawaii and live 100 miles from the border be it the Pacific Ocean, the Atlantic Ocean, the Gulf of Mexico, the Great Lakes, Canada, or Mexico … Homeland Security says you are currently in a “Constitution Free Zone.” Your 4th Amendment rights in particular may no longer be active according to them.

Since 2008, the ACLU has been digging into this matter trying to find out more through the Freedom of Information Act. So far, various law enforcement agencies, politicians, and Federal agencies are keeping this on the down low.

 

Think about what this means to you for a moment.

For us, it unfortunately means our Baltimore-based office is in this zone. So it looks like First Amendment rights can be re-interpreted here on the whims of Federal employees.

If you get a copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness and you live in one of these no Constitution zones and this book becomes banned, may I suggest that you don’t let anyone know you own this book?

There’s more “HOT” information in this book.

Take for instance this little-known way to privately build wealth and “go off the grid.”

Secret Currency

In 2003, our Laissez Faire Club president – a three time NYT best-selling author and Sundance award winning filmmaker – predicted the collapse of the U.S. Dollar.

Since then, there have been a lot of famous economists riding our coattails. When the dollar loses its status as the reserve currency of the world, it could become nearly worthless overnight.

And when that happens you’ll be paying $8 a gallon for gas – perhaps much more and you’ll wipe out most of your pay-check just to buy groceries every week. It’ll be utter financial chaos for all Americans.

So it’s no secret that you must get some of your wealth OUTSIDE the dollar. Owning some gold and silver is a good place to start.

Here at the Laissez Faire Club we recommend everyone hold at least 5-10% of their wealth in gold or silver.

But did you know that there is a new form of currency that’s growing in popularity and traded world-wide?

Many of our members of the club have already diversified into this new currency as a way to protect themselves in the event of a U.S. dollar collapse.

Since its inception, this new currency has increased 800% in value, and if trends continue it could turn everyone’s phone into a private off-shore money shelter just like the ultra-rich have.

What’s more, this new type of currency allows money to pass from one party to another without a paper trail because there’s no third party involved. Hence it saves you on fees associated with transaction costs as seen with credit cards or PayPal.

Additionally, this new type of currency cannot be frozen by your bank, yet it’s perfectly legal. As an added benefit, it can’t be stoleneither.

We reveal the name of this currency, how to safely buy it, where to store it, and everything you need to immediately take advantage of it on page 91.

You can see this and so much more is in your free copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness.

Stay tuned and we’ll show you how to get your copy mailed to you. (I’ll even cover the shipping cost.)

For now, I urge you to listen closely to this…

Getting Richer is the Best Revenge
Here are Investment Opportunities that
Offer Juicy Returns and Could
Enable You to Retire Sooner!

We all know how big of a role psychology plays in the stock market.

But now one appearance by Ben Bernanke or Obama on TV can instantly set off a ripple that rolls right through the stock market pushing it up or all too often, downward.

Just this past June, for example, Bernanke told us that the Federal Reserve would begin pulling back its support for the economy.

Stocks fell more than 4% in the two days that followed. Billions of dollars in stock market wealth vanished instantly.

Then, in his speech a month later, Bernanke reversed his course. He told investors he’d continue to prop up the economy … and stocks rallied by a whopping 200 points.

If you’re like me, you don’t want your wealth manipulated up and down on the whims of what some central banker says in his monthly speech.

And it doesn’t stop there …

A few months ago the government decided to recalculate the way it measures the total American economy. The “old” way had been around for nearly 100 years.

But it’s not good enough anymore, says our elected officials.

The government also manipulates unemployment figures to look lower than they are. And they fudge the price inflation statistics to make it look like prices aren’t going up.

Yeah, right.

I remember 50 cent per gallon gasoline. 25 cent movies. 10 cent cartons of milk.

Yet, according to our government, prices are “stable.” Ha!

Listen, what I’m saying is this – you need to protect yourself from their lies, manipulated statistics, and distractions.

We show you how. By sharing with you the best investment opportunities that work in today’s changed America.

  • The TWO diversification strategies that could allow you to make thousands (or more) no matter if the market see-saws up or down. (See page 146.)
  • THREE little-known but potentially mega-profitable tax-free investment opportunities that pay you monthly. (See page 85.)
  • The best investment opportunities in real estate during good times and bad. (See page 130.)
  • Hot, overlooked foreign investment opportunities that could make you a bundle of money, while further diversifying you away from the U.S. Dollar. (See page 131.)
  • A simple and easy way to buy, store, and sell precious metals without getting scammed. (See page 128.)
  • “Non-Wall-Street” alternatives to the traditional IRS or 401(k) retirement plan that build your wealth 100% tax-free! (See page 85.)
  • The THREE best investment vehicles for generating monthly dividend checks. (See page 85.)
  • How to make upwards of $25,000 per year, in the stock market, without buying a single stock. (See page 128.)
  • How to best potentially profit from the current U.S. energy boom that’s making everyone from everyday farmers to oil rig workers radically rich. (See page 129.)
  • The FIVE best stocks you should buy and hold forever, and why this could be the safest and easiest way to grow your wealth. (See page 130.)

If this has gotten your attention, wait till you see what comes next!

During this special message I have been mentioning that I’ll show you how to get your FREE copy of this book, A Man’s Right to Happiness.

I plan on doing this in just a moment. But here’s another way this book could profoundly help you …

Career. Money. Credit.
What You Need to Know to Get Ahead

It used to be, that hard work and a good idea was all it took to achieve the American dream. But in today’s changed America, that’s not the case anymore. Here’s why:

For starters … your dollars are nearly worthless because 98% of their value has been erased due in part to inflation. During the 70’s a bottle of soda pop cost about 45 cents. Things have changed so much that if you’ll look at your computer keyboard, there is no longer a cent symbol.

To get a high-paying job, most people would agree that you should get a good college degree. But it may be time to rethink college due to the fact that student loan debt in America is the second largest debt owed by Americans next to mortgages.

In fact, an NBC News report showed that the college graduate class of 2011 owes a whopping $26,000 on student loans.

Even with a college degree, that job market doesn’t look so good.

According to The Weekly Standard, the average American now earns less income than he or she did before the end of the Great Recession.

Now with Obamacare going LIVE, many companies are shedding jobs or converting existing full-time positions into part-time positions.

This being the case, you’ve got to employ new ways of managing money to get ahead. Your FREE copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness shows you how.

Inside you’ll learn …

  • Should you send your kids and grandkids to college or not – is it worth it? What are their job alternatives for higher income and pay? We reveal the shocking answers. (See page 121.)
  • Top 10 high growth industries for long term employment. (See page 122.)
  • What insiders are quietly doing to pick up world-class insurance for a fraction of the price you’re currently paying, and how you can too. (See page 133.)
  • THREE steps for maintaining good credit so you can drive off the dealership lot in whatever new car you choose. (See page 123.)
  • THREE little-known tricks that help you repair your credit, even if you’ve previously filed for bankruptcy. (See page 124.)
  • The secret debt snowball strategy for melting away your debt till you’re completely debt free! (See page 125.)
  • How to cut your cable bill to $0 and still watch the TV shows you love! (See page 126.)
  • How you can make as much as $1,350 per month in “the underground market.” (See page 128.)
  • Secrets for getting up to 25% off on your next appliance or big ticket purchase (See page 127.)
  • How to generate and spend unreported income that’s 100% free of federal taxes. (See page 88.)

Now, as you can see, this book contains many secrets – more than 100 in total.

They all come from a panel of experts we’ve developed here at the Laissez Faire Club.

On our board of experts we have a three-time best-selling author and filmmaker, one of the world’s leading privacy attorneys, and a billionaire publishing icon.

We also have one of America’s most trusted tax experts – a man that’s helped more than 26,000 people slash their taxes to the lowest legal minimum.

And we have one of the most cutting-edge healthcare entrepreneurs, whose ideas and help have literally saved the lives of more than 10,000 people.

All told, our expert panel has written three best sellers. They’ve appeared in television more numerous times. And they’ve written hundreds of articles, all devoted to showing people like you and me how to live an independent life.

Now, for the first time ever, we’ve compiled ALL their best ideas into one place. It’s all in your FREE copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness.

As far as I know there’s nothing else like this book on the market. As great as this is … there’s even more exciting secrets waiting to be discovered!

Secrets of How to Position
Yourself for Success in Business …
Even When Taxes, Regulations, and
Society are Against You

While there are many new exciting business opportunities there are also many new challenges for the entrepreneur.

Starting and running a business has become increasingly difficult. Listen to this …

A Wells Fargo/Gallup survey reports that 72% of small business owners believe regulations and red tape hurt them.

The government wants more revenue, as such taxes are being increased on businesses. This adds another set of problems for the entrepreneur who may already be struggling.

According to CNN Money, America has one of the highest corporate tax rates in the world. But it gets worse.

If you hire employees, it can mean never-ending headaches for you. That’s because some politicians are pushing for policies that demand you pay a “living wage” to low level workers.

Just recently there was a nationwide fast food strike by workers demanding higher pay to flip burgers.

Fortunately, your free copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness shows you actionable solutions that could help you succeed as an entrepreneur in spite of these problems.

Take a look at what you’ll find inside…

  • TWO BUSINESS IDEAS that require very little money to start … that don’t require employees, yet can instantly start you down the path to generating $50,000 a year in additional income (See page 163.)
  • If you have a business that requires staff, here’s how to get the help you need without technically hiring employees. (See page 165.)
  • The fastest and easiest online business you can start where you won’t be competing against giants like Amazon.com. (See page 164.)
  • The fastest and easiest offline business you can start where you won’t be competing against franchises and giants like Wal-Mart or Target. (See page 164.)
  • A negotiating trick that works like a charm to get your way. Great for saving money and establishing lucrative business deals. (See page 165.)
  • How to create multiple streams of income, so you never have to worry about out-living your savings. (See page 166.)
  • An easy way to increase the probability you’ll become wealthy. (See page 166.)
  • How to set up your business so Obamacare regulations won’t hammer it. (See page 164.)
  • High growth niches and trends that are perfect for starting a new business in. (See page 122.)

It’s all in your FREE copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness.

Now please pay close attention to what comes next as it literally could mean the difference between life and death for you.

How to Survive Obamacare:
Avoid Death Panels, Treatment Rationing,
and Sub-Par Service and Instead
Receive Better Health Care Than 90
Percent of the U.S. Population

Congress is supposed to be bound by the same laws as you are, right? But did you realize that Congress just got an exemption on Obamacare?

If you haven’t heard, Senators, House members, and their staffers were up in arms because they didn’t want to exchange their current health coverage for Obamacare. They threw a fit about it, and Obama granted them a waiver.

That says almost everything you need to know about the cost and quality of healthcare under The “Affordable” Care Act. And you and I will be stuck with it.

It’s going to be an absolute nightmare.

Industry insiders and health professionals all agree that you can expect to wait two to three times longer than you currently do just to see your doctor.

This means your lab test visits will be delayed as well as visits to your specialist even if you’re in pain.

Some experts expect a mass exodus of doctors and other healthcare professionals – leaving fewer experienced physicians to care for you when you will need it most.

And then there’s the rising cost …

According to Forbes.com, “Obamacare will increase individual-market premiums in California by as much as 146 percent.” And ABC News reports that “the overwhelming majority will see double-digit increases in their individual health insurance markets.”

Luckily, we have one of the world’s leading experts on health-care in our club.

He’s dedicated his life to showing more than 10,000 Americans how to receive everything from hip-replacements to life-saving treatments – outside the government and corporate controlled healthcare system.

Over his 10 year career, he’s discovered a set of work-arounds that promise you get top-notch healthcare while potentially saving – depending on your specific coverage — thousands of dollars per year.

It’s crucial for your health that you take these steps immediately. And they’re all waiting for you in your FREE book. Some of what you’ll discover includes …

  • How to claim a $130,000 surgical procedure for just $18,500, even if you’re uninsured, or on a high-deductible plan. (See page 10.)
  • Three places you can get life-saving surgery at 50% to 80% less than what you’d pay in the U.S. yet the quality of the surgery is on par, if not far better than you’ll find at your local hospital. (See page 10.)
  • A surprisingly affordable way you can take charge of your own health in the prevention and early detection of disease by getting medical tests without a physician’s referral or needing to involve your insurance. (See page 12.)
  • How for as little as $50 a month you can get one-on-one access to a physician that includes their cell phone number, 24/7 access, same day appointments, and even home visits. (See page 21.)
  • A personal healthcare plan you should consider that will protect you and your loved ones, no matter what form of Obamacare is thrust upon us. (See page 25.)

Proven Health Hacks that Enhance
Your Health So You can 
Avoid Having to See a Doctor

Forbes article highlights how Obamacare will result in rationing of drugs and treatments. (That same article mentions that Obamacare backers actually claim rationing is a good thing!)

If you should find yourself needing special treatments – you sure as heck don’t want to hear “REQUEST DENIED.”

To make sure you don’t find yourself in this scenario where diabetes, cancer, or heart disease treatments are rationed … it’s imperative that you engage in preventative care.

We have a special chapter in A Man’s Right to Happiness that will arm you with superb solutions to bolster your health and help prevent the onset of catastrophic disease.

You’ll find out …

  • A secret pressure point trick that you can do anywhere, using nothing more than the palm of your hand. This trick takes only seconds to do, and almost instantly it perks you up and gives you plenty of energy to be more productive! No need to gulp down cups of coffee or rely on energy drinks. (See page 151.)
  • The FOUR best exercises you can do without weights at home or in a hotel room to stay in shape. (See page 152.)
  • How to reduce stress and relax without drugs or alcohol. (See page 153.)
  • The most important over-the-counter medications and medical supplies you should have in stock, at all times. (See page 154.)
  • THREE tricks for stopping a heart attack. (See page 155.)
  • FOUR natural secrets for lowering your blood pressure. (See page 155.)
  • The FIVE best remedies for fighting a cold. (See page 156.)
  • How to banish migraines and bad headaches. (See page 157.)
  • FIVE foods that enhance your intelligence. (See page 158.)
  • The SEVEN healthiest foods you should have stocked in your pantry or fridge at all times. (See page 158.)
  • FIVE best ways to help prevent the onset of heart disease, cancer and diabetes. (See page 159.)
  • SEVEN secrets that help you drop unwanted inches and pounds. (See page 160.)
  • How to drink pure, clean water without having to stockpile bottled water. (See page 162.)

Next, let’s look at a weird way the government destroys your day to day productivity…

Why is the Government Interested in
Your Toilet and Showerhead?

Although most people don’t know this, many of the items in your home are highly regulated by the government.

And because of it, they don’t work as well and they actually cost you more.

Case in point …

Recently Obama has made an aggressive push to have your home appliances redesigned to meet the Energy Department’s harsh new energy-efficiency standards which covers 20 different products with more on the way.

At first glance, this might seem reasonable.

But the problem is, these regulations will raise the price of appliances by more than consumers are ever to likely earn back in the form of energy savings! On top of that, it could mean these products break down more often or don’t work as well.

Based upon Energy Department estimates, new water heaters and furnaces could have price hikes from $67 to $974 depending on the size and type.

This comes at a time where most Americans still can’t find a job, or afford to pay their monthly mortgages.

So how on earth can they afford an even higher cost of living?

And that’s just the start …

Clothes washers were hit with a regulation in 2007 that Consumer Reports claimed “left our stain-soaked swatches nearly as dirty as they were before washing” and that “for best results, you’ll have to spend $900 or more.”

Back in January 2001, a last-minute Clinton regulation stipulated a new energy efficiency standard for AC units that increased their prices. They later admitted that many homeowners won’t recoup the added up-front costs.

Inside your free book, A Man’s Right to Happiness, you’ll discover loop-holes, hacks, and work-arounds that make your appliances last longer and work more effectively like they were meant to.

Already, readers of the Laissez Faire Letter have written in to say:

My quality of life has just shot up 1000%. I have learned how to HACK MY SHOWERHEAD. Seriously life changing. I mean Seriously. Life. Changing.~ Shana Davidson

You’ll discover how to “Hack Your Showerhead” on page 45. There’s more, too. For example …

  • A simple water heater trick that gives you cleaner dishes, clothes that feel cleaner and it even helps you sleep like a baby at night. (See page 48.)
  • Discover how one simple step (which is completely safe) can instantly make you more productive and rid your home of lingering smells … while saving you $259 or more on plumbing fees. (See page 51.)
  • A non-bleach solution found in the paint section of your hardware store that cleans your clothes and whitens them – making stains disappear in a single wash (See page 53.)
  • Why if you have a toilet that’s from 1980 or earlier, you definitely don’t want to replace it with a new one! (See page 59.)
  • A simple trick that adds years to the life of your overworked AC unit, saving you the hassle of finding an expensive AC repair man on those hot and sweaty days. (See page 63.)
  • An easy to purchase, but surprisingly strange drain clog buster… and how it can enhance the sanitation and free flow of water in your home. (See page 65.)
  • The single best “Old School” pesticide for ridding yourself of pests, and why you’d better stock up on it before it’s banned. (See page 66.)
  • How a legal over-the-counter health product became regulated under the Patriot Act and if purchased incorrectly, could trigger a SWAT team raid to your home. Here’s the work around to avoid the knock on the door. (See page 68.)

Now, chances are you will never use ALL these tips and tricks. But even if you use just a handful, my guess is that you could save hundreds of dollars this year.

That’s on top of the $2,500 you could legally save in taxes this same year.

And it’s also on top of the $52,000 in healthcare savings.

But if you made it this far, you know this book is bigger than just money saving tips.

This book could save you frustration. It could give you peace of mind, knowing that you’re in control of your life.

And that’s something we can’t put a price tag on. Wouldn’t you agree?

All these secrets, and more, are in your free copy A Man’s Right to Happiness.

But here’s some potentially bad news…

As I’ve explained, this book is NOT for sale. You can’t buy it anywhere. At any price.

Luckily, I’ve worked out a way to put a copy into your hands FREE. Here’s how…

Your Last Chance to Claim
This FREE Book Before All Copies are
Given Away… And Before the Government
Issues Us a “Cease and Desist” Letter

When I say the secrets inside A Man’s Right to Happiness is something the politicians don’t want you to see, I’m not even remotely kidding.

Remember earlier how I showed you that our office is in the “No Constitution Zone”?

Through that policy this book could likely soon be banned as amendment rights may be stifled.

Consider what we’re dealing with here …

If the government wants to silence you – they will. Recently a man was visited by FBI agents for posting on his Facebook page that the U.S. is a police state. Obviously the visit was to shut him up.

Now don’t you think the government would want to censor a book like this that offers legal tax-saving secrets … info about new currencies … and secrets on how to become invisible to the NSA?

The order to stop giving this book away could come tonight.

It’s not unusual for books to be banned in the US. Many books have been banned from school library book shelves. Some of these include great American literature classics such as The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn and Gone With the Wind.

If someone in Homeland Security catches wind of A Man’s Right to Happiness, they may deem it as something that needs to be restricted under the context of subversive literature.

It’s not subversive literature in any way of course. But if they did consider it subversive — it wouldn’t surprise me in the least.

This is why you better move fast to claim this free book before it’s no longer available.

Here’s How to Claim Your FREE Book

To claim your 100% free copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness, (we’ll even cover the shipping) simply agree to a trial subscription to the Laissez Faire Letter.

The Laissez Faire Letter features experts on topics that matter to you most.

Topics like ways to legally lower your tax bill … free alternatives to public education … strategies for a safe and secure retirement … ways to protect your family during a crisis … how to customize your health insurance that fits your exact needs … and more.

All are focused on how to help you live a happier, healthier and financially independent life.

Only the Laissez Faire Letter is about providing you little-known tricks that could super-charge your success in life while freeing you from the burden of government intrusion.

Each month you’ll have the advantage of knowing how to …

  • Grow your wealth outside of Wall Street schemes.
  • How to obtain great healthcare and save money during the age of Obamacare.
  • How to give yourself a “health make-over.” Even if you’re 40, you’ll feel like you’re 20 again. Fit and full of vitality and in glistening good health.
  • You’ll learn fascinating hacks that make you so much more productive and more effective in your life.
  • New ways to cut your tax bill so you only pay what you owe, and not a penny more.

Plus, there’s so much more up to the minute material that you’ll see every month.

And best of all … as a proud subscriber to the Laissez Faire Letter, you won’t fear what “regime” holds the scepter of power in the White House or Congress.

It won’t matter as you’ll have this “black bag full of tricks” to enjoy your life to the fullest and become more successful.

I invite you to subscribe to the Laissez Faire Letter today. Once you do so, you’ll be entitled to receive …

  1. Your free copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness. This is a 166-page hard copy book that we’ll mail out to you. It’s loaded with actionable solutions that can show you how to reclaim your privacy, reduce your taxes, increase your investment returns, plus it includes shrewd money management tricks, strategies for succeeding in business and career, as well as how to survive Obamacare, and bolster your health. As a subscriber you’ll get a copy mailed to your doorstep as soon as we hear from you.
  2. And of course, you’ll receive The Laissez Faire Letter which is a full-color newsletter that’s e-mailed to you every month. It’ll cover a variety of topics with enlightening commentary and actionable solutions … presented by our team of renowned experts.
  3. Instant access to Future Special Reports. We will continue to create new books and reports similar to A Man’s Right to Happiness and you’ll receive them free as well!

As you can see, you’re getting a ton of actionable ideas that will absolutely upgrade your life.

So now I’d like you to imagine a few things for me …

Imagine living a live where you’re fully in control, rather than feeling like the mouse in some perverted government game …

Imagine controlling, building, growing and saving enough wealth to provide a legacy for your family, long after you’re gone …

And imagine immediately implementing some small things that instantly protects your privacy, slashes your taxes, and helps you amass more wealth.

After today you won’t have to imagine it … it can be reality once you claim this FREE book I’d like to send to you.

Here’s how to get your hands on the next release of the Laissez Faire Letter along with your FREE book, A Man’s Right to Happiness.

For a Limited Time Get
Half off the Regular Subscription Price!

Considering the tips, tricks, and insider info you’ll be given that covers your personal privacy, reducing taxes, success in investing, career, and business, as well as surviving Obamacare, and bettering your health … you’re looking at saving thousands … possibly tens of thousands of dollars.

Just one of the healthcare savings tricks could save you $52,000 … and one of the tax savings tricks could save you $2,500.

You’re also looking at potentially making thousands or even tens of thousands of dollars in extra yearly income as well. (Not to mention the benefits you’ll see in your health and day-to-day quality of life.)

That said, you could easily justify pricing the Laissez Faire Letter at $197 a year, or more.

After all, some people pay CPA’s thousands of dollars for just the tax-savings advice alone.

But today through this special offer…

You will have access to a TEAM OF EXPERTS who specialize in providing solutions for multiple areas of your life … for pennies on the dollar comparatively.

So, how much would you expect to pay for the research you’ll receive with your Laissez Fairesubscription?

$150? $125?

Well, here’s the good news…

You won’t pay anywhere near that price, for two reasons.

First, our costs are divided across thousands of subscribers all over the world.

Second, we have made it our mission to share our ideas on health, wealth, and living a happy life with 100,000 people.

“I just joined the ‘club.’ This must be, without a doubt, the most remarkable thing I’ve ever had the pleasure to be a part of. Well done!”— Member, G.H.

“LAISSEZ FAIRE is a real GOD-SEND !”— Member, B.D.

“It has been a great experience to actually think and discuss philosophical and economic issues with people from around the globe. I think I have learned more in the past month then I had learned in the past 10 years. Keep it coming!”— Member, D.R.

But today, even though you might be happy to join at the regular price, you won’t pay that. Let me explain …

To reach our goal of 100,000 subscribers, we’re offering a huge discount on the subscription fee.

So here’s the bottom line…

It costs just $49 for a year-long subscription to the Laissez Faire Letter.

This includes your free copy of A Man’s Right to Happiness.

And it includes 12 monthly issues of the Laissez Faire Letter, each packed with urgent tips you can immediately take advantage of.

Here’s what I suggest you do today…

Put our claims to the test over the next thirty days by agreeing to a trial subscription.

If the letter isn’t everything I’ve explained here, and more, you can cancel anytime during the next thirty days and I’ll send you every single cent of your trial subscription fee back.

You keep everything you’ve received during that time.

That’s more than fair, wouldn’t you agree?

So act now and claim your free FREE copy of Man’s Right to Happiness and free gifts. To get access, Simply click the link below.

Welcome aboard …

Subscribe Now

You Can Review Your Order Before it’s Final

Sincerely,

Doug Hill
Director, The Laissez Faire Letter
October 2013

P.S. Now here’s a new reason to subscribe to the Laissez Faire Letter. I have another special report I’m offering you FREE … immediately today … that if put into action … could save you hundreds or thousands of dollars.

Listen, I don’t have to tell you that bureaucrats sitting in Federal offices aren’t the only ones burying you under a mountain of ridiculous laws and inconveniences that put a wet blanket on your day to day quality of life.

State bureaucrats are in on the micro-managing action too. And sometimes, they can be worse than the Federal government, banning your collection of rain water, fining you for cutting a tree that’s about to fall on your home, or prohibiting the selling of large soda drinks. (Places like Oregon, California, and New York City especially come to mind.)

“The 5 Best States to Find Fortune and Felicity” which you can download right now.

Our experts researched all 50 states to determine which seven states treat you like an adult … and have the highest levels of freedoms, the lowest tax burden, and have the least burdensome regulation.

We found those states. Our report shows you which states are the worst to live in (maybe you live in one now!) and it shows you which seven made the cut and why, and what it means for you. You don’t want to miss this eye-opening report that’s not available anywhere else.

I think you’ll agree, it’s the perfect complement to A Man’s Right to Happiness … and it’s could be yours absolutely free.

The clock is ticking … don’t delay another moment, reserve your FREE copy of this book along with your free gifts now before all advance copies are taken.

You’ll be so glad you did!

Subscribe Now

You Can Review Your Order Before it’s Final

“FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 21, 2014

No 694    “EN  MI  OPINIóN”   Junio 21, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

 “En mi opinión” En el día de ayer este blog fue atacado por fuerzas ‘desconocidas’ que casi destruyeron toda la estructura de computadoras del periódico. NO NOS VAN A CALLAR, VAMOS A SEGUIR HACIENDO EL PERIODICO Y DANDO NUESTRA OPINION PARA TODOS LOS QUE QUIERAN LEER. LA MEJOR RECETA PARA CALLARME ES METERME UN BALAZO EN LA CABEZA, DE OTRA FORMA SEGUIRE DICIENDO NUESTRA VERDAD.

Lázaro R González Miño

 

IMPEACH him NOW!

I demand to the congress impeach obama immediately. If the congress does not do immediately it’s guilty of complicity.

“En mi opinión” Lázaro R González Miño
Nobody is above the law. Especially Barack Obama. 

As President, Obama ought to PROTECT the Constitution. That’s the President’s #1 responsibility. 
Instead, Obama not only re-writes the law, he blatantly ignores the law. 
When Obama traded five senior Taliban officials (members of Mullah Omar’s inner circle), he did so unilaterally. He didn’t consult key leadership in Congress. The only individuals he consulted with, were the terrorists. 
Impeachable offense 
A former member of Congress, Allen West, has sent a request to Speaker John Boehner, and Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi to draft articles of impeachment. West argues Obama signed into law only months ago the National Defense Authorization Act, which makes it a crime against the nation to offer or provide any material support to terror groups. 
Fox News judicial analyst Andrew Napolitano explained it best when he said, “We have a federal statute which makes it a felony to provide material assistance to any terrorist organization. It could be money, maps, professional services, any asset whatsoever, including human assets.” 
Should we be surprised? 
As a former Constitutional professor, you’d think Obama would know better. Our founding fathers wisely decided that Congress should make laws while the judicial branch should interpret our laws. The President’s job is to enforce our laws. But not Obama. 
Obama the law-breaker
Our President displays a pattern of ignoring the law. Over and over, he acts like a monarch and not a President. 

Obama is creating his own laws by giving the IRS an unauthorized expansion

 of power.

Obama has unconstitutionally granted largely unreported de facto amnesty to millions.

Obama recklessly endangers the public by illegally releasing from prison

criminal illegal aliens.

Obama’s role in Benghazi re arguably impeachable activities in and of

Obama’s illicit edicts on gun control illegally collect fraudulent gun data.

How we proceed with impeachment…
Takeover Super PAC is coordinating campaign activities in key States like Louisiana, Arkansas, Mississippi, Kansas, North Carolina, Alaska, Montana, Nebraska, and Oklahoma. Our goal is to takeover Congress in November. 
When we gain an absolute majority in the House and Senate, we conservatives can finally expose Obama law-breaker. We’ll control the Committees and we’ll have access to the information we need to impeach. 
Takeover Super PAC is independent of any political party. We fight for the Constitution, not for the establishment, and our political activity is focused on electing principled conservatives to the House of Representatives and the Senate. 
Help us gain control of Congress. Help us TAKEOVER. Click here and make a donation of $25, $50, $100, or more. Let’s give Congress the power to impeach. 
You can trust us. Takeover Super PAC was created by a group of lifelong conservatives who are determined to win elections and take our country back from the liberals and socialists. If you’re tired of putting your money to work for turncoats and traitors, join us. 
When we join together, we win! Remember 2010 when we swept the mid-term elections and temporarily stopped Obama in his tracks? Together we win! 
Takeover Super PAC believes the bipartisan approach has failed us. The establishment is bargaining away our Constitutional rights and our free enterprise system. Even some GOP leaders are cooperating with Obama. 
Let’s takeover
This is urgent. Please click here and make a donation of $25, $50, $100, or more. Your donation gives us the resources we need to make a difference in November. Then, we takeover and we expose our President as a law-breaker who should answer to Congress how and why he’s ignored the Constitution. 

Tom Freiling.

Excutive Director Take over Superpack.

Usted: ¿Que Tipo De Exiliado Cubano ES?

Ricardo Samitier

Dios Nos Dio A Todos “El Libre Albedrio”… Permitiendo Que Cada Uno Sea Responsable De Sus Acciones…  

EXILIADOS CUBANOAMERICANOS QUE PROMUEVEN EL CASTRISMO

Por el Dr. Raúl Reyes Roque

   No vamos a invertir espacio en comentar acerca de los mercaderes que vinieron tempranamente  al exilio, tras haberle sido incautadas sus propiedades en Cuba y que hoy aspiran nuevamente a volver a negociar y sacar provecho de sus relaciones con los tentadores tiranos de la Isla. Esos constituyen una minoría onerosa que todos los cubanos honestos repudian.

   Tampoco vamos a gastar tinta en señalar a los cientos y cientos de “mulas” que trafican con el dolor cubano y mantienen un incesante trasiego mercantil con la pobre patria:  tiendas establecidas en E.U. para  enviar divisas a Cuba, fomentar viajes en convoy a la miserable nación y propiciar que pedófilos, lascivos y desviados sexuales se aprovechen de la promiscuidad e inmoralidades de la actual Cuba.

   Nos vamos a dedicar a estudiar al exiliado promedio, la gran mayoría, la cual a través de más de medio siglo ha ido desmoronándose en su honor patriótico, cediendo ante el medio que le rodea y alejándose cada vez más de su responsabilidad como cubano. Con los años ha ido naturalizándose a un país ajeno, sufriendo humillaciones y traiciones de las naciones extranjeras y otorgando concesiones de una forma totalmente contraria a la de nuestros mambises.

   Por ahorrarse unos centavos en el galón de gasoilina accede a comprar gasolina comunista benefician-do a los bandidos venezolanos en el poder y también a los déspotas castristas.  El peso de la publicidad y los medios le han ido aplastando en sus esperanzas y en sus metas apropiadas de quien ama a su tierra natal.  A cada injuria, a cada persecución, responde bajando su cabeza y sumergiéndose en el silencio.

  Los medios, la radio, el periódico y la televisión le han ido moldeando y justificando su inercia. Estaciones de radio que se autollaman “cubanas” promueven a los artistas de la dictadura isleña y a los procastristas extranjeros. Recompensan con elogios a cantantes como Bola de Nieve, el cuarteto d’Aida, Rosita Fornés, Esther Borja, Elena Burke, Celina y Reutilio y decenas más de cómplices del castrismo,  recitan poemas de Nicolás Guillén,  homenajean a Alejo Carpentier y tocan la música deartistas extranjeros que visitaron la isla de los Castro o aspiran a hacerlo, como los Cinco Latinos, Lolita, Plácido Domingo, Juanes, Victoria de los Angeles, Serrat,  Antología de la Zarzuela, Tito Guizar, Wilfrido Vargas y muchos latinoamericanos.

   Una estación de Miami dedicó horas a elogiar como si fuera el mejor cantante de las Américas al venezolano  Alfredo Sadel, constante adulón del Comandante, que iba casi anualmente a cantar en el Festival de Varadero y que grabó discos en Cuba,  uno de ellos honrando a Silvio Rodríguez, Pablo Milanés, Leo Brower y Formell,  intérpretes que hacen suspirar a los “hombres nuevos” de la revolución que han llegado recientemente, a los cuales se puede identificar solamente con preguntarles cuál es el nombre del caballo de Elpidio Valdés.  Si responden “Palmiche”  ya se puede saber que desde niños y aún actualmente, han estado bajo lavado cerebral permanente. 

   Multitud de exiliados cubanoamericanos siguen bailando con la Orquesta Aragón, los Van Van y los salseros de la Fania que visitaron Cuba, leen a Sartre y a García Márquez,  les encanta Michel Legrand, ven las películas de docenas de pro-castristas de Hollywood:  Robert de Niro, Nicholson, Gregory Peck, Belafonte, etc. , admiran a Maradona y a deportistas fabricados en Cuba.

   Esos exiliados que creen que ser cubanos es comer arroz con frijoles y lechón, se ríen con los amanera-mientos de Carbonell y creen que son grandes patriotas por hacer chistes groseros y saludar banderas ajenas,  han sido el residuo de lo que fuera en una época un empeño legítimo en liberar a Cuba.

   Es también vergonzoso el analizar a organizaciones revolucionarias que se conforman con reunirse a almorzar una vez al año a escuchar falsos discursos prometedores.

   No es de cubanos el ir a bañarse a las playas sin tener un recuerdo para las víctimas del remolcador “13 de Marzo” ni el  burlarse de las viudas, las madres y los huérfanos de tan horribles crímenes.

   Las ferias de arte están llenas de cuadros y obras de cómplices de la dictadura y que se venden en Miami.  Todos alegan que “no se puede negar los talentos” pero olvidan que Martí decía que hasta el arte tiene que ir al fuego cuando se trata de la libertad del pueblo cubano. 

El colmo de la promoción del castrismo lo tuvo hace una semana una estación de televisión, que por cierto es una estación pública, que bajo los auspicios de un cubano-americano presentó documentales hechos en Cuba para promover a músicos de la isla para vender los DVDs  y CDs a $90.

  Sé que estas realidades son muy tristes pero el cubano honesto y legítimo tiene que despertar a su soledad en la lucha y crearse una disciplina inflexible,  la única forma de respeto a nuestros héroes y mártires caídos,  a los miles de fusilados y ahogados en el Estrecho de la Florida, a los millones de meses de encarcelamiento y tortura y a la sangre derramada, que no puede ser lavada con trivialidades ni cobardía y menos aún con la conducta egoísta que nos circunda en nuestros tiempos.

 

 

Washington confirma que Obama envió un mensaje a Raúl Castro a través de Mujica

Georgina López

http://economiacubana.blogspot.com/2014/06/washington-confirma-que-obama-envio-un.html?m=1

 

WND EXCLUSIVE

SURPRISE! VA EXECS THINK THEY’RE DOING GOOD JOB

Congress told officials review own work, give bonuses of $2.8 million

Published: 13 hours ago

 ALANA COOK 

WASHINGTON – A senior U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs official told a bipartisan congressional panel Friday that the VA’s senior executives often conduct their own performance reviews with little or no oversight – a circumstance that likely resulted in a bonus payout totaling $2.8 million in 2012.

The VA’s Assistant Secretary for Human Resources and Administration, Gina Farrisee, told Congress that from FY 2010 to FY 2013, not one of the 470 members of the Senior Executive Service, or SES, whose pay typically ranges between $121,749 and $181,500, received a less than fully satisfactory or successful rating.

As WND reported in late May, The VA’s highly controversial bonus system came under fire by agency critics who say the incentive money motivates some employees, especially managers, to misrepresent achievements in order to meet performance goals.

That was when former VA Secretary Eric Shinseki announced his resignation and said VA senior executives would not receive performance bonuses this year.

However, in early June two VA senior executives were among 100 nominated from various government agencies to receive the 2013 Presidential Distinguished and Meritorious Rank awards, which makes them eligible for a bonus equal to 20 percent of their salary if one of them were to win the award.

During Friday’s hearing, Rep. Jeff Miller, R-Fla., cited several glaring examples of alleged misconduct on the part of VA senior executives. Miller and other committee members said the VA on Friday finally relinquished long-awaited information regarding the removal of six SES employees.

Gross negligence for financial gain?

As WND has reported, last February, Sharon Helman, the former director of the VA medical center in Phoenix received an $8,500 end-of-year performance bonus. After relentless probing by the Veterans Affairs committee members, the VA said she received the award as a result of a “clerical error.”

The Phoenix location was cited by the first whistleblower as a location where veterans were put on secret wait lists for appointments that were so long multiple eligible care recipients died waiting for appointments.

Miller said in his testimony that the error regarding Helman’s bonus is unlikely because “past documentation from VA has stated that all performance reviews and awards are ultimately reviewed and signed by the secretary.”

The former director of the VA regional office in Waco also received a total of $53,000 in bonuses. Miller said that under the director’s management, the Waco office’s average disability claims processing time “multiplied to inexcusable levels.”

Miller cited another example where in a May 2013 congressional hearing, VA construction chief Glenn Haggstrom struggled to explain why he collected almost $55,000 in performance bonuses “despite overseeing failed construction plans that cost our government nearly $1.5 billion in cost overruns.”

Washington jockeys for solution

The bureaucratic shuffle continues in Washington as lawmakers scramble to find a viable solution to long wait times and lost paperwork.

Acting U.S. Secretary of Veterans Affairs Sloan Gibson told members of the media Wednesday that even though he still is not 100 percent confident that all wait times listed on VA computers are accurate, “I have vastly greater confidence” in the list than he did in the past, when manipulation of patient times was widespread across the VA system.

House and Senate Veterans Affairs delegation, led by Miller and Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., approved separate resolutions last Wednesday that appointed 28 lawmakers – 14 from each chamber – to serve on a conference committee and work on a compromise so veterans have better access to medical care.

Lucrative contract awards while vets linger

At the same time, the agency allocated millions for computer equipment and management training while veterans fell further into a bureaucratic death list oblivion.

In 2011, 14 defense contractors won a $12 billion VA information technology contract with the goal of reducing the backlog of benefit claims, improving the continuity of care for veterans, ensuring physicians have the most accurate medical history of a patient, and significantly improving patient safety.

And WND uncovered a Defense Department news document that showcases Obama’s plan for a “total transformation” of VA healthcare through his Integrated Electronic Health Record, or IEHR, which “will create a single, jointly created common health record for all DoD and VA medical facilities that, when completed, will be the nation’s single largest health record system.”

There was no mention of the cost to taxpayers for such an endeavor.

“I’m asking the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs to work together to define and build a seamless system of integration with a simple goal. When a member of the armed forces separates from the military, he or she will no longer have to walk paperwork from a DoD duty station to a local VA health center; their electronic records will transition along with them and remain with them forever,” he said in 2009.

DoD and VA officials in the document lauded the results of their program, saying that because of their efforts, the DoD and the VA “share digital treatment information on 1.1 million service members and veterans,” including:

  • 23 million more laboratory results, for a total of 92.8 million results shared
  • 3.6 million more radiology reports, for a total of 15 million shared, and
  • 24 million more pharmacy records, for a total of 95.7 million shared.

Information sharing of this magnitude was intended to slash wait times in half and give veterans direct access to their records so they can bring them to a facility of their choice. But that is not what happened. Instead, the Obama administration courted the biggest players in the defense contracting industry, offering them a chance at record-sized contracts, and subsequently profits.

Instead of receiving much-needed medical tests, and direct access to life-saving care – veterans ended up on those much-documented extended wait lists.

Farrisee, who assumed her position of chief human resources czar last September, told the congressional panel Friday that she believes “there is room for change in the VA,” but part of that change “will come with more training of our senior executives and understanding our critical elements that are put in the performance plans in establishing very real goals and the metrics we have talked about.”

Farrisee, a veteran herself, said that performance reviews were conducted entirely on paper until recently and that a senior executive’s performance is measured against the strategic and organizational goals of the VA, though she did not say what those goals are.

Miller fired back and said that he is sure it is not to allow veterans to die while awaiting care and other panel members questioned Farrisee’s sincerity.

But she did not give the committee any specifics about senior executive training except to say that they will be able to see their performance metrics in advance and they will, “do a lot more training with our senior executives on what the critical elements mean.”

Right after Obama began his first term, then-Deputy Secretary Scott Gould testified before the House Veterans Affairs Oversight and Investigations Committee on his strategy to implement a Performance Management Accountability System, or PMAS, “to enhance the competencies of the VA’s Senior Executive Service.”

The result was a multi-million dollar contract awarded in 2010 to a Northern Virginia firm that specializes in teaching program management to mid- to senior-level government employees and executives.

Documents WND uncovered stated that “the VA’s PMAS and Office of Management and Budget’s information technology dashboard provide useful sources of metrics for measuring progress…which meets Kirkpatrick Level 2 evaluation through the self-assessment component of action plans.”

During congressional testimony Farrisee struggled to explain the methodology VA uses for determining the dollar amount of bonuses except to say that it was based on “a percentage…and performance metrics.”

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2014/06/surprise-va-execs-think-theyre-doing-good-job/#1L4I6WlO7WHeh7kA.99

 

 

CNS NEW: Cruz: ‘We Need President to Say…in No Uncertain Terms Send Meriam Home’

By Penny Starr

 Share on Facebook Share on Twitter

Meriam Ibrahim, sentenced to death in Sudan for apostasy, is married to Daniel Wani, a Christian who holds American citizenship. They have a son and a second child is due to be born shortly. (Photo: Gabriel Wani/Facebook)

(CNSNews.com) – Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas) told attendees at a Faith and Freedom Coalition (FFC) event on Thursday that Americans and President Barack Obama should speak out on behalf of Meriam Ibriham, a Christian mother jailed in Sudan with her two young children who has been sentenced to death because of her faith. “We need to speak out with one uniform, powerful, clarion voice for freedom, and we need the president of the United States to say in no uncertain terms, ‘Send Meriam home,’” Cruz said on the opening day of FFC’s Road to Majority conference in Washington, D.C

 

Support Amnesty? Wait Until You Learn What Happens To Mexican Gangbangers On U.S. Soil

“We know they are all over the U.S.”

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE —

The recent rise in unaccompanied minors illegally crossing America’s southern border in recent weeks has led to serious criticism of existing immigration laws and lax border security. While the influx is seen by many as a symbol of a broken system, however, a large number of Americans still believe officials should allow these children to stay in this country and reunite with family members already here.

A recent revelation by authorities might just change some minds.

According to an investigation by Action 4 News in Harlingen, Texas, underage gang members are being released without supervision into American neighborhoods near the border and beyond. San Juan Police Chief Juan Gonzalez explained that such a policy could have tragic consequences in our society.

“They are not your average person that wants to better their lives,” he said.

The majority of these thugs are easily identifiable, according to the National Border Patrol Council.

Spokesperson Chris Cabrera explained “they are usually pretty predominant with their tattoos,” noting they typically display “a lot of face tattoos.”

Nevertheless, when gangsters under the age of 17 – and without a U.S. criminal history – are detained by border guards, they are subsequently sent on their way, free to terrorize American neighborhoods.

Gonzalez said the only thing local law enforcement is able to do to protect citizens is attempt to document and track these violent gang recruits.

“We know that the MS-13 [gang] has a lot of factions here in the U.S.,” he confirmed. “We know they are all over the U.S.”

Their numbers are only increasing, the report found, as gang leaders in Mexico recognize they can send their youngest members across the border with a virtual guarantee that they will be integrated into our society.

Cabrera is not pleased with the situation either, sharing his belief that “the only way to put a stop to this is to depart them, send them back home.”

Concerns about increased violence associated with America’s current open borders policy are only compounded by reports that illegals are bringing with them diseases that were all but eradicated in America.

 

 

AMENPER: Estudio de Mercadeo

Para quien pueda interesar

Quizás cuando usted recibe un E Mail anunciando un potente producto como estimulante sexual para la impotencia, su primer reacción haya sido ¿Cómo se enteraron?

Pero lo que sucede que ccon el estado actual de la economía, tener un mercado bien definido es más importante que nunca. Nadie puede concentrarse en todo el mundo. Las pequeñas empresas pueden competir efectivamente con las grandes compañías apuntando a un nicho de mercado.

Muchas empresas dicen que la búsqueda de personas  “interesados en mis servicios” es el primer punto del inicio de la venta de sus productos.

Su vida íntima está bajo vigilancia de los mercadeos cibernéticos y los que emplean el tele marketing para llegar a las personas como usted que pueden necesitar su productos

Apuntando a un mercado específico no significa que hay que excluir a las personas que no encajan en sus criterios de compra.. Por el contrario, marketing de destino le permite concentrar su comercialización dólares y mensaje de la marca en un mercado específico como usted, y que es lo más probable que usted comparta con otros allegados de otra demográfica que necesiten el producto.

 Esto es una manera mucho más asequible, eficiente y eficaz de llegar a potenciales clientes y generar negocios. Si usted es impotente posiblemente lo haya confesado a un amigo, y sin lugar a duda su esposa seguramente lo habrá notado.  Si el producto que usted recibe le resuelve el problema usted lo comentará con su amigo, y su esposa llena de alegría los compartirá con todas sus amigas.  Muchas personas como usted se beneficiarán del producto.

Cómo definen su mercado objetivo: y como eligen la Demografía específica al objetivo

Ellos tienen que descubrir como en su caso quien tiene una necesidad de su producto o servicio, pero también quien tiene la mayor probabilidad de comprarlo, por el nivel de ingresos o la motivación del esperado resultado.

El primer factor es la edad, en el caso de la impotencia, aunque puede producirse a cualquier edad sin lugar a dudas ocurre más en las personas de edad avanzada.

Después sin lugar a dudas es el Género, la impotencia no ataca a las mujeres, que padecen de otra afección llamada frigidez.  El producto para la impotencia no sirve para la frigidez así que el objetivo es el hombre.:

Lo próximo es el nivel de ingresos.  Los productos para la impotencia tienen un precio alto, debido a que es un producto de oportunidad porque el usuario potencial, no quiere hablar ni discutir precios. Para esto hace falta una demográfica de personas de un nivel alto de ingresos. 
El estado civil o familiar es importante pero no se trata de un objetivo demográfico de hombres casados. Cuando el hombre comienza a sentir los síntomas de la impotencia, presenta un estado psico-traumático y es un buen objetivo ya sea casado, solterón o viudo.
El  Origen étnico es también importante.  El machote latino no puede aceptar a impotencia y es un objetivo preciado en este mercado.

Cuando usted reciba un E Mail o una agradable llamada en su teléfono, proponiéndole la venta de un producto para la impotencia, no debe de ignorarlo.  Considere la cantidad de investigación que tuvieron que recopilar sobre su persona y los miles de dólares empleado por esa compañía para hacer su vida y la de su pareja más placentera.  Recuerde los Estados Unidos tienen la ingeniosidad comercial más prolífera del mundo. Todos los inventos se producen aquí y después el mundo los imitan.  Los primeros condones en colores se inventaron para que los difrutaran los jóvenes. Ahora han inventado los condones con varilla para que los disfruten los mayores, no desperdicie la ingeniosidad americana.

 

 

OBAMA ENJOYS A ROUND OF GOLF WHILE IRAQ DISINTEGRATES

By: Donald Lambro

WASHINGTON — While al-Qaida renegade armies were seizing Iraqi territory over the weekend and closing in on Baghdad, President Obama was jetting into Palm Springs, California, for 18 holes of golf.

The blood-soaked terrorist rampage across Iraq by the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS) was drawing close enough to the Iraqi capital to force the administration to begin withdrawing some of our U.S. Embassy staff there.

While Obama was lining up his shot on the green, our country was in a full-blown foreign policy crisis, one of many that confront his failed presidency.

Russian tanks, ordered by Vladimir Putin, were rolling into eastern Ukraine, further threatening that shaky democratic nation, while pro-Russian separatists were shooting down a Ukraine military transport, killing all 49 soldiers onboard.

At the same time, Syrian dictator Bashar Assad, who never paid a price for using poison gas on his own people, continues to bomb civilian populations with impunity as the administration looks the other way.

Meanwhile, Obama was in Rancho Mirage playing a round of golf Saturday at Sunnylands, the well-manicured former estate of media tycoon Walter Annenberg.

Then on Sunday, he was on the links again at the vast estate owned by multibillionaire Larry Ellison, founder of Oracle.

Earlier in the weekend, he had some party business to attend to, appearing at a political fundraiser in Laguna Beach. Fundraising comes first when polls show that the Democrats may lose control of the Senate this fall.

White House officials said the president was being kept fully apprised of events abroad, while his national security advisers were struggling to come up with a plan on how to respond to the fierce offensive in Iraq.

But by the weekend, two things were clear: There was deep division in the White House over how to deal with the crisis, and Obama was taking his sweet time, hoping the situation would resolve itself without any intervention on his part.

In a justifiably war-weary America, few of us want to send troops back into Iraq, though many want the U.S. to offer Iraq’s government some assistance to help it repulse the terrorist onslaught.

Yet by Sunday, citing “ongoing instability and violence in certain areas,” the message from the administration was that it will strengthen security at its embassy in Iraq, while pulling out some of its personnel.

A separate Pentagon statement, which must have elicited cheers from the ISIS high command, said only “a small number” of military personnel were being sent to beef up security at the compound.

Where does it say in the war manual that we should tell the enemy how much security we will add to defend a U.S. embassy?

ISIS terrorists were on the brink of attacking the capital, with the sole aim of toppling its government. That raised concerns here and in Baghdad that they could penetrate the fortress-like Green Zone and kill U.S. personnel, as al-Qaida terrorists did in Benghazi, Libya.

These are murderous, cutthroat terrorists who take no prisoners and who have left a wide swath of slaughtered bodies across Iraq in recent weeks.

Gruesome photos on Twitter last week showed a line of bound civilian men lying face down in a ditch, their hands tied behind their back, being shot by masked killers. ISIS tweeted that 1,700 Iraqi men have been executed over the course of their war, though that claim hasn’t been verified.

It wasn’t too long ago that Obama was campaigning for re-election, naively telling us that al-Qaida terrorists were “on the run” and their command structure had been “decimated.”

But now we know that never happened. Al-Qaida has split and morphed into different armies across the Middle East, North Africa and beyond, more powerful and deadlier than ever.

We struck back after 9/11 in the only way we could have, but since 2009, this administration has mounted a policy of retreat and retrenchment, even to the point of dropping the term “war on terror.”

“U.S. foreign policy is failing,” writes economist Peter Morici. “Russia is pushing into the Ukraine and threatening Eastern Europe, China is bullying Japan … in the East and South China seas, and terrorist groups can be displaced in one place only to multiply and create more lethal threats in others.”

So much so that “U.S. counterterrorism officials worry about what one calls a ‘potential competitive dynamic’ in which different factions, including (ISIS) … seek to bolster their credibility by attacking the United States,” national security analyst David Ignatius writes in a recent blog.

We are not going to send ground troops back into Iraq under any foreseeable circumstances. But as the world’s most powerful nation, we cannot turn a blind eye to a deadlier brand of terrorism that may be close to seizing Iraq’s oil fields, putting wealth and power into their hands to conduct another assault on our homeland.

Defeating the terrorist threat will take moral leadership, presidential credibility and cunning foreign policy skills, none of which Obama possesses.

This is reflected in his latest job approval polls, which have sunk to 41 percent, with a disapproval rating of 53 percent, according to a recent Gallup Poll.

But now we learn that Obama’s favorability rating, or what is considered his likability, has dropped to an all-time low, according to three polls by CNN, Bloomberg and Gallup.

Bloomberg news service, for example, found that just 44 percent of Americans express positive attitudes about the president.

“This marks the first time in a CNN poll that a majority of Americans have an unfavorable view of Obama,” said CNN Polling Director Keating Holland.

In a little more than four months, voters go to the polls to elect a new Congress, but for many Americans, it will be a vote against Obama.

“FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 20, 2014

No 693     “En mi opinión”    Junio 20, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

<o>

“EN MI OPINION” Esto es lo que pasa cuando los votantes emborrachados e innuvidizados por las propagandas mentirosas de los políticos profesionales como carlos alvarez o carlos gimenes  que con la ayuda de la prensa cómplice y basura que tenemos, botan y eligen a estos tramposos profesionales a la hora de las elecciones  después resulta que te dicen que hay que botar a los bibliotecarios o recoger dinero para no tener que matar a los perritos o  las compañías que escogen para hacer los vagones del metro, son ladrones, una porquería y le regalan el dinero de los contribuyentes a los Marlins y al Miami Hits. Nada o que los votantes son unos aguantones que siempre le perdonan a su mujer que le peguen los tarros, pero sin duda si son unos estúpidos porque les hacen trampas en las elecciones y siempre ganan los degenerados  y los ladrones. Y lo mismo pasa con los comisionados que están ahí pero no hacen nada o se hacen aliados del alcalde para robar juntos y después van a la radio y le buscan una justificación a toda la mierda y los robos de los que ha sido cómplices. Vas a seguir votando por toda esta porquería de metralla que te roba descaradamente.

Lázaro R González Miño

 

Nelson Horta Reporta: Ya empieza la administración del condado a meter miedo con “el coco”

• Cada año durante la preparación del presupuesto llega “el Coco Giménez”

MIAMI 20 DE JUNIO DE 2014, nhr.com—Las personas mayores suelen meterle miedo a los niños con lo que ellos llaman “el coco”, una de esas figuras a las que recurre la nana para conseguir dormir al niño.

Se establece una dualidad entre el cariño y la amenaza, entre el amor maternal y el miedo, entre la realidad y la fantasía, polaridad que permanece en el ser humano como la vida misma, “ahí viene el coco” dicen.

Aquí en nuestro condado Miami Dade también tenemos un coco: El presupuesto anual.

Cada año cuando se va acercando la preparación del “Budget”, escuchamos  a la administración condal asustándonos con “el coco”,  Carlos Giménez amenaza con la cesantía de policías y bibliotecarios, que si van a recortar los programas de ayuda a los ancianos, los servicios de rescate sufrirán, tenemos tanto dólares de déficit, e inmediatamente se anuncia un posible aumento del amillaramiento en las propiedades, ya de por sí bastante altos.

Ya el alcalde Giménez salió insistiendo en cortes de los departamentos de policía y bomberos, aunque su vocero Mike Hernández ha declarado que “El alcalde está comprometido a mantener el mismo número de oficiales en la calle con que se cuenta en la actualidad.

Pero la realidad es otra, el Departamento de bomberos que antes se ha beneficiado con el impuesto especial a la propiedad, ya se está enfrentando a un recorte de $4 millones, según ha dicho la directora de presupuestos Jennifer Moon.

El Departamento de cárceles que tiene que lidiar con más de 5,000 reclusos se le ha pedido un recorte de gastos de unos $25 millones, de acuerdo con la misma Moon, ya se han reportado despidos, y el presupuesto de la policía estaría a punto de cortar más de 400 agentes.

¿Realidad o es metiendo miedo con el coco?. De acuerdo con asistentes del alcalde, los posibles recortes son preliminares y pudieran cambiarse antes de que Giménez someta su nuevo presupuesto el próximo mes de julio, sin embargo la propuesta de eliminar a mas de 400 policías captura el debate sobre cómo equilibrar el presupuesto del condado Miami Dade, y la lucha se calienta entre Giménez y el sindicato de policía.

Según John Rivera presidente de la Asociación Benevolente de Policía, “cada uno de los criminales en las calles, deben enviar una tarjeta de regalo a Giménez dándole las gracias porque ganare más dinero robando sin tenerle temor a la policía”.

Rivera representa a cientos de agentes de policías y carceleros, “creo que le diremos a los residentes de Miami Dade que compren rejas para sus casas, compren perros de ataque y armas de fuego para que se defiendan”, dijo en declaraciones a la radio de Miami.

De acuerdo con funcionarios del condado, cada año se nos meten miedo con el coco, este año no es la excepción, al final, se consiguen los fondos para equilibrar el presupuesto, Giménez lo que busca, como las nanas al niño, es “meterle miedo a los residentes con el coco”, nos dijo.

 

  Luis Carril:  CITA DE MARCO TULIO CICERÓN

“El presupuesto debe Equilibrarse,
el Tesoro debe ser reaprovisionado, 
la deuda pública debe ser disminuida, 
la arrogancia de los funcionarios públicos 
debe ser moderada y controlada,
y la ayuda a otros países debe eliminarse, 
para que Roma (Estados Unidos) no vaya a la bancarrota. 
La gente debe aprender nuevamente a trabajar, en lugar de vivir a costa del Estado.” 
Año 55 a.C.

“EMO” ESTOY SEGURO DE QUE barack hussein obama NO TIENE LA MENOR IDEA DE NADA DE ESTO. LRGM.

 

Blame Game: Obama Insists He Bears No Responsibility for Chaos in Iraq.

Dan covered this afternoon’s presidential press conference on Iraq, with the biggest news being the announced deployment of 300 US special forces operators into the country. As expected, President Obama repeatedly stressed that these troops will fulfill an explicitly non-combat role, promising that no US forces will return to combat duty in Iraq. He did, however, say that the military is prepared to take “targeted and precise military action” of the situation warrants it. He’s presumably speaking of airstrikes against ISIS targets from drones or manned aircraft. Obama placed a great deal of emphasis on Iraq finding a “political solution” to its troubles, praising the nation’s multi-sectarian elections in recent years. In doing so, he nudged Iraqi President Nouri al-Maliki to step down — a heavily hinted call for, well, regime change. A Maliki spokesman quickly shot down the implication. Obama’s politically-focused message and demands for a more inclusive Iraqi government seemed wildly out of step with realities on the ground. Of course a political solution is the goal, but the country’s on fire right now, with hardcore militants controlling massive swaths of land and threatening to lay siege to the capital city. Iraq’s political situation isn’t the issue at the moment:
Read more at http://visiontoamerica.com/17909/blame-game-obama-insists-he-bears-no-responsibility-for-chaos-in-iraq/#UEOEoidqoYkzzhd9.99

 

Sheriff Joe Arpaio: WH ‘Dumping of Illegals is Intentional’

“The White House is incompetent and the dumping of illegals is intentional.”

Arizona Sheriff Joe Arpaio takes the dumping of illegal aliens in his Maricopa County as an “affront” because Arizona has been a high-profile critic of federal immigration policy, and Arpaio has been “like the poster boy” for slamming the Justice Department and the White House.

He doubts the massive wave of illegals, many of them unaccompanied minors, is a result of mere administration ineptitude.

“I got my own theory,” he said. “I think the White House sometimes is incompetent, but I can’t imagine them doing this without realizing that there was going to be controversy.”
Read more at http://visiontoamerica.com/17905/sheriff-joe-arpaio-wh-dumping-of-illegals-is-intentional/#Wh56VBQCL5tB2mGL.99

 

 

Rubio: Obama Presidency Effectively Over.  Florida GOP Sen. Marco Rubio.

President Barack Obama’s presidency is effectively over because the people have lost faith in his ability to lead and the president himself has failed to provide leadership both at home and abroad, said Florida GOP Sen. Marco Rubio.
In an appearance on Fox News’ “Hannity” show on Wednesday, the possible 2016 presidential hopeful said he agreed with NBC News correspondent Chuck Todd‘s assessment that the latest polling figures indicate his presidency is no longer viable. 
“I saw a commentator today say that these polls they reflected with the Obama presidency is over,” Rubio said, referring to Todd’s assessment of the NBC-Wall Street Journal poll released Wednesday showing that 54 percent of Americans say they no longer feel the president “is able to lead the country and get the job done.” 
“I agree with that. Obviously he still has responsibilities that I hope he’ll live up to. But whether it’s foreign policy or the issue on the border, or the VA, or the IRS losing its e-mails or Benghazi before that, it seems like every day now, every other day, there’s a new crisis — almost like we’re overwhelmed by the number of crisis and conflicts that are arising as a result of the incompetence and in some instances the design of this administration.”
Rubio heavily criticized Obama’s handling of the crisis in Iraq in particular. 

“I don’t think the president should be ruling things out even if he never intends to send a single American back. And by the way I don’t take that lightly, nor am I calling for that. But you don’t start by telling terrorists, ‘Here’s what we’re not going to do,'” Rubio said of the president’s initial announcement that he would not send troops to the region but subsequent decision to deploy 275 troops to protect American personnel in the region.
Related Stories:

© 2014 Newsmax.

 

Read Latest Breaking News from Newsmax.com http://www.newsmax.com/Newsfront/Rubio-Obama-polls-approval/2014/06/19/id/578008#ixzz357TPP7kD 
Urgent: Should Obamacare Be Repealed? Vote Here Now!

In a Republican presidential primary, who would you prefer as the GOP nominee?

Gov. Bobby Jindal

22,830(6%)

 

Dr. Ben Carson

32,045(8%)

 

Gov. Chris Christie

23,410(6%)

 

Gov. Jan Brewer

12,638(3%)

 

Gov. Jeb Bush

21,846(5%)

 

Gov. John Kasich

8,908(2%)

 

Sen. Marco Rubio

12,372(3%)

 

Gov. Mike Huckabee

20,514(5%)

 

Gov. Mitt Romney

36,280(9%)

 

Gov. Nikki Haley

7,938(2%)

 

Rep. Paul Ryan

11,710(3%)

 

Sen. Rand Paul

16,889(4%)

 

Gov. Rick Perry

7,454(2%)

 

Gov. Sarah Palin

19,206(5%)

 

Gov. Scott Walker

7,867(2%)

 

Sen. Ted Cruz

109,835(29%)

 

Overall, do you approve or disapprove of President Obama’s job performance?

Approve

104,488(28%)

 

Disapprove

268,424(71%)

 

Of the below options, which are you more focused on when choosing your candidate?

Preserving traditional values

75,656(20%)

 

National security

57,140(15%)

 

Healthcare reforms

39,005(10%)

 

Jobs and the U.S. economy

201,729(54%)

 

Visit Newsmax’s mobile homepage

Read Latest Breaking News from Newsmax.com http://www.newsmax.com/Surveys/Results/id/113/#ixzz357QLMqCd 
Urgent: Should Obamacare Be Repealed? Vote Here Now!

 

AMENPER: “EL POPULISMO”

En Latinoamérica, especialmente en Cuba, el populismo era el generador que movía todos los partidos y todos los políticos.  Esa constante apelación al “pueblo” como fuente del poder, hacían de la vida política un espectáculo melo-dramático. Buscaban el favor del pueblo a través de la demagogia, apelando y jugando con las necesidades del pueblo que aseguraban compartir y juraban que iban a resolver.

Populistas eran todas las vertientes, hasta los dictadores eran populistas.  Recordamos las primeras damas en el espectáculo de tirar al aire puñados de dinero a los seguidores al estilo de la populista en jefe Eva Perón.

El populismo es mucho más complicado de lo que la gente cree;  no se puede fabricar, no se puede forzar, ni una sola persona o grupo de personas puede pretender inspirarlo. El populismo, en su núcleo, es impulsado por la economía personal, la desconexión de un gobierno representativo y la frustración con la falta de poder de cambiar lo que no nos gusta.

Pero en los Estados Unidos, el populismo nunca funcionó.  Tanto en la derecha como en la izquierda a los políticos no les gustaba que le dijeran populistas, porque el populismo era un sinónimo de demagogia.

¿Cómo entonces llegamos a tener en el poder a un presidente populista?

Una serie de factores, como el sentido de culpabilidad del pueblo por los años de segregación y la pérdida de los valores tradicionales por la revolución hippie de los sesenta, planificada y ejecutada bajo la dirección de la Unión Soviética y Cuba pueden haber sido las causas determinantes.. Estos dos factores acompañados con una demográfica extranjera con valores políticos populistas de sus países de origen, han causado que el populismo en los Estados Unidos nos recuerde al populismo de la Cuba democrática que nos llevó al comunismo.

Muchos se extrañan de como el presidente Obama puede sobrevivir a su cadenas de errores domésticos y de política exterior.  Un presidente de los Estados Unidos tradicionales, hubiera sido impugnado y hasta acusado de traición por cualquiera de estos hechos.   Recordamos a Richard Nixon, la destrucción de los “tapes” de los “tapes” o sea la ocultación de las grabaciones fueron causa para una impugnación que no se llevó a cabo por su renuncia.  Hoy vemos como con una cara de cemento el IRS, nos dice que “perdió” los E Mails de la H.P. Lerner y sus ayudantes sobre el acoso a las organizaciones que se oponían a Obama durante las últimas elecciones. Estoy esperando, pero al IRS nunca se le ha perdido el cheque que le mando para pagar los impuestos, siempre lo depositan a tiempo.

Esta inmunidad no sólo de Obama, pero de los que ocupan cargos de importancia en su gobierno es el resultado de la política de populismo.  Y ya sabemos a dónde nos llevó esto en Cuba, al populista en Jefe.

En esta era digital cibernética y el fenómeno de generación de una creciente horizontalidad en el diálogo candidato-electores y el posterior contacto gobernante-ciudadanos; ha obligado a replantear el discurso lineal, donde un presidente acartonado y esquemático, emite un discurso o una declaración  de una sola línea real, con lenguaje político, tono guerrero, muchas cifras, datos, adjetivación y muy poco contexto.

Generalmente, hasta los líderes más carismáticos se queman en el poder con el tiempo.

Obama es una excepción, por eso alguno lo llaman el”Teflón Negro”  por ese material en los sartenes a los que no se les pega nada.  Es verdad que en las últimas encuestas, la mayoría considera que ha demostrado que no está capacitado para ocupar la presidencia, pero hay una mayoría que controla el poder y los medios de comunicación que mantienen la supervivencia de un ejecutivo que  impone su voluntad sin tomar en consideración la separación de poderes de lo que se supone que sean los Estados Unidos, una democracia representativa 

 

Gov’t Seizes Control of All Your Financial Accounts

Written by Damon Geller

Everyone knows that the United States has gone bankrupt.  As the U.S. government and the Fed poured trillions of dollars of YOUR money into the banks and markets after the 2008 economic collapse, this unprecedented level of money-printing is catapulting the U.S. debt to $28 trillion by 2018.  But now, the U.S. government and the Fed are completely out of ammo.  They desperately need money to maintain their own power, and taxes are no longer enough.  So in order to keep the Ponzi scheme going, the U.S. government has made several highly controversial moves to be in position to seize control of all your financial accounts.   And it’s becoming clearer by the day, if you want to protect your savings and wealth from government confiscation, you only have ONE choice.

Damon Geller: The Bankrupt State

What happens when America goes bankrupt?  The $17 Trillion question?  Let’s be clear, America is already bankrupt.  “Bankrupt” is defined as “any insolvent debtor” – a debtor whose liabilities exceeds its assets.  The U.S. government, by its own admission, is a bankrupt entity.  Not bankrupt “soon,” bankrupt NOW.  To the tune of just OVER $17 trillion.  In an attempt to fabricate the illusion of “growth,” the Fed and their bank-owned politicians poured trillions of dollars of YOUR money into big banks and the markets in order to prop up stocks, bonds and real estate after the 2008 economic collapse.  The idea was to “fix” the economy by pouring 1,000 gallons of high-octane debt-gas on an already ragging debt-fueled bond fire.

Of course, REAL growth never materialized.  Instead, all that these criminals managed to accomplish with their money-printing was to blow up new bubbles, widen the income divide, and dramatically increase the wealth of a select few at the expense of the rest of us.  The tragic result:  the USA’s liabilities now exceed its assets by an amount so astronomical it’s almost incomprehensible.  And by its own admission, that hole will be getting deeper each year until we reach $28 trillion in debt by 2018.  Or until the Ponzi scheme blows up.

What Now?

The questions now are, what happens now that America is already bankrupt?  How do broke governments survive as long as they can?  What are they capable of doing when they know their fate is at hand?  How do the Ponzi masters keep the Ponzi scheme going?

The answer to all these questions may shock you:  The U.S. government has made several highly controversial moves to be in position to seize control of all your financial accounts!  They’re using legislation and authoritarian power in collusion with the modern financial system to gain access to your private assets in the name of “protection”, “security” or “national emergency.” But in reality, your savings & wealth have become a prime target for confiscation.

How can they do this?  Well, the “beauty” of the modern financial system – to a banker or an insolvent government – is the ease at which they can access your wealth with the stroke of a computer or a new law or tax.  When you combine the digital banking & financial system with the overreaching legislative power of an insolvent government, we citizens don’t stand a chance.  Unlike English soldiers breaking into the homes of colonists, today’s government can be far more subversive.  Just take a look at these government regulations & initiatives that are right now in the process of taking effect:

FATCA:  As everyone has heard by now, the July 1st FATCA provision requires foreign financial institutions such as banks, stock brokers, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, and trusts to report all U.S. citizens’ accounts directly to the IRS.  The government can’t put its paws on your money if it doesn’t know where it is.  The more information a government has on the movement, location & size of global citizen wealth, the more efficiently and effectively it can create legislation & systems to control that wealth.  FATCA even requires reporting to the IRS by foreign private companies on any income made by a citizen of the U.S. whether they live here or not.  And FATCA, once implemented, will negatively impact the U.S. dollar, the global economy, and our international relationships.

MyRA:  In the State Of The Union Address – and coincidentally just as soon as the Fed started tapering their endless QE treasury-buying experiments – Obama announced the creation of the MyRA – your retirement money will now be used to pay for U.S. debt. The MyRA is nothing more than an investment scam being sold to the American people as a you-can’t-lose, zero-risk investment by the pitchman-in-chief himself.  The reality is, since the Fed can’t conjure up money from thin air to buy the debt anymore, and our foreign friends don’t want our debt anymore, Obama needs to sell it to John Q. Public.  Since the federal government has done so well at everything from delivering mail to affordable healthcare, what could possibly go wrong with jumping into the investment advisory business?  Where do I sign up?

CARDS:  The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which oversees how investments are sold, proposed what it calls CARDS – Comprehensive Automated Risk Data System – which is an electronic system that will regularly collect data on balances and transactions in all 4100 brokerage accounts nationwide. CARDS is disguised as a way to “protect” investors, but the system is clearly designed to have detailed information on the structure & location of every citizens’ investments.  Since the government needs us to support its debt (because outside interests no longer do), wouldn’t it be convenient to know and control the structure or every investment portfolio in America?

So for the first time ever, The U.S. government is directing you where to invest your savings & retirement and has gained full access to the activity in every single citizen’s bank accounts, retirement accounts, brokerage accounts and trading accounts.  The IRS will also have full visibility on any oversees accounts, income, equity or other earnings, effectively giving them access to all the wealth of every American citizen no matter where they reside on earth.  So now that we know what they’re doing and why they’re doing it, the question for you is:  what are you doing to safeguard your savings & wealth?

 

There’s Only One Place to Hide

With our desperate government gaining unprecedented access to your financial accounts everywhere in the world, you need to take action NOW to protect your savings & retirement from possible capital controls.  But if the government has its hands in your bank accounts, retirement accounts and brokerage accounts, is any place safe?

  1.  There’s ONE asset class this sits outside the financial system and is completely secure from government confiscation and global economic collapse:  Gold & Silver.  Gold & Silver have been the best wealth protectors for over 5,000 years and have survived every government & currency collapse in history.  Today, physical gold & silver are selling in record numbers around the world.  Central banks around the world and nations like China are stockpiling gold as a hedge to any possible collapse of all the dollars they hold.

The government has spent way beyond its limits.  And now you know that the government is seizing control of your financial accounts.  So the time is now.  Protect your savings & retirement with physical gold & silver before you have nothing left to protect. (Call 800-226-8106 to receive your free copy of Damon Geller’s popular book, “Rescue Your Money from the National Debt Disaster,” or see below)

 

 

Watch: This Former M*A*S*H Star Just Epically Made The Case For Why Obama Needs To Be Impeached

Eric Bolling asked the Wayne Rogers “who’s to blame?”

TOM HINCHEY — 

 

Wayne Rogers appeared in a Fox News “business block” discussion about the “crisis of epic proportions on the southern border” hosted by Eric Bolling who asked the former M*A*S*H star, “who’s to blame?”

The investor and actor, who is best-known as Trapper John from the popular TV series, said that Obama “has violated the law constantly, he’s violated the Constitution.  Listen, he’s given amnesty for illegals who entered the U.S. before the age of 16.  He’s given amnesty to illegals who have relatives in the U.S.  He’s given amnesty to illegals who are parents or guardians of people.  He’s given amnesty to, the key word, ‘illegals!’  It’s already illegal.  You can’t violate the Constitution if you’re doing something legally.  He’s doing it illegally.  He ought to be impeached and so should Eric Holder.  The Republicans are pusillanimous peewees, they don’t do anything about it and they should stand up and be counted instead of running for the exit every time they bring this up.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/former-mash-star-calls-impeach-obama-border-chaos/#fMblRxsTD7GPbRyw.99

 

 

Immigration Reform: 8 Steps

Written by Gary North 

We are told that there is going to be immigration reform sometime later this year. We are told that the Republican Party in Congress is ready for this. That was before Cantor had his head handed to him in the Republican primary. The issue that sank him was his commitment to amnesty. I think that message has now been sent to a lot of members of Congress. It is a new ballgame politically on amnesty.

Let’s think about amnesty. I’m not in favor of giving it, but let’s assume that it is given. Is anything likely to change? No. There are at least 12 million illegal immigrants in the country, and it may be 20 million. There is no way that the government can round up all these people and send them home under today’s non-amnesty laws. With or without amnesty, they will stay in the country. They will live in the shadows if there is no amnesty. They will not vote. But they are not going to go home in either case. This is their home. Their children, who were born in this country, will grow up and vote.

Fact: net migration from Mexico, 2007 to 2012, was zero. All the media talk about a huge influx of Mexicans is not supported by the facts. We have seen the last of the great waves of immigration. Mexico’s economy is improving. This is no flash in the pan.

If we are talking about fundamental change in the United States, amnesty is neither here nor there. What matters are comparative birthrates. Birthrates for Hispanics have dropped since 2007. This country was in replacement mode until 2008. Birthrates were about 2.1 children per woman, which is the replacement rate. In 2007, we were the only major Western industrial country that had a replacement-rate population. The recession reversed this, and it is only slowly beginning to go back up.

Most of this increase was from Hispanic birthrates. White birthrates had gone under replacement years earlier. They were down around 1.7 children per woman. So, replacement-rate demography in this country was based on the presence of Hispanics.

Nothing is going to change anything much, one way or the other. That is the basic rule of economics. Change comes at the margin. There are marginal changes, but they take years to manifest themselves.

THE WELFARE STATE

Some people think that the big problem with illegal immigrants is that they are taking advantage of the welfare rolls. I’m sure a lot of them are. Whose fault is that? It’s the fault of the Anglos, who created the welfare system. It wasn’t created by illegal Mexican immigrants. It began in the New Deal. It was promoted by graduates of the Ivy League universities. All of this was invented by educated people, and it was supported by grassroots Democrats who used the programs to get elected after 1930. The shock troops of the welfare state are not Mexicans. They are Anglos.

What is the biggest problem with illegal immigrants? Gangs. If the United States tomorrow reversed all of the drug laws, how long would the Hispanic gangs survive? Not very long. They wouldn’t be making it big on prostitution, gambling, and petty crime. They make big it on the drug trade. That’s where the billions of dollars are. The whole system of the drug cartels in Latin America relies on demand, and the demand comes from Anglos in the United States. That’s where the money is.

Take away the welfare system and break up the gangs related to the drug cartels, and the two biggest arguments against illegal immigrants disappear.

(For the rest of my article, click the link.)

Continue Reading on www.garynorth.com
Read more at http://teapartyeconomist.com/2014/06/19/immigration-reform-8-steps/#yc3h4rbWdmIhovtQ.99

 

 

 

Jorge A Villalon: Te lo envió como me lo mandaron, creo tiene algo de credibilidad pues en el pasado ha habido varias personas arrestadas que han hecho el mismo comentario.

JV

 

RECIBIDO DE UN AMIGO .            

Esto me lo acaba de mandar mi sobrina, cuya hija “M.” es policía de Coral Gables. Y para adjudicarle más autenticidad a la historia, y que no parezca un invento de los tantos que circulan en la internet, lo firmo: Juan Cueto-Roig

M., me llamó hoy y dice que ayer trabajó hasta muy tarde porque tuvieron que desarmar una casa que tenía todo el equipo que se necesita para identity theft, y se quedó azorada ella y todos los policías, con la gran empresa de hacer tarjetas y pegar fotos de ilegales, etc. Ella ya está cansada de ver cada día más y más que todos son cubanos recién llegados los que tienen este negocio ilegal. M. le preguntó a una de las mujeres: “Oye, chica, yo soy cubana también y estoy impresionada con lo sofisticado que están estas producciones de tarjetas, etc. ¿Cómo ustedes aprendieron esto tan pronto?” Y la mujer le contestó: esto se aprende en Cuba. Hay muchos colegios de fraude que el gobierno establece y nos enseñan no sólo cómo defraudar a este país (medicaid, ayuda, food stamps,disability, etc.), pero lo que más le interesa a los alumnos y a los profesores es el fraude que genera más dinero. ¡Nadie viene a este país para que sólo le den de comer!”

WOW, siempre lo sospeché, pero ahora lo comprobó mi hija en la realidad.

 

 

Clemente Sánchez: FIDEL CASTRO: SUS ORIGENES. por MARITZA BEATO, PhD
De todos es conocido el terrible perfil psicológico de Fidel Castro, el tirano que durante casi medio siglo ha logrado, a base del terror, la represión, y métodos brutales, mantenerse en el poder en Cuba . Su patología se basa, en parte, en una dualidad, consecuencia de un sustrado de identidad desde su nacimiento: un doble nombre, doble hogar, doble familia, y doble identidad. 
El padre del dictador, el gallego Angel Castro Argiz, nacido en la aldea de Láncara, cerca de Lugo , en 1875, era un simple campesino rural al que un residente de La Coruña pagó para que lo sustituyera en la guerra de Cuba . En la isla, según reporta Carlos Márquez Sterling en su “Historia de Cuba”, Castro padre formó parte de la columna española, dirigida por el comandante Cirujeda, que atacó y mortalmente hirió en combate al Titán de Bronce, Antonio Maceo, el 7 de Diciembre de 1896.

 

Angel Castro Argiz, padre de Fidel Castro.

Después de la derrota española en la guerra, don Angel decidió quedarse en la isla y hacer fortuna allí. Para salir de la pobreza típica del inmigrante, ejerció todo tipo de trabajos. Con la ayuda de otro coterráneo canario, Fidel Pino Santos, logró alquilar parcelas a la United Fruit Company y comenzó a adquirir más y más tierras, convirtiéndose en un rico terrateniente, pero con una reputación de ser implacable y violento en sus negocios, sobretodo con los humildes trabajadores que importaba de Haití para las labores agrícolas. Ya convertido en un rico miembros de la alta sociedad de Banes, don Angel contrajo matrimonio con la maestra María Luisa Argota, instalándose en Birán, y teniendo dos hijos.

 

Lina Cruz, madre de Fidel Castro.

Años después llegó a Birán una nueva sirvienta con una hija analfabeta de 14 años, Lina Ruz. Pronto Don Angel estableció una relación extramarital con ella y tuvieron una primera hija, Angela, que fué llevada al bohío de la madre de Lina. Nació un segundo hijo, Ramón, y ya los rumores de la infidelidad de su marido llegaron a los oídos de María Luisa Argota, que abandonó la casa de Birán y se mudó a Santiago de Cuba con sus hijos.

 

Casa de Angel Castro Arguiz.

Lina Ruz se instaló entonces como la nueva señora de la casa, y dió a luz, el 13 de Agosto de 1926, a un tercer hijo, al que don Angel puso el nombre de su amigo y socio en los negocios: Fidel. Como María Luisa Argota ya le había planteado el divorcio y reclamado la mitad de sus tierras, don Angel simuló estar arruinado y traspasó las propiedades a su socio Fidel Pino Santos. Para acallar rumores y ocultar la existencia de los hijos ilegítimos, decidió enviar a los niños a vivir con sus amigos, el cónsul haitiano en Santiago , Hippólite Hibbert, y su esposa Emercianne. Fidel tenía entonces 4 años. A esa temprana edad, que tuvo que adaptarse a tener dos familias, dos parejas de padres, dos hogares, a lidiar con su condición ilegítima, creando hondos conflictos psicológicos. Dos años después, cuando fué enviado como interno al Colegio de La Salle, sus condiscípulos lo humillaron repetidamente por su origen bastardo, por tener como madre a una criada analfabeta, y por no estar bautizado, llamándolo “judío”. El niño se juró que algún día se vengaría de todas estas humillaciones. Cuando tenía 8 años, al fin fué bautizado, teniendo a la pareja haitiana de padrinos, y apareciendo en el acta oficial de bautismo como Fidel Hipólito Ruz, sin mención de Angel Castro como su padre. No fué sino hasta 1940 que don Angel y Lina al fin legalizaron su unión. Tres años después, el 11 de Diciembre de 1943, al fin Fidel fué reconocido como hijo legítimo de don Angel Castro, cuando ya tenia 17 años. Fidel Hipólito Ruz al fin podía llamarse Fidel Alejandro Castro Ruz. Pero las humillaciones sufridas durante los primeros años de su vida dejarían una huella imborrable, ansiosa de venganza, en su atormentada mente.  

 

Lina Cruz y Angel Castro, padres de Fidel Castro.

Después de su tardío reconocimiento como hijo legítimo, el adolescente Fidel Castro al fin pudo incorporarse de lleno a su familia. Se trasladó de Birán a La Habana, matriculándose en el jesuita Colegio de Belén, uno de los más prestigiosos de la capital. Allí comenzó a destacarse académicamente, pero al mismo tiempo, a mostrar su insaciable ambición de poder. En Belén, uno de sus condiscípulos fué un ex-vecino de Banes, Rafael Díaz-Balart, con cuya hermana eventualmente contrajo matrimonio.

 

Colegio Jesuita: Belen. Marianao, La Habana.

Después de graduarse en Belén, Castro se matriculó en la Escuela de Leyes de la Universidad de La Habana, dónde rápidamente se involucró en el activismo estudiantil, haciendo un inteso debut en el panorama político de la isla. Aquí comenzó su época de “gatillo alegre”, con una reputación de gángster, de aventurero violento, de matón. Todo esto culminó con su participación en el nefasto “Bogotazo” de 1948, adonde fué supuestamente para infiltrar los movimientos estudiantiles universitarios de América Latina . Este evento concluyó con revueltas, y el incendio de la capital colombiana después del asesinato del líder del partido liberal Eliecer Gaitán.

 

Fidel Castro (izquierda) en Colombia cuando el “Bogotazo”.

Según el biógrafo de Castro, el francés Serge Raffy, al regreso de Castro de Bogotá fué que se produjo en La Habana el fatídico encuentro con el agente soviético Fabio Grobart, que determinaría su afiliación política para siempre. Raffy sostiene que la ideología marxista de Castro tuvo su origen en esa fecha. Fabio Grobart, uno de los fundadores del antiguo Partido Comunista de Cuba, era un judío polaco enviado por el Kremlin a América Latina para reclutar agitadores “anti-imperialistas” que para despistar, simularan ser anti-comunistas y tuvieran una imagen pública como tal. Y Castro, con su engañosa imagen de revolucionario humanista, que ocultaba su activismo violento y métodos brutales, era el candidato perfecto para la tarea, ya que poseía la camaleónica duplicidad requerida

Fidel Castro.

Esta condición de “agente doble” era terreno conocido para Castro. Según Raffy, esta duplicidad “no fué por la práctica de la denegación, traición o virajes, propios del juego político; sino por una verdader estructura psicológica derivada de las circunstancias de su origen: la propensión a ser simultáneamente dos personas; a jugar en dos campos al mismo tiempo; opuesto a la imagen del personaje íntegro e impetuoso que representa. Esta estructura de lo doble aparece en todas las acciones que emprende, ocasionando crisis, pues es una conducta que implica el “double-bind”, que, como se sabe, es el origen de muchas perturbaciones mentales.”

 

Fidel Castro en la Sierra Maestra, Oriente, Cuba .

Por eso fué que pudo engañar al pueblo cubano, presentándose desde la Sierra Maestra como un revolucionario idealista y redentor, ocultando su verdadera agenda. Por eso, tienen importancia absoluta en su régimen los servicios de inteligencia y de control policial. De ahí proviene la modalidad de infiltrar agentes bajo la doble fachada de médicos, maestros, y técnicos deportivos, como sucedió en Chile , en Granada , y ahora en Venezuela . Su duplicidad y la maleabilidad de su personalidad patológica impiden ninguna negociación, pues nunca se estará tratando con el verdadero, sino con el OTRO. La ley, según él, será siempre de su voluntad.

Hugo Chavez, Fidel Castro y Evo Moralez. 

Cortesia de: Dr. Eduardo Zayas-Bazán

Notaron las analogias con B.H.O? 

 

PEPITO Decidió postular a su mamá a la Presidencia de la República!!!

“Decidí hacer yo mismo una encuesta donde obtuve como resultado una intención de voto del 88% a favor de mi mamá , para ser la próxima Presidenta del país. Los medios de prensa, muy sorprendidos me entrevistaron:

¿Cómo realizó usted la encuesta?

Contesté: de manera muy fácil y efectiva; me metí en las páginas blancas, amarillas, copié números de teléfono y llamé a 23.572 personas de todos los estados y estratos sociales; esas llamadas las realicé entre la 1:00 a.m. y 5:00 a.m. para tener la seguridad de encontrar a la gente en sus casas. A todos les formulé una pregunta muy sencilla:

¿Quién cree Usted que será el próximo Presidente ? y me respondieron”:

El coño de tu madre: 25 %

Tu madre,: 17 %

La puta que te parió: 18 %

Tu madre, idiota: 28 %

No sé, y colgaron: 12 %
_________ 
TOTAL: 100 %

De manera que el 88% de los encuestados apoyó a  mi mamá para presidenta.

 

 

 

Billy Fingers: La Persona Que Contó lo Que Hay Tras la Muerte

 

Cuando tenía solo dieciséis años, Annie Kagan fichó por un productor de Columbia Records. Después de 10 años sonando sus canciones en los clubes de la ciudad de Nueva York, Annie regresó a la universidad y se convirtió en quiropráctico en Manhattan. A raíz de un encuentro casual con un maestro espiritual de Oriente, comenzó una práctica de meditación intensa que finalmente la llevó a abandonar su carrera como médico y su vida agitada de la ciudad en busca de serenidad. Se mudó a una pequeña casa en la bahía en Long Island y volvió a escribir canciones, colaborando con el ganador de los premios Grammy y Emmy Brian Keane. Cuando su hermano Billy murió inesperadamente y empezó a comunicarse con él desde el más allá, su futuro dio un giro sorprendente. Annie registró sus conversaciones con Billy desde el otro lado y los publicó en su libro debut “La segunda vida de Billy Fingers”. http://www.afterlifeofbillyfingers.com

 

Una noche, mi hermano Billy me despertó tres semanas después de su muerte, describiendo lo que le estaba pasando en la otra vida. Pensé que tal vez me había vuelto loco. ¿Cómo es posible que mi hermano que tuvo una vida de “chico malo”, que tuvo una muerte trágica, que tuvo problemas con las drogas casi toda su vida, que vivió lo que la mayoría de la gente llamaría un fracaso de vida, ¿cómo iba a estar compartiendo secretos sobre el misterio más grande de la vida desde otra dimensión? Pero a medida que pasaba el tiempo, mi escepticismo volvió a preguntarse como Billy me enseñó todo sobre la muerte. Esto fue lo que recibí de él y lo que les voy a relatar:

 

  1.  La primera cosa que sucede es la dicha. Tan pronto como mueres, saldrás fuera de tu cuerpo hacia una “cámara de curación”. Las “luces” de ese lugar borrarán todo el daño que sufriste durante toda tu vida. Física, mental y emocional. Así, en menos de un nanosegundo, todo tu dolor se habrá ido.

 

  1.  Todavía sabes quién eres. A pesar de que no volverás a tener tu aspecto físico más, te sentirás como una persona. En realidad, te sentirás persona más que cuando estabas vivo. Hay tanta influencia de cosas externas mientras estás en la Tierra, que no puedes ser tu mismo.

 

 La luz tiene personalidad. En el más allá la luz tiene cualidades como la sabiduría, la bondad, la compasión y la inteligencia. Esta luz hace visible lo que es invisible en la Tierra, la naturaleza divina de todas las cosas.

 

 Cometer errores mientras estás vivo forma parte del “acuerdo de la Tierra”. Si fuésemos perfectos, no tendría ningún sentido estar aquí ahora mismo.

 

 Tu vida en la Tierra no es un castigo. Claro, hay dolor en la vida, pero no porque hayas hecho nada para merecerlo. El dolor es parte de la experiencia humana, tan natural como la respiración o la vista o la sangre se mueve a través de tus venas.

 

  1.  Después de morir no te espera ningún “juicio celestial”. Cuando repases tu vida, verás los caminos que seleccionaste y los que no. Podrás ver que podrías haber hecho mejor, pero sin sentirte crítico al respecto. Y a pesar de que podría no tener sentido ahora, después de tu muerte entenderás que tenías una gran vida, incluso con las partes duras.

 

  1.  Eres feliz. No estás preocupado. No hay pretensiones.

 

  1.  El amor no es el mismo como el de esta vida. En el otro lado no eres querido por lo que haces, cómo te ves, lo famoso que eres, o cuánto dinero tienes. El amor es verdaderamente incondicional. La mayor polémica de todo es que en el más allá no hay compasión perfecta y no importa cómo hayas vivido queriendo a los demás.

 

 

NESTOR DAN: Algunas curiosidades debemos saber

del Mundo 

2. Mueren de amor

Los hipocampos o caballitos de mar elijen una pareja durante toda su vida… cuando esta muere permanecen solos por un tiempo y mueren también!

3. Nada perdidos

Los humanos y los delfines son las únicas especies que practican sexo por placer.

4. Muy venenosas

Las semillas de la manzana contienen cianuro, comerte 40 o 50 podrían matarte.

5. Por sus bigotes

Si le quitas los bigotes a un gato, éste no puede caminar bien y por lo tanto pierde el equilibrio y se cae…

6. Sin pasar sed

Un koala puede vivir toda su vida sin tomar agua

7. Por miedoso

Thomas Alva Edison, el inventor de la bombilla eléctrica, le temía a la oscuridad

8. Por dignidad

Los escorpiones, son los únicos q se suicidan, lo hacen una vez q no pueden escapar de una situación de peligro… muy rara ves lo mata otro animal. Siempre son ellos los que terminan con su vida….

9. Se pueden caer

Los ojos de un hámster (cobaya)  pueden caerse si lo cuelgan con la cabeza para abajo

10. Gran coincidencia

Si divides el número de abejas hembras por el de machos de cualquier panal del mundo siempre obtendrás el mismo número, PI. 3,14159265…

11. Mejor no aguantarse

Si estornudas tu corazón se detiene un 1milisegundo
si aguantas en estornudo se te podría romper una costilla desgarrar la carótida o sufrir daños cerebrales

12. Mientras menos espacio

Los peces chicos no se aburren en las peceras porque su memoria solo dura dos minutos y es como si volvieran a nacer

13. La importancia de dormir

Una persona morirá más rápido por no dormir que por no comer, el hombre solo puede aguantar 10 días sin sueño, y puede estar varias semanas sin comer.

14. La gran diferencia

Si metes una Coca Light en un recipiente con agua, flota.Si lo haces con una de Coca-Cola normal, se hunde.

15. Sin Viagra

El león, el animal de mayor actividad sexual del mundo, puede copular con la misma hembra cien veces al día.

16. En el frio

Las primeras palmeras crecieron en el polo norte

17. Por la television

Cuando un niño termina la educación primaria ha visto en su corta vida 8.000 asesinatos y 10.000 actos de violencia en la televisión.

18. Frente a un espejo

Los chimpances, orangutanes, delfines, elefantes y… el ser humano, son las únicas especies capaces de reconocerse a sí misma en un espejo

19. Muerto de risa

Alex Mitchell, un albañil de 50 años de edad de King’s Lynn, Inglaterra, literalmente se murió de risa mientras miraba un episodio de la serie The Goodies. Después de veinticinco minutos de risa continuada, Mitchell finalmente se derrumbo en el sofá y murió.

20. Muerte el mismo dia

Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra y William Shakespeare son considerados los más grandes exponentes de la literatura hispana e inglesa respectivamente; ambos murieron el 23 de abril de 1616…

21. Por sus testiculos

Los antiguos romanos cuando tenían que decir la verdad en un juicio, en vez de jurar sobre la Biblia como en la actualidad,
lo hacían apretándose los testículos con la mano derecha. De esta antigua costumbre procede la palabra testificar

22. Aunque no lo parezca

Los mosquitos tienen dientes. (47 dientes)

23. Lastima que dure tanto

Si pones un huevo en medio de dos celulares lograras que se cocine en aproximadamente 62 minutos

24. Siempre iguales

Desde que nacemos nuestros ojos siempre son del mismo tamaño

25. El mas potente

El músculo más potente del cuerpo humano es la lengua.

26. Mejor cuidarla

Una gota de petróleo es capaz de convertir 25 litros de agua en no potable.

27. Por tramposos

En Bangladesh,los niños de 15 años pueden ser encarcelados por hacer trampa en sus exámenes finales

28. Por si acaso

Los delfines duermen con un ojo abierto.

29. Curiosa coincidencia

Cada mes que comienza en Domingo tiene un Viernes 13 y cada mes q comienza en Jueves tiene un Martes 13

30. Enloquecedor

En 1982 se sacó a la venta un juego en Estados Unidos llamado Polybius. Meses depués se retiró a causa de las demandas de los jugadores. Los jugadores denunciaban que el juego provocaba ataques epilépticos, psicosis, pesadillas, tendencia al suicidio y en tu casa se producían sucesos paranormales. Nunca se probó que el juego existiera ya que los que en esas épocas jugaron a Polybius no lo recuerdan o lo recuerdan vagamente. Hoy es muy fácil encontrar el juego por Internet, y se pueden contemplar mensajes subliminales en él.

 

 

CLEMENTE SANCHEZ: VICTIMAS DEL “CHE” GUEVARA CON PRUEBAS DOCUMENTADAS.

Es bueno que se sepa por todas las personas, sin distincion de nacionalidad, quien era el Che. Y no lo tengan como heroe, porque fue un hombre sin conciencia. Para los que somos catolicos, es muy triste recordar a los miembros de la Agrupacion Catolica Universitaria, Juventud Obrera Catolica y Juventud de Accion Catolica Cubana que los envio al paredon y ellos al ser fusilados cantaban el Himno a Cristo Rey. Eso no es una leyenda, ni un murmullo, es la realidad historica y la verdad que ha sido tapada por el regimen castrista y ya se sabra en el futuro esa triste injusticia.

Recibido de un amigo argentino residente en USA

 

DICEN QUE ERA MEDICO, PERO JAMAS SE LE CONOCIO SU DIPLOMA DE GRADUACION, SI SE SABE QUE ERA UN PROFUGO DE LA JUSTICIA ARGENTINA POR DISTINTOS DELITOS, SALIO HUYENDO EN MOTOCICLETA HACIA EL NORTE, HASTA QUE SE CONECTO CON LOS FIDELISTAS, LUEGO LA HISTORIA ES DE DOMINIO PUBLICO.

 

 Los asesinatos documentados del Che (hay muchos más sin documentar):

 

EJECUTADOS:

Ejecutados por el Ché en la Sierra Maestra durante la lucha contra Batista (1957-1958 )

1. Aristio – 10-57

2. Manuel Capitán – 1957

3. Juan Chang – 9-57

4. “Bisco” Echevarría Martínez – 8-57

  1.  Eutimio Guerra – 2-18-57

6. Dionisio Lebrigio – 9-57

7. Juan Lebrigio – 9-57

8. El ” Negro ” Napoles- 2-18-57

9. “Chicho ” Osorio – 1-17-57

10. Un maestro no identificado (“El Maestro”) – 9-57

11-12. Dos hermanos, espías del grupo de Masferrer -9-57

13-14 Dos campesinos no identificados-4-57

 

Ejecutados u enviados a ejecutar por el Ché durante su breve comando en Santa Clara ( 1-3 de enero de 1959).

1. Ramón Alba – 1-3-59**

2. José Barroso- 1-59

3. Joaquín Casillas Lumpuy – 1-2-59**

4. Félix Cruz – 1-1-59

  1.  Alejandro García Olayón – 1-31-59**
  2.  Héctor Mirabal – 1-59

7. J. Mirabal- 1-59

8. Felix Montano – 1-59

9. Cornelio Rojas – 1-7-59**

10. Vilalla – 1-59

11. Domingo Alvarez Martínez 1-4-59**

12. Cano del Prieto -1-7-59**

13. José Fernández Martínez-1-2-59

14. José Grizel Segura-1-7-59** ( Manacas)

15. Arturo Pérez Pérez-1-24-59**

16. Ricardo Rodríguez Pérez-1-11-59**

17. Francisco Rosell -1-11-59

18. Ignacio Rosell Leyva -1-11-59

19. Antonio Ruíz Beltrán -1-11-59

20. Ramón Santos García-1-12-59

21. Pedro SocarrásS-1-12-59**

  1.  Manuel Valdés – 1-59

23. Tace José Veláquez -12-59**

** Che firmó la pena de muerte antes de partir de Santa Clara .

 

Ejecuciones documentadas en la prisión Fortaleza de la Cabaña bajo el comando del Ché (3 de enero al 26 de noviembre del 1959).

 

1. Vilau Abreu – 7-3-59

2. Humberto Aguiar – 1959

3. Garmán Aguirre – 1959

4. Pelayo Alayón – 2-59

5. José Luis Alfaro Sierra – 7-1-59

6. Pedro Alfaro – 7-25-59

7. Mriano Alonso – 7-1-59

8. José Alvaro – 3-1-59

9. Alvaro Anguieira Suárez – 1-4-59

10. Ani ella – 1959

11. Mari o Ares Polo- 1-2-59

12. José Ramón Bacallao – 12-23-59**

13. Severino Barrios – 12-9-59**

14. Eugenio Bécquer – 9-29-59

15. Francisco Bécquer – 7-2-59

16. Ramón Biscet– 7-5-59

17. Robert o Calzadilla – 1959

18. Eufemio Cano – 4-59

19. Juan Capote Fiallo – 5-1-59

20. Antonio Carralero – 2-4-59

21. Gertrudis Castellanos – 5-7-59

22. José Castaño Quevedo – 3-6-59.

  1.  Raúl Castaño – 5-30-59

24. Eufemio Chala – 12-16-59**

25. José Chamace – 10-15-59

26. José Chamizo – 3-59

27. Raúl Clausell – 1-28-59

28. Angel Clausell – 1-18-59

29. Demetrio Clausell – 1-2-59

30. José Clausell-1-29-59

31. Eloy Contreras- 1-18-59

32. Alberto Corbo – 12-7-59**

33. Emilio Cruz Pérez – 12-7-59**

34. Orestes Cruz – 1959

35. Adalberto Cuevas – 7-2-59**

36. Cuni – 1959

37. Antonio de Beche – 1-5-59

38. Mateo Delgado-12-4-59

39. Armando Delgado – 1-29-59

40. Ramón Despaigne – 1959

  1.  José Díaz Cabezas 7-30-59

42. Fidel Díaz Marquina – 4-9-59

43. Antonio Duarte – 7-2-59

44. Ramón Fernández Ojeda – 5-29-59

  1.  Rudy Fernández – 7-30-59

46. Ferrán Alfonso – 1-12-59

47. Salvador Ferrero – 6-29-59

48. Victor Figueredo – 1-59

49. Eduardo Forte – 3-20-59

50. Ugarde Galán – 1959

51. Rafael García Muñiz – 1-20-59

52. Adalberto García 6-6-59

  1.  Alberto García – 6-6-59

54. Jacinto García – 9-8-59

55. Evelio Gaspar – 12-4-59**

56. Armada Gil y Diez y Diez Cabezas- 12-4-59**

  1.  José González Malagón – 7-2-59

58. Evaristo Benerio González – 11-14-59

59. Ezequiel González-59

60. Secundino González – 1959

61. Ricardo Luis Grao – 2-3-59

62. Ricardo José Grau – 7-59

63. Oscar Guerra – 3-9-59

64. Julián Hernádez -2-9-59

  1.  Francisco Hernández Leyva – 4-15-59
  2.  Antonio Hernández – 2-14-59

67. Gerardo Hernández – 7-26-59

68. Olegario Hernández – 4-23-59

69. Secundino Hernández – 1-59

70. Rodolfo Hernández Falcón – 1-9-59

71. Raúl Herrera -2-18-59

72. Jesús Insua-7-30-59

73. Enrique Izquierdo- 7-3– 59

74. Silvino Junco – 11-15-59

75. Enrique La Rosa- 1959

76. Bonifacio Lasaparla- 1959

77. Jesús Lazo Otaño -1959

78. Ariel Lima Lago – 8-1-59- (Menor)

79. René López Vidal -7-3-59

80. Armando Mas – 2-17-59

81. Ornelio Mata- 1-30-59

82. Evelio Mata Rodriguez- 2-8-59

83. Elpidio Mederos -1-9-59

84. José Medina -5-17-59

  1.  José Mesa 7-23-59

86. Fidel Mesquía Díaz 7-11-59

87. Juan Manuel Milián – 1959

88. Jose Milián Pérez – 4-3-59

89. Francisco Mirabal – 5-29-59

90. Luis Mirabal – 1959

91. Ernesto Morales – 1959

92. Pedro Morejón – 3-59

93. Carlos Muñoz M.D.- 1959

94. César Nicolardes Rojas- 1-7-59

95. Víctor Nicolardes Rojas- 1-7-59

96. José Nuñez – 3-59

97. Viterbo O’Reilly – 2-27-59

98. Félix Oviedo – 7-21-59

99. Manuel Paneque – 8-16-59

100. Pedro Pedroso – 12-1-59**

  1.  Diego Pérez Cuesta – 1959
  2.  Juan Pérez Hernández – 5-29-59

103. Diego Pérez Crela – 4-3-59

104. José Pozo – 1-59

105. Emilio Puebla – 4-30-59

106. Alfredo Pupo – 5-29-59

107. Secundino Ramírez – 4-2-59

  1.  Ramón Ramos – 4-23-59

109. Pablo Ravelo Jr. – 9-15-59

  1.  Rubén Rey Alberola – 2-27-59

111. Mari o Risquelme – 1-29-59

112. Fernando Rivera – 10-8-59

  1.  Pablo Rivero- 5-59
  2.  Manuel Rodríguez – 3-1-59

115. Marcos Rodríguez -7-31-59

116. Nemesio Rodríguez – 7-30-59

  1.  Pablo Rodriguez – 10-1-59
  2.  Ricardo Rodriguez – 5-29-59

119. Olegario Rodriguez Fernández-4-23-59

120. José Saldara – 11-9-59

  1.  Pedro Santana – 2-59

122. Sergio Sierra – 1-9-59

123. Juan Silva – 8-59

124. Fausto Silva – 1-29-59

125. Elpidio Soler- 11-8-59

126. Jseús Sosa Blanco – 2-8-59

127. Renato Sosa- 6-28-59

128. Sergio Sosa – 8-20-59

129. Pedro Soto – 3-20-59

130. Oscar Suárez – 4-30-59

131. Rafael Tarrago – 2-18-59

132. Teodoro Tellez Cisneros- 1-3-59

133. Francisco Tellez-1-3-59

134. José Tin- 1-12-59

135. Francisco Travieso -1959

136. Leonrardo Trujillo – 2-27-59

137. Trujillo – 1959

138. Lupe Valdéz Barbosa – 3-22-59

139. Marcelino Valdéz – 7-21-59

140. Antonio Valentín – 3-22-59

141. Manuel Vázquez-3-22-59

142. Sergio Vázquez-5-29-59

143. Verdecia – 1959

144. Dámaso Zayas -7-23-59

145. José Alvarado -4-22-59

146. Leonoardo Baró- 1-12-59

147. Raúl Concepción Lima – 1959

148. Eladio Caro – 1-4-59

149. Carpintor – 1959

150. Carlos Corvo Martíenz – 1959

151. Juan Guillermo Cossío – 1959

152. Corporal Ortega – 7-11-59

153. Juan Manuel Prieto – 1959

154. Antonio Valdéz Mena – 5-11-59

155. Esteban Lastra – 1-59

156. Juan Felipe Cruz Serafín-6-59**

157. Bonifacio Grasso – 7-59

158. Feliciano Almenares – 12-8-59

159. Antonio Blanco Navarro – 12-10-59**

160. Albeto Carola – 6-5-59

161. Evaristo Guerra- 2-8-59

162. Cristobal Martínez – 1-16-59

  1.  Pedro Rodríguez – 1-10-59

164. Francisco Trujillo- 2-18-59

** El Ché firmó la sentencia de muerte, pero la ejecución se efectuó luego de que dejara su comando

.

El New York Times de la época reportó 15 ejecuciones adicionales, pero se desconocen los nombres de las víctimas.

 

Esta Información proviene del libro por publicar de Armando Lago, Ph.D. ” Cuba : El costo humano de la revolución social”

_______________________________________________
Listavoz mailing list
Listavoz@lavozdecubalibre.org
http://lists.lavozdecubalibre.org/mailman/listinfo/listavoz

Cubanos exigen remover imagen del ‘Che’ Guevara de escuela pública en Nueva Jersey 

EFE (ENTREVISTA REALIZADA POR LA CORRESPONSAL RUTH HERNANDEZ)

 

Nueva York — La comunidad cubana en Newark (Nueva Jersey) esta “ofendida” por una imagen de Ernesto “Che” Guevarra que fue colgada en la pared de una escuela superior de esa ciudad por lo que ha pedido a las autoridades escolares que sea removida a la vez que expresaron su preocupación por el “daño moral e ideológico” que puede causar a los estudiantes.

Once organizaciones cubanas han firmado una carta publica enviada tanto a educadores como políticos pidiendo su apoyo para convencer a la junta de educación de Newark para que quiten la imagen, acompañada por una frase del guerrillero: “No existe tal cosa como un libertador. La gente se tiene que liberar por sí mismos”.

La frase del Che está acompañada por otra del entonces profesor y ahora recién electo alcalde de Newark, Ras Baraka: “La mayoría de la gente no quiere ser rey o reina para ese asunto, quiere libertad”.

“No sabemos desde cuándo esta esa imagen en el vestíbulo de la escuela. Pero creemos que esta desde que el nuevo alcalde era el principal” en la Newark’s Central High School, dijo a Efe Israel Abreu, exprisionero político cubano, director ejecutivo del Comité de Ayuda a los Activistas de Derechos Humanos, una de las organizaciones que firma la carta.

“Creemos que Baraka es el maximo responsable de esa imagen allí”, agregó Abreu, quien dijo que el asistente del superintendente de escuelas de Newark, Brad Haggerty, se reunirá el 9 de julio con los representantes de las organizaciones que firmaron la carta, que también fue enviada a la junta estatal de educación.

Los cubanos también se reunieron con el alcalde interino, Luis Quintana, para manifestar su molestia.

Abreu se mostró optimista de que la imagen sea removida antes de que comience el próximo curso escolar en septiembre.

Recordó que una amiga venezolana vio la imagen de Guevara y le notificó, tras lo cual acudió a la escuela, tomó la foto que acompaña la misiva “y comenzamos la campaña”.

La carta va acompañada con información de Guevara, a quien llaman “El carnicero de la Cabaña”, una prisión en la que Abreu estuvo encarcelado durante catorce años por oponerse al entonces nuevo régimen de Fidel Castro.

“Yo luché contra Batista porque Fidel decía que habría democracia, pero, en cuanto triunfamos dijo ‘elecciones para qué’ y se alió al comunismo”, razón por la cual, recordó, comenzó a llevar a cabo una campaña en contra del nuevo gobierno.

Recordó además que por ello fue arrestado a principios de 1961 y cumplió catorce años de prisión en la Cabaña por conspirar contra el gobierno. salió de Cuba vía España en noviembre de 1979 y llegó a los Estados Unidos en marzo de 1980.

“FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 19, 2014

No 692     “En mi opinión”    Junio 19, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

<o> NELSON HORTA REPORTA:Barack Obama está incapacitado para dirigir el país, dice el 54 por ciento de los americanos.

June 19th, 2014

• Hoy se dará a conocer la encuesta realizada por NBC NEWS y Wall Street Journal

MIAMI 19 DE JUNIO DE 2014, nhr.com—El porcentaje de americanos que aprueban la gestión del Presidente Barack Obama en cuestiones de política exterior así como ha enfrentado los múltiples desafíos en otros países, incluyendo Irak, ha caído al nivel más bajo de su presidencia, según demuestra una nueva encuesta que se dará a conocer hoy y realizada por NBC News y el Wall Street Journal.

Además el pueblo americano está dividido equitativamente sobre si Obama es un administrador competente de la burocracia federal, la mayoría de los encuestados –54%– creen que el termino limitado que le queda al presidente ya no es capaz de dirigir al país.

“Esta es una encuesta pésima para el Presidente Obama, y no una buena encuesta para nadie”, señaló el encuestador republicano Bill McInturff, quien realizó la encuesta con los demócratas Peter Hart y Fred Yang.

El caso con Vladimir Putin, Ucrania, El de los Hospitales de Veteranos, el caso de Bowe Bergdahl, todos esos acontecimientos han controlado a Obama, en lugar de Obama haber controlado los acontecimientos”, dijo el demócrata Peter Hart, y añadió, “puede ganar el debate de algunas cuestiones, pero está perdiendo el debate político, porque el pueblo no lo esta percibiendo como un líder”.

La encuesta fue realizada ante de la inestabilidad en Irak y que ha alcanzado los titulares de todos los importantes periódicos, por eso no contiene preguntas sobre ese tema, También se realizo antes de que Estados Unidos arrestara a un sospechoso de los atentados del 2012 contra la embajada estadounidense en Bengasi, Libia.

Pero la encuesta demuestra a un pueblo que ha crecido insatisfecho con el Presidente Obama tanto en política exterior como en las decisiones de seguridad nacional.

Solo un 37 % aprueba su manejo de la política exterior, que es el peor en la encuesta, mientras que un 57% desaprueba, siendo esto calificado como “un récord histórico”. Además por un margen de un 44 por ciento a 30 %, los estadounidenses están en desacuerdo con la decisión de la administración Obama para lograr la liberación del sargento del ejército  que deserto Bowe Bergdahl a cambio de 5 talibanes que estaban presos en Guantánamo.

El índice de aprobación general del Presidente Obama en la encuesta es de un 41 por ciento, tres puntos menos que el pasado mes de abril y es el nivel más bajo en la historia de su presidencia.

Lo más preocupante para el presidente es que el 54 por ciento de los estadounidenses piensan que Obama es incapaz de dirigir el país y hacer el trabajo, en comparación con el 42 por ciento que cree que puede.

 

 

Cheneys: Rarely Has a President Been So Wrong About So Much

By Drew MacKenzie

America’s enemies have been “emboldened” by President Barack Obama’s decision to pull out of Iraq and Afghanistan and are now a major threat to U.S. citizens, says former Vice President Dick Cheney and his attorney daughter Liz Cheney. 

“Rarely has a U.S. president been so wrong about so much at the expense of so many,” they wrote in a commentary for The Wall Street Journal, while saying that Obama should have left a contingent of U.S. forces in Iraq to prevent terrorists affiliated with al-Qaida from gaining a stronghold in the region again.

Vote Now: Should the U.S. Strike Iraq Insurgents? Vote Now 

“Too many times to count, Mr. Obama has told us he is ‘ending’ the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan — as though wishing made it so. His rhetoric has now come crashing into reality. 

“Watching the black-clad [Islamic State of Iraq and Syria] jihadists take territory once secured by American blood is final proof, if any were needed, that America’s enemies are not ‘decimated.’ They are emboldened and on the march.”

Dick Cheney, who was vice president in the George W. Bush administration, and his daughter, the former deputy assistant secretary of state for near eastern affairs, said that the fall of Iraqi cities Fallujah, Mosul, and Tikrit and the establishment of terrorist safe havens across the Arab world present “a strategic threat” to the security of the United States.

“Iraq is at risk of falling to a radical Islamic terror group, and Mr. Obama is talking climate change. Terrorists take control of more territory and resources than ever before in history, and he goes golfing. He seems blithely unaware, or indifferent, to the fact that a resurgent al-Qaida presents a clear and present danger to America.”

The Cheneys said that when Obama and his team came into office in 2009, al-Qaida in Iraq had been largely defeated, and that the president only had to leave some American forces behind to help secure the peace. 

“Instead, he abandoned Iraq and we are watching American defeat snatched from the jaws of victory. The tragedy unfolding in Iraq today is only part of the story. Al-Qaida and its affiliates are resurgent across the globe.

“Now, in a move that defies credulity, he toys with the idea of ushering Iran into Iraq. Only a fool would believe American policy in Iraq should be ceded to Iran, the world’s largest state sponsor of terror.” 

The Cheneys wrote in the Journal that the president is “willfully blind” to the impact of his policies. “Despite the threat to America unfolding across the Middle East, aided by his abandonment of Iraq, he has announced he intends to follow the same policy in Afghanistan.

“Despite clear evidence of the dire need for American leadership around the world, the desperation of our allies and the glee of our enemies, President Obama seems determined to leave office ensuring he has taken America down a notch,” the Cheneys wrote. “Indeed, the speed of the terrorists’ takeover of territory in Iraq has been matched only by the speed of American decline on his watch.”

The Cheneys drew on a speech from former President Ronald Reagan to illustrate the problems that Obama will leave America when he departs the White House. 

“In 1983, President Ronald Reagan said, ‘If history teaches anything, it teaches that simple-minded appeasement or wishful thinking about our adversaries is folly. It means the betrayal of our past, the squandering of our freedom.’ President Obama is on track to securing his legacy as the man who betrayed our past and squandered our freedom.”

Dick Cheney, as vice president, was a proponent of the 2003 U.S. invasion of Iraq, saying the country had developed weapons of mass destruction. Such weapons were not found.
Read Latest Breaking News from Newsmax.com http://www.newsmax.com/Newsfront/Cheney-Iraq-Obama-terrorism/2014/06/18/id/577732#ixzz35609vIUA 
Urgent: Should Obamacare Be Repealed? Vote Here Now!

 

 

RICARDO SAMITIER: “EL LATIGO”Solamente Los Que Se Niegan A Ver La Verdad…

Pueden Negar El Apoyo Economico Y Psicologico De Obama A Santos… Para Entregar Colombia Tambien A Los Terroristas “Derrotados” 

  Con El Tratado De Paz Negociado En Cuba

http://www.atlas.com.co/sia/public/index.php/noticias-en-ingles/nation-conflict-armed-world-figures-give-backing-to-colombia-s-peace-process

“EMO” LO QUE SON ES UNOS HIJOS DE LA OBRERITAS DE LA NOCHE… LRGM.

 

 

ALBERTO PEREZ “AMENPER”: OPERACIONES TRANSGENICAS.

Ya hay anuncios en la televisión de médicos que ofrecen sus servicios rápidos y efectivos para operaciones transgénicas.  Con la misma facilidad que Melquiades Martinez el veterinario de mi pueblo capaba a los cerdos a los guajiros para que pudieran cebarlos mejor.

El Dr. Paul HcHugh es un distingido cirujano y profesor que trabajó como director de las cirujías de transgénico en el hospital de John Hopkins University.   Desde entonces siempre tuvo como su posición que se estaba abusando y politizando el problema de transgénico.  Lo decía exponiendo hechos durante su experiencia en la profesión y sus conocimientos de su especialidad.

Scribe recientemente un artículo en el Wall Street Journal sobre esto.

Lo que recibió fue una serie de cartas clasificandolo como “ignorante cavernícola.  Me pregunto ¿Que autoridad científica superior a la del Dr. McHugh tienen los que escribieron esta carta?.  Pero reflexiono y me doy cuenta que sí, tienen una gran autoridad, la autoridad de ser Maricones. 

El ambiente político de la izquierda le ha dado a la homosexualidad una autoridad superior a cualquier persona heterosexual, su palabra, su opinión es incontestable.

Conozco varios amigos médicos que coinciden con McHugh, pero no tienen el valor de expresarlo públicamente por miedo al ridículo que asecha al que exprese esta opinión.

Este terrorismo ideológico no se limita a este particular, pero a todo los que se oponga a la nueva filosofía “progresista”

Si les interesa copio abajo el escrito de McHugh

Why we stopped doing sex Surgery

By Dr. Paul Mc Hugh

When the practice of sex-change surgery first emerged back in the early 1970s, I would often remind its advocating psychiatrists that with other patients, alcoholics in particular, they would quote the Serenity Prayer, “God, give me the serenity to accept the things I cannot change, the courage to change the things I can, and the wisdom to know the difference.” Where did they get the idea that our sexual identity (“gender” was the term they preferred) as men or women was in the category of things that could be changed?

Their regular response was to show me their patients. Men (and until recently they were all men) with whom I spoke before their surgery would tell me that their bodies and sexual identities were at variance. Those I met after surgery would tell me that the surgery and hormone treatments that had made them “women” had also made them happy and contented. None of these encounters were persuasive, however. The post-surgical subjects struck me as caricatures of women. They wore high heels, copious makeup, and flamboyant clothing; they spoke about how they found themselves able to give vent to their natural inclinations for peace, domesticity, and gentleness—but their large hands, prominent Adam’s apples, and thick facial features were incongruous (and would become more so as they aged). Women psychiatrists whom I sent to talk with them would intuitively see through the disguise and the exaggerated postures. “Gals know gals,” one said to me, “and that’s a guy.”

The subjects before the surgery struck me as even more strange, as they struggled to convince anyone who might influence the decision for their surgery. First, they spent an unusual amount of time thinking and talking about sex and their sexual experiences; their sexual hungers and adventures seemed to preoccupy them. Second, discussion of babies or children provoked little interest from them; indeed, they seemed indifferent to children. But third, and most remarkable, many of these men-who-claimed-to-be-women reported that they found women sexually attractive and that they saw themselves as “lesbians.” When I noted to their champions that their psychological leanings seemed more like those of men than of women, I would get various replies, mostly to the effect that in making such judgments I was drawing on sexual stereotypes.

Until 1975, when I became psychiatrist-in-chief at Johns Hopkins Hospital, I could usually keep my own counsel on these matters. But once I was given authority over all the practices in the psychiatry department I realized that if I were passive I would be tacitly co-opted in encouraging sex-change surgery in the very department that had originally proposed and still defended it. I decided to challenge what I considered to be a misdirection of psychiatry and to demand more information both before and after their operations.

Two issues presented themselves as targets for study. First, I wanted to test the claim that men who had undergone sex-change surgery found resolution for their many general psychological problems. Second (and this was more ambitious), I wanted to see whether male infants with ambiguous genitalia who were being surgically transformed into females and raised as girls did, as the theory (again from Hopkins) claimed, settle easily into the sexual identity that was chosen for them. These claims had generated the opinion in psychiatric circles that one’s “sex” and one’s “gender” were distinct matters, sex being genetically and hormonally determined from conception, while gender was culturally shaped by the actions of family and others during childhood.

The first issue was easier and required only that I encourage the ongoing research of a member of the faculty who was an accomplished student of human sexual behavior. The psychiatrist and psychoanalyst Jon Meyer was already developing a means of following up with adults who received sex-change operations at Hopkins in order to see how much the surgery had helped them. He found that most of the patients he tracked down some years after their surgery were contented with what they had done and that only a few regretted it. But in every other respect, they were little changed in their psychological condition. They had much the same problems with relationships, work, and emotions as before. The hope that they would emerge now from their emotional difficulties to flourish psychologically had not been fulfilled.

We saw the results as demonstrating that just as these men enjoyed cross-dressing as women before the operation so they enjoyed cross-living after it. But they were no better in their psychological integration or any easier to live with. With these facts in hand I concluded that Hopkins was fundamentally cooperating with a mental illness. We psychiatrists, I thought, would do better to concentrate on trying to fix their minds and not their genitalia.

Thanks to this research, Dr. Meyer was able to make some sense of the mental disorders that were driving this request for unusual and radical treatment. Most of the cases fell into one of two quite different groups. One group consisted of conflicted and guilt-ridden homosexual men who saw a sex-change as a way to resolve their conflicts over homosexuality by allowing them to behave sexually as females with men. The other group, mostly older men, consisted of heterosexual (and some bisexual) males who found intense sexual arousal in cross-dressing as females. As they had grown older, they had become eager to add more verisimilitude to their costumes and either sought or had suggested to them a surgical transformation that would include breast implants, penile amputation, and pelvic reconstruction to resemble a woman.

Further study of similar subjects in the psychiatric services of the Clark Institute in Toronto identified these men by the auto-arousal they experienced in imitating sexually seductive females. Many of them imagined that their displays might be sexually arousing to onlookers, especially to females. This idea, a form of “sex in the head” (D. H. Lawrence), was what provoked their first adventure in dressing up in women’s undergarments and had eventually led them toward the surgical option. Because most of them found women to be the objects of their interest they identified themselves to the psychiatrists as lesbians. The name eventually coined in Toronto to describe this form of sexual misdirection was “autogynephilia.” Once again I concluded that to provide a surgical alteration to the body of these unfortunate people was to collaborate with a mental disorder rather than to treat it.

This information and the improved understanding of what we had been doing led us to stop prescribing sex-change operations for adults at Hopkins—much, I’m glad to say, to the relief of several of our plastic surgeons who had previously been commandeered to carry out the procedures. And with this solution to the first issue I could turn to the second—namely, the practice of surgically assigning femaleness to male newborns who at birth had malformed, sexually ambiguous genitalia and severe phallic defects. This practice, more the province of the pediatric department than of my own, was nonetheless of concern to psychiatrists because the opinions generated around these cases helped to form the view that sexual identity was a matter of cultural conditioning rather than something fundamental to the human constitution.

Several conditions, fortunately rare, can lead to the misconstruction of the genito-urinary tract during embryonic life. When such a condition occurs in a male, the easiest form of plastic surgery by far, with a view to correcting the abnormality and gaining a cosmetically satisfactory appearance, is to remove all the male parts, including the testes, and to construct from the tissues available a labial and vaginal configuration. This action provides these malformed babies with female-looking genital anatomy regardless of their genetic sex. Given the claim that the sexual identity of the child would easily follow the genital appearance if backed up by familial and cultural support, the pediatric surgeons took to constructing female-like genitalia for both females with an XX chromosome constitution and males with an XY so as to make them all look like little girls, and they were to be raised as girls by their parents.

All this was done of course with consent of the parents who, distressed by these grievous malformations in their newborns, were persuaded by the pediatric endocrinologists and consulting psychologists to accept transformational surgery for their sons. They were told that their child’s sexual identity (again his “gender”) would simply conform to environmental conditioning. If the parents consistently responded to the child as a girl now that his genital structure resembled a girl’s, he would accept that role without much travail.

This proposal presented the parents with a critical decision. The doctors increased the pressure behind the proposal by noting to the parents that a decision had to be made promptly because a child’s sexual identity settles in by about age two or three. The process of inducing the child into the female role should start immediately, with name, birth certificate, baby paraphernalia, etc. With the surgeons ready and the physicians confident, the parents were faced with an offer difficult to refuse (although, interestingly, a few parents did refuse this advice and decided to let nature take its course).

I thought these professional opinions and the choices being pressed on the parents rested upon anecdotal evidence that was hard to verify and even harder to replicate. Despite the confidence of their advocates, they lacked substantial empirical support. I encouraged one of our resident psychiatrists, William G. Reiner (already interested in the subject because prior to his psychiatric training he had been a pediatric urologist and had witnessed the problem from the other side), to set about doing a systematic follow-up of these children—particularly the males transformed into females in infancy—so as to determine just how sexually integrated they became as adults.

The results here were even more startling than in Meyer’s work. Reiner picked out for intensive study cloacal exstrophy, because it would best test the idea that cultural influence plays the foremost role in producing sexual identity. Cloacal exstrophy is an embryonic misdirection that produces a gross abnormality of pelvic anatomy such that the bladder and the genitalia are badly deformed at birth. The male penis fails to form and the bladder and urinary tract are not separated distinctly from the gastrointestinal tract. But crucial to Reiner’s study is the fact that the embryonic development of these unfortunate males is not hormonally different from that of normal males. They develop within a male-typical prenatal hormonal milieu provided by their Y chromosome and by their normal testicular function. This exposes these growing embryos/fetuses to the male hormone testosterone—just like all males in their mother’s womb.

Although animal research had long since shown that male sexual behavior was directly derived from this exposure to testosterone during embryonic life, this fact did not deter the pediatric practice of surgically treating male infants with this grievous anomaly by castration (amputating their testes and any vestigial male genital structures) and vaginal construction, so that they could be raised as girls. This practice had become almost universal by the mid-1970s. Such cases offered Reiner the best test of the two aspects of the doctrine underlying such treatment: (1) that humans at birth are neutral as to their sexual identity, and (2) that for humans it is the postnatal, cultural, nonhormonal influences, especially those of early childhood, that most influence their ultimate sexual identity. Males with cloacal exstrophy were regularly altered surgically to resemble females, and their parents were instructed to raise them as girls. But would the fact that they had had the full testosterone exposure in utero defeat the attempt to raise them as girls? Answers might become evident with the careful follow-up that Reiner was launching.

Before describing his results, I should note that the doctors proposing this treatment for the males with cloacal exstrophy understood and acknowledged that they were introducing a number of new and severe physical problems for these males. These infants, of course, had no ovaries, and their testes were surgically amputated, which meant that they had to receive exogenous hormones for life. They would also be denied by the same surgery any opportunity for fertility later on. One could not ask the little patient about his willingness to pay this price. These were considered by the physicians advising the parents to be acceptable burdens to bear in order to avoid distress in childhood about malformed genital structures, and it was hoped that they could follow a conflict-free direction in their maturation as girls and women.

Reiner, however, discovered that such re-engineered males were almost never comfortable as females once they became aware of themselves and the world. From the start of their active play life, they behaved spontaneously like boys and were obviously different from their sisters and other girls, enjoying rough-and-tumble games but not dolls and “playing house.” Later on, most of those individuals who learned that they were actually genetic males wished to reconstitute their lives as males (some even asked for surgical reconstruction and male hormone replacement)—and all this despite the earnest efforts by their parents to treat them as girls.

Reiner’s results, reported in the January 22, 2004, issue of the New England Journal of Medicine, are worth recounting. He followed up sixteen genetic males with cloacal exstrophy seen at Hopkins, of whom fourteen underwent neonatal assignment to femaleness socially, legally, and surgically. The other two parents refused the advice of the pediatricians and raised their sons as boys. Eight of the fourteen subjects assigned to be females had since declared themselves to be male. Five were living as females, and one lived with unclear sexual identity. The two raised as males had remained male. All sixteen of these people had interests that were typical of males, such as hunting, ice hockey, karate, and bobsledding. Reiner concluded from this work that the sexual identity followed the genetic constitution. Male-type tendencies (vigorous play, sexual arousal by females, and physical aggressiveness) followed the testosterone-rich intrauterine fetal development of the people he studied, regardless of efforts to socialize them as females after birth. Having looked at the Reiner and Meyer studies, we in the Johns Hopkins Psychiatry Department eventually concluded that human sexual identity is mostly built into our constitution by the genes we inherit and the embryogenesis we undergo. Male hormones sexualize the brain and the mind. Sexual dysphoria—a sense of disquiet in one’s sexual role—naturally occurs amongst those rare males who are raised as females in an effort to correct an infantile genital structural problem. A seemingly similar disquiet can be socially induced in apparently constitutionally normal males, in association with (and presumably prompted by) serious behavioral aberrations, amongst which are conflicted homosexual orientations and the remarkable male deviation now called autogynephilia.

Quite clearly, then, we psychiatrists should work to discourage those adults who seek surgical sex reassignment. When Hopkins announced that it would stop doing these procedures in adults with sexual dysphoria, many other hospitals followed suit, but some medical centers still carry out this surgery. Thailand has several centers that do the surgery “no questions asked” for anyone with the money to pay for it and the means to travel to Thailand. I am disappointed but not surprised by this, given that some surgeons and medical centers can be persuaded to carry out almost any kind of surgery when pressed by patients with sexual deviations, especially if those patients find a psychiatrist to vouch for them. The most astonishing example is the surgeon in England who is prepared to amputate the legs of patients who claim to find sexual excitement in gazing at and exhibiting stumps of amputated legs. At any rate, we at Hopkins hold that official psychiatry has good evidence to argue against this kind of treatment and should begin to close down the practice everywhere.

For children with birth defects the most rational approach at this moment is to correct promptly any of the major urological defects they face, but to postpone any decision about sexual identity until much later, while raising the child according to its genetic sex. Medical caretakers and parents can strive to make the child aware that aspects of sexual identity will emerge as he or she grows. Settling on what to do about it should await maturation and the child’s appreciation of his or her own identity.

Proper care, including good parenting, means helping the child through the medical and social difficulties presented by the genital anatomy but in the process protecting what tissues can be retained, in particular the gonads. This effort must continue to the point where the child can see the problem of a life role more clearly as a sexually differentiated individual emerges from within. Then as the young person gains a sense of responsibility for the result, he or she can be helped through any surgical constructions that are desired. Genuine informed consent derives only from the person who is going to live with the outcome and cannot rest upon the decisions of others who believe they “know best.”

How are these ideas now being received? I think tolerably well. The “transgender” activists (now often allied with gay liberation movements) still argue that their members are entitled to whatever surgery they want, and they still claim that their sexual dysphoria represents a true conception of their sexual identity. They have made some protests against the diagnosis of autogynephilia as a mechanism to generate demands for sex-change operations, but they have offered little evidence to refute the diagnosis. Psychiatrists are taking better sexual histories from those requesting sex-change and are discovering more examples of this strange male exhibitionist proclivity.

Much of the enthusiasm for the quick-fix approach to birth defects expired when the anecdotal evidence about the much-publicized case of a male twin raised as a girl proved to be bogus. The psychologist in charge hid, by actually misreporting, the news that the boy, despite the efforts of his parents to treat him and raise him as a girl, had constantly challenged their treatment of him, ultimately found out about the deception, and restored himself as a male. Sadly, he carried an additional diagnosis of major depression and ultimately committed suicide.

Ithink the issue of sex-change for males is no longer one in which much can be said for the other side. But I have learned from the experience that the toughest challenge is trying to gain agreement to seek empirical evidence for opinions about sex and sexual behavior, even when the opinions seem on their face unreasonable. One might expect that those who claim that sexual identity has no biological or physical basis would bring forth more evidence to persuade others. But as I’ve learned, there is a deep prejudice in favor of the idea that nature is totally malleable.

Without any fixed position on what is given in human nature, any manipulation of it can be defended as legitimate. A practice that appears to give people what they want—and what some of them are prepared to clamor for—turns out to be difficult to combat with ordinary professional experience and wisdom. Even controlled trials or careful follow-up studies to ensure that the practice itself is not damaging are often resisted and the results rejected.

I have witnessed a great deal of damage from sex-reassignment. The children transformed from their male constitution into female roles suffered prolonged distress and misery as they sensed their natural attitudes. Their parents usually lived with guilt over their decisions—second-guessing themselves and somewhat ashamed of the fabrication, both surgical and social, they had imposed on their sons. As for the adults who came to us claiming to have discovered their “true” sexual identity and to have heard about sex-change operations, we psychiatrists have been distracted from studying the causes and natures of their mental misdirections by preparing them for surgery and for a life in the other sex. We have wasted scientific and technical resources and damaged our professional credibility by collaborating with madness rather than trying to study, cure, and ultimately prevent it.

Paul McHugh is University Distinguished Service Professor of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University. 

DR. CASTRO OPERACIONES TRANSGENICA…

“EMO” PARA LOS QUENO CONOCEN ESTE TIPO DE OPERACIÓN; ESTA CONSISTE EN ESTIRPAR LOS DOS TESTICULOS DE “SUPUESTOS VARONES” Y REALIZAR UNA CIRUGIA PLASTICA EN EL SUPUESTO ORGANO MASCULINO CONOCIDO CULTAMENTE COMO”PENE” [QUE NO ES LA COMIDA ITALIANA, MUY SABROSA POR CIERTO] Y ENTONCES ESE PENE SE CONVIERTE EN MANOS DE UN CIRUJANO EN UNA COSA PARECIDA VAGINA, PERO QUE NO SIRVE PARA UN CARAJO… LRGM.

NB: RECUERDENSE QUE YO SOY QUIMICO Y NO MEDICO. PARA MEJOR INFORMACION DIRIJANSE A LA ENCICLOPEDIA DE MEDICINA Y DISPARATES Y LOCURAS.

 

 

 

Sheriff Joe Arpaio Reveals A Surprising Reason Why He Thinks Border Guards Aren’t Doing Their Job. Arpaio revisited the issue Monday evening during an interview on the Fox News Channel.

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — 

 

As the Obama administration’s lax attitude toward America’s immigration laws has led to a marked increase in illegal border crossings, critics – especially throughout the southwest – have expressed their outrage. Few have been as outspoken as the man often billed as America’s toughest sheriff, Maricopa County, Ariz., lawman Joe Arpaio.

He recently weighed in on the influx of unaccompanied minors and other illegals being transported to his state under the direction of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Not only did Arpaio chastise government officials whose policies encourage repeat offenders, he called to task those illegals with the audacity to complain about their treatment upon arriving in the U.S. as criminals.

Arpaio revisited the issue Monday evening during an interview on the Fox News Channel. He explained that, with the sharp rise in children crossing the border, agents assigned to protecting America are suffering from misplaced priorities.

“The Border Patrol is too busy changing diapers and not going after dope peddlers and illegal immigrants,” he said.

Customs and Border Protection Commissioner Gil Kerikowske seemed to bolster Arpaio’s position with a recent statement regarding the border situation.

“I have been watching them do absolutely heroic efforts,” he said of border agents. “Not only rescuing children but taking care of them, way beyond some of the skill sets. They are doing everything from making formula to bringing in their own children’s clothing to taking care of these kids in a multitude of ways.”

With nearly 50,000 minors having illegally crossed the border without adult supervision in just the past eight months, authorities are scrambling to find temporary housing for them. In Arpaio’s estimation, this result was all part of Barack Obama’s ultimate goal of achieving amnesty.

“I think the president knew this was going to happen,” he said, “so it’s going to help him on his executive orders if Congress doesn’t take this mission up.”

Judging from reports of overcrowding and generally inhospitable environments within these housing facilities, however, Arpaio concluded the scheme could likely backfire.

He said that, if they were inclined to do so, U.S. authorities could put a stop to the relentless assault on our immigration laws.

“This is a great country,” he said. “You’re trying to tell me we can’t keep people from coming into our country if we really had the desire to do it? I don’t buy it.”

Tom Horne, Arizona’s attorney general, has also gotten involved in the controversy by sending the Border Patrol official notice that they are violating federal law. Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/heres-sheriff-joe-thinks-border-guards-arent-job/#bePPQsz0CPhLRKXL.99

 

Watch The Obama Analogy Made By Dinesh D’Souza That Made This Fox Reporter Laugh Uncomfortably

America is a What?

TOM HINCHEY — 

 

Filmmaker and activist Dinesh D’Souza was on Monday’s Kelly File on Fox News offering up his explanation of why Obama has been transforming the Untied States.

He said, “In order to remake America, you have to take down the America that’s here now.”

As the filmmaker sees it, Obama came out of the 1960′s that had a different view than previous generations.  “Its view is that America is globally a force for evil.”  This generation believes that instead of America being exceptionally good, we are exceptionally evil.  D’Souza continued, “[Obama] in a sense views his job as one of containing or curtailing the power of his own country.”

“It sounds like you’re accusing him of being almost anti-American, “Kelly said to her guest.  “If he were anti-American, if he didn’t love his country, why would he want to be president of it?”

That’s when the conversation went off the deep end:  “If I was in a family and I believed my dad was some kind of a serial killer or a child molester, I would still love him.  He would be part of my family, but I’d do everything I could to prevent him from doing evil actions.  I would think that would be good for the world and for my dad.  So with Obama, he thinks he’s doing the world a favor by controlling this rogue elephant that is the United States.”

“So America is the child molester in this scenario?” Kelly started to laugh along with some laughter off camera. “I think we may of jumped off the deep end.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/dinesh-dsouza-goes-deep-end-bizarre-analogy-america/#Fi6PwqikyeqswmwW.99

 

Will Liberals Disown Hillary After Her Unexpected Comment About Illegal Immigrant Children?

Shocking for a liberal, anyway…

TOM HINCHEY — 

Hillary Clinton was at a townhall event that was televised on CNN.  She was asked by host Christiane Amanpour about what the United States should do with the surge of unaccompanied minors crossing the border everyday.  The former Secretary of State tried to dodge the question by blaming the immigration on increased violence in Central America, but Amanpour was persistent in eliciting a direct response about sending these kids back to their country of origin.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/hillary-illegal-immigrant-children-sent-back/#WhGLQXVGRphWS0Hg.99

 

Does This New WSJ Poll Declare Obama’s Presidency Over?

These numbers could hinder his leverage with Congress

TOM HINCHEY — 

 

A new Wall Street Journal/NBC News poll shows that President Obama’s job approval rating at just 41%.

The foreign crises in Syria, Iraq, and Ukraine, as well as the Taliban prisoner exchange for Bowe Bergdahl, have weighed down his approval on foreign policy to a new low of 37%.

The poll of 1,000 adults, conducted last week by telephone, shows that Americans seem to be losing faith in the president’s ability to accomplish his goals, with 54% saying they are no longer confident that “he is able to lead the country and get the job done”–while 42% of the respondents said he could.

These numbers could hinder his leverage with Congress.  With the mid-term elections less than 5 months away, it is possible that the GOP could take the Senate and keep the House majority; and then the likelihood of his getting any big things done will be drastically reduced.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/new-wsj-poll-declare-obamas-presidency/#5yTAp2hg3zg6px8p.99

 

When Asked If Congress Could Impeach Obama, Here’s How This Congressman Responded…

Could articles of impeachment pass?

TOM HINCHEY — 

Rep. Lou Barletta (R-PA) said in a radio interview that he thinks that a vote to impeach President Obama “probably could” pass in the House of Representatives.

Rep. Barletta was on the Gary Sutton radio show on Monday when he said of Obama: “He’s just absolutely ignoring the Constitution and ignoring the laws and ignoring the checks and balances.  The problem is, you know, what do you do?  For those that say impeach him for breaking the laws of bypassing the laws, you know, could that pass in the House?  It probably, it probably could. Is the majority of the American people in favor of impeaching the president?  I’m not sure.”

Gary Sutton replied, “I don’t think so.”  The radio host added that it puts representatives into political purgatory, so it’s important for Republicans to be heard with plain talk so that people get the message.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/gop-rep-says-articles-impeachment-probably-pass-house/#wzPMGQOodFU24keJ.99

 

 

Senator: Every Reason To Believe Obama ‘Supporting The Enemy’

Is Obama’s legacy to have Gitmo closed down? JUSTIN KOSKI —

In an interview with the Family Research Council’s Washington Watch, Senator Jim Inhofe of Oklahoma speaks about the worsening condition of Iraq as well as the Bergdahl exchange.

According to Inhofe, “President Obama’s legacy is to have Gitmo closed down.”

“I’m not defending Bergdahl, but that’s not the real crime.  The real crime is Obama’s actions,” said Inhofe.

It will be interesting to see where exactly Obama’s allegiance truly lies.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/senator-every-reason-believe-obama-supporting-enemy/#2BpwiDAAbrTY3ioh.99

 

 

This Popular Comedian Just Ripped Apart Environmental Extremism…And Obama!

“I believe human life is more precious…”

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — 

 

While he might not disagree with its goal in theory, comedian Paul Rodriguez has some harsh words for environmentalists who place a higher premium on their pet cause than on the well-being of fellow humans. In a recent podcast appearance, the entertainer explained how this ideology has negatively affected his mother, who operates a small farm in California.

Due to water restrictions, he said, she needs to construct a dam in order to maintain her crops. Environmentalists, however, are concerned about the possible impact such a project could have on regional fish – and not about the ability of local farmers to support their families and provide food to the community and beyond.

He said these extremists “have gone too far,” declaring that they are “not living in the real world” by embracing such misplaced priorities.

“I believe human life is more precious than these fish,” he said.

Though he said those on his mother’s side of the debate are willing to compromise, the environmentalists involved in the disagreement are not.

According to Rodriguez, those being targeted are “mom and pop” farmers who are just looking for a way to maintain their operation during the drought.

“It’s an honorable thing to do,” he said. “Why cut them off?”

Rodriguez levied some even more serious complaints against the environmental activists from the Earth First! organization. He said the group threatened to kill him over his outspoken disagreement with its radical mission.

His criticism goes beyond this particular movement to include the left’s assertion that anyone who opposes the current administration does so out of some inherent intolerance.

“Mr. Obama is difficult to criticize without being accused of being some kind of bigot,” he asserted.

Of course, that did not dissuade Rodriguez from criticizing him anyway.

“He’s not prepared for the job,” he concluded.

Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/popular-comedian-just-ripped-apart-environmental-extremism/#H7zmdWC62MwrP6kS.99

 

 

 

By Signing This One Law, Obama Could Have Very Well Decapitated The U.S Dollar

Obama’s attempt to bring in more money to the government coffers will likely have unintended consequences…

L. TODD WOOD  

 

Living in Moscow, I’ve seen first-hand the seething anger over punitive economic sanctions and the American use of its current financial hegemony to make life tough for money-in-motion in the former Soviet Union. The Russians have a love-hate relationship with the dollar. Historically, they have seen the currency as a safe haven of value and hoarded dollars every chance they could in an attempt to maintain their wealth. Now with everything American being thrown under the bus, the dollar is out of favor.

The threats of further sector-wide sanctions, which would have devastating, short-term effects on the Russian economy, will only hasten the fall of the dollar as a vehicle for trade settlement and a store of value in non-Western countries. The Russians are a clever people; and over time, they will figure out a way to get out from under American financial pressure.

However, there is another issue lurking in the shadows that could cause an even faster decline of the US Dollar as a reserve currency across the globe. The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act or FACTA is scheduled to go into effect on the first of July this year. This overreaching piece of legislation is a direct result of the out-of-control spending and inability of the American government to responsibly manage its own finances. To put it simply, because we can’t stop spending money, we are going to look for it under every rock all over the globe–and damage our currency in the meantime.

FACTA will require any foreign-based bank that deals with American citizens to report to the IRS. Yep, you heard it right; they will have to provide data to the IRS or face dollar-based penalties that would make it harder for the bank to deal in dollar-based transactions. Right now, these penalties are a real problem for any bank, as most global trade is based in dollars. Just ask the Iranians how they are hurting under their current regime.

So what’s the obvious answer to this arrogant and burdensome projection of American economic power? You guessed it! Banks will simply stop using the dollar and look for other ways to settle trade accounts and store economic assets. What most American politicians and bureaucrats don’t realize, as they pile-on more and more silly legislation, regulation, and monetary policy, is that the USD has a reserve currency bid, or demand across the world. It’s a special privilege we have, and we enjoy plenty of economic benefit from it.

As the bid goes away, and as the anti-USD forces gather steam, we will suffer the consequences. Or better yet, our children will. Vince Miller, senior market strategist with the Birch Gold Group, puts it simply: “Over the years, the dollar has increasingly becoming an albatross around the neck of foreign financial institutions. They were already getting tired of having to play our games, and now FATCA may very well be the last straw that pushes them to throw up their hands in disgust and walk away from our imposed headaches.”

So if you look at what is going on from a thirty thousand foot level, you have a multitude of factors pressuring the reserve currency status of the USD. The Russians and the Chinese are leading the BRIC countries to dump the dollar as a trade settlement vehicle. FACTA will push countries all over the world to stop dealing with American clients and to stop using the dollar altogether.

Our national debt is approaching twenty trillion dollars, and the world wonders if we have the political will or economic ability to make good on our financial obligations. And to top it all off, the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States is printing money so fast that they can’t build the printing presses fast enough. The Fed’s balance sheet has ballooned to over four trillion dollars!

Birch Gold’s Vince Miller adds, “The writing has been on the wall for quite some time now: The dollar is a fiat currency that has been losing value since the very first day it went into circulation. It will continue to lose value over time, and eventually it will likely be replaced as the global reserve currency. With the implementation of FATCA, that ‘eventually’ may be a lot sooner than we had ever thought.”

To put it bluntly, this story doesn’t have a good ending. Throughout history, this has all happened before; it’s true that history repeats itself. The Romans, the Spanish, and the English all devalued their currencies and faced the consequences. It’s no different this time.

This article is brought to you by Birch Gold Group which helps Americans protect their hard-earned savings from the dollar’s ongoing loss in value with investments in physical gold and silver. To learn how precious metals can help to safeguard your future from inflation and geopolitical instability, visit www.birchgold.com.

The views expressed in this opinion article are solely those of their author and are not necessarily either shared or endorsed by WesternJournalism.com.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/facta-will-hasten-usd-downfall/#Xt33A4DtAzjEswWJ.99

 

 

FEC to Seize Control of the Internet

Human Events Spotlight <news@humaneventsmail.com> 

 

EEUU niega la nacionalidad a un cubano que lleva 50 años en el país y sirvió en el Ejército 

Georgina López

 

http://www.diariodecuba.com/cuba/1400060891_8570.html

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

Sources: Benghazi attack suspect captured, en route to US

 

By Justin Fishel

FoxNews.com

31

DEVELOPING … 

EXCLUSIVE: A suspected terrorist linked to the 2012 Benghazi terror attack that killed four Americans has been captured inside Libya by U.S. forces and currently is en route to the United States, Fox News has learned exclusively. ADVERTISEMENT:

Sources tell Fox News that the suspect, who was captured during a joint U.S. military and law enforcement operation, will face prosecution in the United States. on BREITBART TV 16 Jun 201

On Monday’s broadcast of “The O’Reilly Factor,” host Bill O’Reilly used his opening “Talking Points Memo” segment to urge President Barack Obama to take a more hawkish approach in dealing with the unfolding situation in Iraq. According to O’Reilly, it is necessary take military against the al Qaeda affiliated ISIS because of the cost already incurred for the United States in Iraq and it will a message to ISIS that the United States is a force with which to be reckoned. 

“We are not going to be be able to solve the internal problems of the Iraqis,” O’Reilly said. “That being said, I fully expect President Obama to begin bombing the al Qaeda army very soon. If he does not do that, it would be an enormous dereliction of duty. He is the commander-in-chief. Al Qaeda wants to kill us, so he must send a message to them and to the largely cowardly world. We will not allow savages to disseminate the world. That is the message that must be sent.” 

AMENPER: ¿Que importancia tiene eso?

 

Hillary “¿que importancia tiene eso?” Clinton, agrega una nueva frase a su perfil personal.

Ahora podemos llamarla Hillary “no puedo comentar sobre eso” Clinton.

Esta frase es la que usó cuando los periodistas le preguntaron lo que pensaba sobre el oleoducto de Keystone.   Hillary parece que está siendo asesorada por su consorte “El resbaloso Willy”,  y está dando las mismas respuestas resbalosas de Willy.   Las respuestas de Clinton cuando era presidente pasarán como un legado de resbalones.  Dijo “oigan bien, nunca he tenido sexo con esa mujer”,  después con esa cara no tan dura como lubricada, dijo que lo que lo que él quiso decir era que no consideraba el sexo oral como sexo. 

Como diría Cantinflas, “si estás bien achaparrado no cuenta lo mamado”

Volviendo a Hillary, ella no es secretaria de estado más, es simplemente una ciudadana que tiene la libertad para expresar su opinión.  Pudiera ser aceptado con respecto a alguna información que hubiera adquirido durante su mandato sobre algo de seguridad nacional.   ¿Pero qué carajo tiene que ver lo que ella piensa sobre el oleoducto con la seguridad nacional? ¿Cual es el secreto que no se puede comentar?

Yo creo que yo sé el secreto, y es que ella todavía no ha decidido qué posición tomar en este caso durante la próxima campaña presidencial. Tampoco quiere hablar sobre Bengazi porque “¿que importancia tiene eso?” Creo que Hillary no volverá a Canadá por el momento, ella prefiere las preguntas de los periodistas de la prensa tramitada, las entrevistas con montaje agradable, todo lo que le pavimente su camino a la presidencia que ella considera que le pertenece.

 

This Is Why Judge Jeanine Is Worried (And Thinks You Should Be Afraid)

If you don’t think that what happens there matters to you, you’re wrong!

TOM HINCHEY  

Judge Jeanine Pirro warned Americans that we should be worried over the crisis in the Middle East, regardless where you live.  “You know me, I’m fearless.” said the Judge in her opening statement. “I’ve spent my life fighting, investigating, prosecuting, and sentencing the worst of the worst. But tonight, I’m worried. If you don’t think that what happens there matters to you, you’re wrong! You need to be afraid.” Judge Pirro went on to blame Obama’s lack of foreign policy andpolitical decisions for minimizing our nation on the world stage to the point of being “neither respected nor feared.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/judge-jeanine-america-need-worried/#xi6C6FwuqmAJV6AY.99

 

Sheriff Joe Arpaio Reveals A Surprising Reason Why He Thinks Border Guards Aren’t Doing Their Job

Arpaio revisited the issue Monday evening during an interview on the Fox News Channel.

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 17, 2014

 

As the Obama administration’s lax attitude toward America’s immigration laws has led to a marked increase in illegal border crossings, critics – especially throughout the southwest – have expressed their outrage. Few have been as outspoken as the man often billed as America’s toughest sheriff, Maricopa County, Ariz., lawman Joe Arpaio.

He recently weighed in on the influx of unaccompanied minors and other illegals being transported to his state under the direction of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Not only did Arpaio chastise government officials whose policies encourage repeat offenders, he called to task those illegals with the audacity to complain about their treatment upon arriving in the U.S. as criminals.

Arpaio revisited the issue Monday evening during an interview on the Fox News Channel. He explained that, with the sharp rise in children crossing the border, agents assigned to protecting America are suffering from misplaced priorities.

“The Border Patrol is too busy changing diapers and not going after dope peddlers and illegal immigrants,” he said.

Customs and Border Protection Commissioner Gil Kerikowske seemed to bolster Arpaio’s position with a recent statement regarding the border situation.

“I have been watching them do absolutely heroic efforts,” he said of border agents. “Not only rescuing children but taking care of them, way beyond some of the skill sets. They are doing everything from making formula to bringing in their own children’s clothing to taking care of these kids in a multitude of ways.”

With nearly 50,000 minors having illegally crossed the border without adult supervision in just the past eight months, authorities are scrambling to find temporary housing for them. In Arpaio’s estimation, this result was all part of Barack Obama’s ultimate goal of achieving amnesty.

“I think the president knew this was going to happen,” he said, “so it’s going to help him on his executive orders if Congress doesn’t take this mission up.”

Judging from reports of overcrowding and generally inhospitable environments within these housing facilities, however, Arpaio concluded the scheme could likely backfire.

He said that, if they were inclined to do so, U.S. authorities could put a stop to the relentless assault on our immigration laws.

“This is a great country,” he said. “You’re trying to tell me we can’t keep people from coming into our country if we really had the desire to do it? I don’t buy it.”

Tom Horne, Arizona’s attorney general, has also gotten involved in the controversy by sending the Border Patrol official notice that they are violating federal law.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/heres-sheriff-joe-thinks-border-guards-arent-job/#HRyBpQ2KWysyPep7.99

 

“FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 18, 2014

No 691     “En mi opinión”    Junio 18, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

<o> Christian Student Shakes His Proverbial Fist When School Tells Him Not To Mention God At Graduation

By Emily Hulsey 3 days ago

When Brooks Hamby learned that he was his class’s salutatorian and would be giving a speech at graduation, school officials gave him one condition: He could not mention his faith at any point during the ceremony.

Fortunately, Brooks knew his rights – and cared about his faith – enough to stand up to the illegal policy. This is what he said during his speech, fromTheBlaze:

“In coming before you today, I presented three drafts of my speech, all of them denied on account of my desire to share with you my personal thoughts and inspiration to you: my Christian faith,” Hamby said. “In life, you will be told, ‘No.’ In life you will be told to do things that you have no desire to do. In life, you will be asked to do things that violate your conscience and desire to do what is right.”*

As the crowd started to murmur, Hamby gave his advice: “No man or woman has ever truly succeeded or been fulfilled on the account of living for others and not standing on what they knew in their heart was right or good.”*

He then quoted from “the biggest best-selling book of all-time in history” — the Bible.

Brooks has learned at an early age what many people never do: The only way to beat oppression is to stand up to it.

We admire this teen for taking such a brave stand and hope his example will inspire others to do the same. http://www.ijreview.com/2014/06/147849-christian-student-shakes-proverbial-fist-school-tells-mention-god-graduation/

 EXECUTIVE

Sources: Benghazi attack suspect captured, en route to US

By Justin FishelFoxNews.com

31

DEVELOPING … 

EXCLUSIVE: A suspected terrorist linked to the 2012 Benghazi terror attack that killed four Americans has been captured inside Libya by U.S. forces and currently is en route to the United States, Fox News has learned exclusively. ADVERTISEMENT:

Sources tell Fox News that the suspect, who was captured during a joint U.S. military and law enforcement operation, will face prosecution in the United States. on BREITBART TV 16 Jun 201

On Monday’s broadcast of “The O’Reilly Factor,” host Bill O’Reilly used his opening “Talking Points Memo” segment to urge President Barack Obama to take a more hawkish approach in dealing with the unfolding situation in Iraq. According to O’Reilly, it is necessary take military against the al Qaeda affiliated ISIS because of the cost already incurred for the United States in Iraq and it will a message to ISIS that the United States is a force with which to be reckoned. 

“We are not going to be be able to solve the internal problems of the Iraqis,” O’Reilly said. “That being said, I fully expect President Obama to begin bombing the al Qaeda army very soon. If he does not do that, it would be an enormous dereliction of duty. He is the commander-in-chief. Al Qaeda wants to kill us, so he must send a message to them and to the largely cowardly world. We will not allow savages to disseminate the world. That is the message that must be sent.” 

AMENPER: ¿Que importancia tiene eso?

 

Hillary “¿que importancia tiene eso?” Clinton, agrega una nueva frase a su perfil personal.

Ahora podemos llamarla Hillary “no puedo comentar sobre eso” Clinton.

Esta frase es la que usó cuando los periodistas le preguntaron lo que pensaba sobre el oleoducto de Keystone.   Hillary parece que está siendo asesorada por su consorte “El resbaloso Willy”,  y está dando las mismas respuestas resbalosas de Willy.   Las respuestas de Clinton cuando era presidente pasarán como un legado de resbalones.  Dijo “oigan bien, nunca he tenido sexo con esa mujer”,  después con esa cara no tan dura como lubricada, dijo que lo que lo que él quiso decir era que no consideraba el sexo oral como sexo. 

Como diría Cantinflas, “si estás bien achaparrado no cuenta lo mamado”

Volviendo a Hillary, ella no es secretaria de estado más, es simplemente una ciudadana que tiene la libertad para expresar su opinión.  Pudiera ser aceptado con respecto a alguna información que hubiera adquirido durante su mandato sobre algo de seguridad nacional.   ¿Pero qué carajo tiene que ver lo que ella piensa sobre el oleoducto con la seguridad nacional? ¿Cual es el secreto que no se puede comentar?

Yo creo que yo sé el secreto, y es que ella todavía no ha decidido qué posición tomar en este caso durante la próxima campaña presidencial. Tampoco quiere hablar sobre Bengazi porque “¿que importancia tiene eso?” Creo que Hillary no volverá a Canadá por el momento, ella prefiere las preguntas de los periodistas de la prensa tramitada, las entrevistas con montaje agradable, todo lo que le pavimente su camino a la presidencia que ella considera que le pertenece.

 

Western Center for Journalism. This Is Why Judge Jeanine Is Worried (And Thinks You Should Be Afraid)

If you don’t think that what happens there matters to you, you’re wrong!

TOM HINCHEY  

Judge Jeanine Pirro warned Americans that we should be worried over the crisis in the Middle East, regardless where you live.  “You know me, I’m fearless.” said the Judge in her opening statement. “I’ve spent my life fighting, investigating, prosecuting, and sentencing the worst of the worst. But tonight, I’m worried. If you don’t think that what happens there matters to you, you’re wrong! You need to be afraid.” Judge Pirro went on to blame Obama’s lack of foreign policy andpolitical decisions for minimizing our nation on the world stage to the point of being “neither respected nor feared.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/judge-jeanine-america-need-worried/#xi6C6FwuqmAJV6AY.99

Western Center for Journalism. Sheriff Joe Arpaio Reveals A Surprising Reason Why He Thinks Border Guards Aren’t Doing Their Job

Arpaio revisited the issue Monday evening during an interview on the Fox News Channel.

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 17, 2014

 

As the Obama administration’s lax attitude toward America’s immigration laws has led to a marked increase in illegal border crossings, critics – especially throughout the southwest – have expressed their outrage. Few have been as outspoken as the man often billed as America’s toughest sheriff, Maricopa County, Ariz., lawman Joe Arpaio.

He recently weighed in on the influx of unaccompanied minors and other illegals being transported to his state under the direction of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement. Not only did Arpaio chastise government officials whose policies encourage repeat offenders, he called to task those illegals with the audacity to complain about their treatment upon arriving in the U.S. as criminals.

Arpaio revisited the issue Monday evening during an interview on the Fox News Channel. He explained that, with the sharp rise in children crossing the border, agents assigned to protecting America are suffering from misplaced priorities.

“The Border Patrol is too busy changing diapers and not going after dope peddlers and illegal immigrants,” he said.

Customs and Border Protection Commissioner Gil Kerikowske seemed to bolster Arpaio’s position with a recent statement regarding the border situation.

“I have been watching them do absolutely heroic efforts,” he said of border agents. “Not only rescuing children but taking care of them, way beyond some of the skill sets. They are doing everything from making formula to bringing in their own children’s clothing to taking care of these kids in a multitude of ways.”

With nearly 50,000 minors having illegally crossed the border without adult supervision in just the past eight months, authorities are scrambling to find temporary housing for them. In Arpaio’s estimation, this result was all part of Barack Obama’s ultimate goal of achieving amnesty.

“I think the president knew this was going to happen,” he said, “so it’s going to help him on his executive orders if Congress doesn’t take this mission up.”

Judging from reports of overcrowding and generally inhospitable environments within these housing facilities, however, Arpaio concluded the scheme could likely backfire.

He said that, if they were inclined to do so, U.S. authorities could put a stop to the relentless assault on our immigration laws.

“This is a great country,” he said. “You’re trying to tell me we can’t keep people from coming into our country if we really had the desire to do it? I don’t buy it.”

Tom Horne, Arizona’s attorney general, has also gotten involved in the controversy by sending the Border Patrol official notice that they are violating federal law.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/heres-sheriff-joe-thinks-border-guards-arent-job/#HRyBpQ2KWysyPep7.99

 

Western Center for Journalism.IRS Chairman Compelled To Testify About Missing Emails

“We are simply not going to accept the IRS claim…”

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 17, 2014

 

After initially admitting it somehow lost two years’ worth of emails sent by former IRS official Lois Lerner, the agency announced this week that at least six other employees’ correspondences similarly vanished. Documentation of these communications, congressional investigators contend, could have added much-needed context to a look at the IRS’s systematic targeting of conservative groups.

Among the emails missing are communications between Lerner and White House sources as well as other key Obama administration agencies. The widespread data loss has been blamed on a hard drive crash about three years ago.

House Ways and Means Committee Chairman Dave Camp, along with House Oversight Committee Chairman Darrell Issa, has joined the growing chorus of critics who claim such a result is suspicious. Many wonder why, if the crash truly led to the obliteration of so many integral emails, the IRS failed to notify anyone until this week.

Issa recently announced he issued a subpoena compelling IRS Commissioner John Koskinen to testify regarding the ongoing controversy.

“I will not tolerate your continued obstruction and game-playing in response to the Committee’s investigation of the IRS targeting,” Issa wrote.

He concluded that agency officials have “promised to produce requested – and, later, subpoenaed – documents, only to respond later with excuses and inaction.”

According to Issa, even now “the IRS still insists on flouting constitutional congressional oversight.”

Camp has continued to express his belief that there is more to the story than agency officials are reporting.

“We are simply not going to accept the IRS claim that these documents are not recoverable,” he said.

As for Koskinen, he expressed his willingness to testify before two House committees regarding the missing emails. Furthermore, he took issue with allegations that his agency is trying to purposely disrupt the investigation.

“I spent three weeks trying to restore [missing data] back in 2011,” he asserted. “We’ve got 24,000 emails from that period, so nobody’s hiding anything.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/irs-chairman-compelled-testify-missing-emails/#o7g3LoFFloSuG4IQ.99

 

Western Center for Journalism.Obama Announces He Is Sending Troops To Iraq

“This force will remain in Iraq until the security situation becomes such that it is no longer needed.”

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 17, 2014

 

As terrorists aligned with the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria make their way through the northernregion of Iraq, capturing cities along their way to the capital of Baghdad, many have called on Barack Obama to send American troops to aid in a war he previously declared was over.

According to a letter he sent to congressional leaders this week, Obama plans to send soldiers to the embattled nation; however, they will not be deployed specifically for combat duty.

“Starting on June 15, 2014,” the letter stated, “up to approximately 275 U.S. Armed Forces personnel are deploying to Iraq to provide support and security for U.S. personnel and the U.S. Embassy in Baghdad.”

He explained that troops will be equipped for combat, should it become necessary.

“This force will remain in Iraq until the security situation becomes such that it is no longer needed.”

The announcement came just days after Obama confirmed he was weighing his options regarding how to deal with the devolving situation between Iraqi soldiers and ISIS militants. He stated unequivocally, however, that sending in combat troops was not an option.

In his latest correspondence with Congress, Obama wrote that the move to send in troops was based on his “responsibility to protect U.S. citizens both at home and abroad, and in furtherance of U.S. national security and foreign policy interests” related to his constitutional responsibilities.

White House Press Secretary Josh Earnest released a statement indicating that the soldiers’ responsibilities will include providing “assistance to the Department of State in connection with the temporary relocation of some staff from the U.S. Embassy in Baghdad to the U.S. Consulates General in Basra and Erbil and to the Iraq Support Unit in Amman.”

While hundreds of individuals instructed to leave the embassy last week, the White House statement confirmed it “remains open, and a substantial majority of the U.S. Embassy presence in Iraq will remain in place and the embassy will be fully equipped to carry out its national security mission.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/obama-breaks-sends-troops-iraq/#efsHgdacqOMDo5ll.99

 

Western Center for Journalism.Caught On Tape: Hillary Laughs About Her Role In Child Rapist’s Release

“It was a fascinating case.”

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 16, 2014

As the 2016 election cycle approaches, an increase in partisan rhetoric will predictably lead towidespread criticism of frontrunners in either party. For expected Democrat presidential candidate Hillary Clinton, however, the most effective method of offense might just be using her own comments against her.

After a series of myopic interview responses, a video surfaced this week revealing an introspective look at her legal career. Reportedly recorded about 30 years ago, audio of a conversation between Clinton and author Roy Reed focuses on the former’s defense of a suspected child rapist. Instead of suggesting her client was innocent of the horrific charges against him, Clinton instead celebrated and joked about his successful plea bargain.

Reports indicate Clinton served as a court-appointed attorney during the 1975 trial.

“It was a fascinating case,” she explained. “It was a really interesting case. This guy was accused of raping a 12-year-old who was the daughter of the family he was living with in Springdale – the other side of the tracks in Springdale.”

She stated in no uncertain terms that she believed her client was guilty.

“He took a lie detector test! I had him take a polygraph, which he passed,” she continued, “which forever destroyed my faith in polygraphs.”

She burst into laughter at the prospect of a child rapist beating the system.

Clinton then detailed the evidence against the defendant, noting “the prosecutors had evidence, among which was his underwear … which was bloody.”

She explained that the crime lab cut the blood stain out of the garment, tested it, and returned the remainder.

“I said, ‘What kind of evidence is that?’ You know, a piece of underpants with a hole in it,” she said.

She then recalled securing the support of a Nobel Prize-winning blood expert to help make her case.

“And he had taken a real interest in forensics work,” she noted; “and so he would analyze blood stains if he got interested in the case. And so, sort of the story through the grapevine was if you get him interested in the case, you know, you had the foremost expert in the world willing to testify so that it came out the way you wanted it to come out.”

In the end, she confirmed, her client received virtually no punishment for the violent crime.

“Oh, he plea bargained! Got him off with time served in county jail,” she said. “He’d been in the county jail about two months.” Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/caught-tape-hillary-laughs-role-child-rapists-release/#V4jrI0D26mcpFkBa.99

 

Western Center for Journalism.Here’s Why America Needs To Stay Out Of Iraq And Afghanistan

America needs to understand this simple concept

JOYCE SINGHA — JUNE 17, 2014

 

PAGES: 1 2

Yes, it’s an understood fact that wars are never won by withdrawing; but this is an entirely new era of war where countries are not fighting with each other, but with hardcore radical Muslim groups. Obama withdrew troops from Iraq and Afghanistan, not for altruistic reasons, but to pander to his ridiculous liberal anti-American thinking. Nonetheless, this could perhaps be the only sane thing Obama would have done for the country because unbeknownst to him, there was no way America could have made fig of a difference in the hearts and minds of Muslims in Islamic lands.

All the groups that have emerged and re-grouped were just like dormant volcanoes, ready to erupt at an opportune moment. This is happening now. These groups are terrorists, and their only aim is to destroy anything and anyone that does not conform to their way of life. Needless to say, their life consists only of establishing Islam globally through violence, death, and destruction. Their only aim is to establish the 7th century way of life when Islam reigned supreme. With their ears, eyes, and head covered, it is impossible to explain that the world has moved on ahead of Islam’s barbaric and primitive ways.

What is currently happening in Iraq was bound to happen; it is the way in this part of the world or wherever Islam is. There is nothing nice, kind, or humane about this religion simply because this is not a religion per se. It is a way of life that believes in subjugating all by threats or killings. There is no action in these lands that is bereft of ‘beheading,’ and that is practiced with equality for all. In addition, there is brutality for all along with no rights and no freedom for anyone, alive or dead. Firstly, like in other Muslim lands, its two main groups (Sunnis and Shias) will never stop fighting each other; America needs to understand this simple concept. Secondly, nobody in Muslim lands recognizes the concept of democracy or wants it. Islam is a political thought, and democracy is anathema to its operation. America needs to believe this.

Obama, a man who is a sham through and through, foolishly announced to all terrorists-in-waiting in Afghanistan and Iraq the exact time of departure of American troops. Sure enough, groups like the Taliban, Al-Qaeda, and ISIS lay low till it is time to move in with their black hoods. To all discerning eyes, this is how warring entities should behave; if they cannot take the enemy head-on, they wait till their time is ripe. Time is what they have plenty of. With no other distractions (i.e. wine, women, and song), Islamic groups remain committed to their twisted ideology: women have been shoved underground; wine has been banned; and song, porn, and sports are forbidden under Islam (or so they pretend!) Those who cannot pretend are beheaded and left to rot in the streets of Baghdad or the ruins of Kabul. These soldiers of Islam don’t have to find an enemy; everybody is their enemy. All they have to do is choose which one they would like to destroy first! It is truly a bloodthirsty way of life.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/america-needs-stay-iraq-afghanistan/#W4Tv0As2xJm5zMrT.99

 

Western Center for Journalism. Who Are The Real Psychopaths, Mr. Obama?

And who are the real honorable people?

ROSEANN SALANITRI — JUNE 17, 2014

 

PAGES: 1 2

Lewis Carroll’s sequel to Alice’s Adventures in WonderlandThrough the Looking-Glass – and What Alice Found There, bears an uncanny resemblance to life in America today where up is down and down is up.

Who can forget the iconic White Rabbit and his memorable chant: “I’m late! I’m late! For a very important date! No time to say hello, goodbye! I’m late! I’m late! I’m late!” His urgency led Alice straight down the rabbit hole that was fraught with illogic and mind-bending adventures seemingly normal in an abnormal world. To draw a modern day comparison to the White Rabbit, one does not have to look any further than the nation’s White House. The man now occupying the oval office often uses urgency as a means of rushing us into unwise decisions – like Obamacare. However, those living in Wonderland had an excuse.  Many were high on smoking strange mushrooms and drinking strange concoctions (hmmm – perhaps there is an excuse for our Alice-in-Wonderland-types today who admittedly indulged in hallucinatory drugs in the past.)

Illogic is one explanation for today’s news. However, the rabbit hole we are being led down may be the path designed by those with a more sinister scenario in mind.

For example, Mr. Obama and those who serve at his pleasure, such as Susan Rice, have made the seeming illogical statement that Sgt. Bowe Bergdahl served with honor and distinction while implying that those troops that served in his company were psychopaths. We can dismiss these statements as being illogical; but when perceived as the worldview of those harboring anti-America ideologies, the statements make perfect sense.  In their world, Islamic Terrorists are the heroes; and American troops are the villains – or the psychopaths. While this is also indicative of those with an upside down worldview; it is also indicative of those who call evil good and good evil.  These personalities are more than just confused; they are despicable and a danger to those who live under their authority. The Bible has something to say to them: “Woe unto them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light, and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for bitter!” (Isa 5:20.) “Woe” to those in leadership positions should not be taken lightly. As was the case with King David, who sinned with Bathsheba, the “woes” that deservingly fell upon him as a result of his sin also fell upon the whole nation of Israel.

The definitions of the words Susan Rice uttered bring clarity to understanding the worldview of Ms. Rice and those who share her ideology.

Psychopath: A person with an antisocial personality disorder, manifested in aggressive, perverted, criminal, or amoral behavior without empathy or remorse

Honorable: A person with a high position, worthy of respect or with high morals

Distinction: An honor given to someone who has achieved a very high standard in their work or who has helped many people, an unusual achievement or feature that makes someone or something different from other people or things. 

So, Susan Rice, on behalf of this Administration, is saying that Bowe Bergdahl, who deserted his command in search of the Taliban (with which he sympathized), is someone with high morals and worthy of respect and honor because he has achieved a very high standard in his work and/or in the process has helped many people through an unusual achievement that makes him different from other people or things? This is not an illogical statement if Ms. Rice and the Administration she represents are also Taliban sympathizers.  This revealing worldview is supported by further statements made by representatives of the Administration that categorize our fine men and women serving in harm’s way as possible “psychopaths.”
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/looking-glass/#LCkborv6RVol4zKT.99

 

Western Center for Journalism. The Manchurian Duck

Obama is indeed one of the very ‘useful’ scoundrels…

DAVE MERRICK — JUNE 17, 2014

 

PAGES: 1 2

“If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, acts like a duck and quacks like a duck – it’s most likely a duck.” (I quote the whole worn-out axiom, for the benefit of the last four or five people on the planet who may not have already heard that.) But, let’s take a closer look at just one particular duck, Barry Obama, and the obvious mentoring influences that gave the bird his feathers. ….

Back in the 50s an anti-American, communist look-alike, Saul Alinsky, said: “True revolutionaries do not flaunt their radicalism. They cut their hair, put on suits and infiltrate the system from within.” (An obviously liberal ‘Snopes’ is quick to point out that Obama never actually hung out with Saul Alinsky. To which I respond, “So what?”)

Sociologists Andrew Cloward and Frances Fox Piven (spawned from our president’s Alma mater) advocated almost precisely every pre-revolutionary economic overload that is now – courtesy of our spendthrift, golf-meister president – beating the guts out of our capitalist system.

Marx’s ten ‘plank’ Communist manifesto lays out foundational, easy-to-follow recipes for flipping unfettered free-trade economics into Jack-booted socialism. They include: crushing and ever-burgeoning taxation on what’s left of our middle class, controlling personal inheritance rights, effectively recreating and undergirding the Federal Reserve Bank, state-controlled and overseen domestic communication, increased control of free enterprise, state-controlled education, etc., etc. We’re right in the middle of Barry’s vivifying all of that; from reading our emails and gun confiscation – to tracking our medical records, personal habits and every dime we make or spend.

Of course all the aforementioned names and their respective political doctrines are not new – but they nevertheless bare repeating as our president has done so much of their bidding; so visibly and by the numbers. How much larger a ball bat, slammed to the head, is it going to take to seize Congress’ attention enough to begin investigating this charlatan?

Meanwhile, in addition – and again I say (for those of you who follow my ongoing rant), “He sends money to aid and abet our terrorist enemies. He allows our Benghazi diplomat and staff to be butchered by more haters of America and then makes excuses for their assassins’ behavior. He installs the guaranteed ruin of any hope for a sound economic future for this nation (fulfilling the avowed goal and vision of Osama bin Laden) … (and) his official acts of VIOLENCE against our country are innumerable and will take years to fully comprehend.”

That was just last week’s news. Now, as we are still reeling from the fiat trade of the five Gitmo scum in exchange for a single deserter/traitor, he’s been napping and golfing while a real soldier who deserves our help, Sgt Andrew Tahmooressi, languishes in irons in Mexico following complications from a minor traffic violation. And – on the other side of the globe – America’s security is once more compromised by a mob of the absolute worst terrorists on an unchecked rampage in Iraq, enjoying the carte blanche of ‘safe passage’ given them by their now conveniently pacifist, Muslim brother – our president. When even a RINO like John McCain sights down on his favorite president over this issue, we must realize it’s time for some significant alarm.Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/manchurian-duck/#TBD0fyhvRswEmXl2.99

 

Western Center for Journalism.Obama Does As Obama Is

Will Congress decide it is time for Barack Obama to go?

LAWRENCE SELLIN — JUNE 17, 2014

 

PAGES: 1 2

First and foremost, Barack Obama is a congenital liar whose lies, the number and magnitude of which are produced to match the scale of his sweeping narcissism.

That type of behavior is no surprise because Obama’s character was incubated in the low expectations biosphere of political correctness, where the amount of ineptitude is excused in proportion to one’s racial genetics, ethnic purity, or whatever victim categories the liberal canon dictates.

Obama has had no incentive to change because throughout life and during his time in the White House, lying has gotten him what he has wanted, while escaping responsibility and any negative consequences.

America’s elite universities and the media, desperately wanting to validate their own ideological predispositions, have overlooked Obama’s obvious weaknesses and willingly accepted his excuses and political spin in order to avoid their own accountability for facilitating and advancing the career of an amoral and intellectually vacant individual.

For the Democratic Party, Obama was the textbook Affirmative Action Presidential candidate, the manifestation of a liberal fantasy. Senate Majority leader Senator Harry Reid (D-NV), wowed by Obama’s oratorical gifts, said privately that Obama, as a black candidate, could be successful, thanks in part to his “light-skinned” appearance and speaking patterns “with no Negro dialect, unless he wanted to have one.”

Obama’s appeal is based entirely on his mastery of the teleprompter-delivered platitude, a banal or meaningless statement either emotionally satisfying to his ideologically committed base or soothing to the uninformed, easily misled voter desperately in search of a political tranquilizer.

Obama, who never intellectually matured beyond the clichés of fashionable and comfortable college Marxism, received his political baptism in the leftist, gangster-style Chicago political machine, experiences neither of which prepared him for any office beyond the capabilities of inner city alderman.

Ill-prepared for high office, Obama has orchestrated an unprecedented series of policy failures and political scandals.

That happens when decisions are not based on a logical analysis of what course of action is best for the country, but on a calculus of what best meets certain political or electoral objectives.

Obama is an ideologue, whose fundamental transformation of the United States includes goals that are incompatible with American values and national interests. His approach is not unlike pounding a square political peg into a round political hole.

The ultimate basis for any judgment about the rightness of his conduct is whether he achieves an important ideological aim. Thus, “right” outcomes for Obama often necessitate actions considered illogical or harmful by mainstream Americans.

Obama is incompetent, not because he is stupid, but because his intellectual rigor mortis drives an ideological “analysis” that inevitably leads to inaction or the wrong action.

Stated simply, Obama is mentally and emotionally incapable of making the right decisions for America.

Obama’s reaction to his policy debacles is invariably the same. He lies or blames others because his narcissism cannot accommodate failure and any perceived loss of public adulation.

Enough is enough. We are a nation, not a political playground for megalomaniacs. Soaring rhetoric is no substitute for competence, honesty, and resolute action.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/obama-obama/#3l2F3ptSoG6dPJPl.99

 

    This Hero With A Gun Just Proved Why We Need The 2nd Amendment (And Not More Gun Control)

A gun-wielding man rushed into the crowded Peoria eatery…

B. CHRISTOPHER AGEE — JUNE 17, 2014

 

When police responded to a shooting at an Illinois sports bar, the bloody scene could have been far worse.

A gun-wielding man rushed into the crowded Peoria eatery and fired at his ex-wife and her boyfriend over the weekend. Before he could go on to target other patrons, including nearby guests celebrating a high school reunion, an off-duty federal agent drew his handgun and fatally shot the gunman.

All three individuals ultimately died from their injuries; however, the incident could have easily escalated into a much deadlier situation.

“After a brief moment inside the bar,” East Peoria Police Chief Dick Ganschow said, the gunman “pulled out a weapon and shot a female and a male.”

Police are now looking at security footage of the shooting, which occurred around 8 p.m. Saturday at the Fifth Quarter Sports Bar and Pizzeria. Witnesses confirmed the shooter was the female victim’s ex-husband.

According to reports, 33-year-old Lori Moore filed for divorce from Jason Moore more than a year ago. The divorce was finalized in May 2013. Jason Moore was pronounced dead at the scene, while his ex-wife died about an hour later at a nearby hospital.

The third individual, an unnamed local man, died of a gunshot wound to the head just minutes after Lori Moore was pronounced dead.

As restaurants across American continue to ban firearms on their premises, the inherent danger of gun-free zones has become an increasingly common topic of discussion. When fast food chain Jack in the Box banned guns from its locations, for example, a sudden spike in gun-related crimes were reported.

Fortunately for the patrons at this bar, a law enforcement officer was prepared.

For those eating at restaurants like Chipotle or stopping at a Starbucks for a cup of coffee, new policies preclude law-abiding gun owners from entering with their weapons. Therefore, unless an officer happens to be in the same location during a shooting spree, customers will be at the mercy of a maniac who, by definition, has no regard for the gun ban in effect.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/armed-patron-didnt-hesitate-stop-sports-bar-shooter/#qfIUIKrU1dUR2sUd.99

 

“FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”

June 17, 2014

No 690     “En mi opinión”    Junio 17, 2014

“IN GOD WE TRUST” Lázaro R González Miño Editor

<o> AMENPER: El Paso de Conga de los Desastres de Obama

Me tengo que tomar el trabajo de traducir el escrito de Bret Stephens hoy en el Journal.

Sólo traducir, no hay nada que añadir, Bret le da al clavo en la cabeza, es una radiografía de los desastres de Obama en política exterior

 

El Paso de los Desastres de Obama

Bergdahl una semana, después Ucranía.. Ahora Iraq. ¿Que pudiera ser lo próximo?

BRET STEPHENS 

¿No fue sólo hace 10 meses que el presidente Obama capituló en Siria? Y hace ocho meses que nos enteramos de que él no tenía idea de los EE.UU.había espiado a Angela Merkel? (se enteró por los periódicos) Y hace siete meses que su administración completó su desastroso acuerdo nuclear interino con Teherán? Y hace cuatro meses que Chuck Hagel anunció que el ejército de Estados Unidos se reduciría a los números no vistos desde la década de 1930? Y hace tres meses que Rusia se apoderó de Crimea? Y hace dos meses que el esfuerzo de paz entre israelíes y palestinos de John Kerry se esfumó en el vacío? ¿Y no fue el mes pasado que el Sr. Obama anunció un calendario para la retirada total de Afganistán-una estrategia cuyos efectos previsibles se puede ver ahora en Iraq?

Incluso el acuerdo Bergdahl de antesdeayer se está empezando a sentir como la historia antigua. Al igual que los gansos, los estadounidenses se ven obligados a tragar fiascos de la política exterior a un ritmo más rápido de lo que podemos masticar, y mucho menos de digerir. Considere que estasmos comiendo hígado todos los días..

El jueves, los tanques rusos rodaron a través de la frontera hacia el este de Ucrania. El sábado, los separatistas rusos derribaron un avión de transporte de Ucrania, asesinando a 49 personas. El lunes, Moscú dejó de suministrar gas a Kiev. Todo esto es parte de la invasión de sigilo permanente del Kremlin y la subyugación de su vecino. Y todo esto apenas en las noticias. John Kerry llamó a Moscú para expresar su “preocupación fuerte”.  Kerry está muy preocupado,  eso sí, no condena.

Si el presidente de los Estados Unidos tenía alguna idea sobre el tema, que los guardó para sí mismo. Su programa semanal de radio se dedicó a los papás que deseen de los Estados Unidos un día de padre feliz.

También la semana pasada, el Estado Islámico de Irak y Siria se apoderaron de Mosul. Entonces ISIS tomó Tikrit. Luego fue Tal Afar. Con ejecuciones en masa de chiítas en cada lugar. El gobierno está tomando su tiempo para decidir lo que, eventualmente, ayudar a que ofrecerá el gobierno en Bagdad. Pero está explorando la posibilidad de utilizar la angustia de Irak como una oportunidad para abrir vías de cooperación con Teherán.

Así que debido a que la administración tiene una objeción teológica a usar la fuerza militar en Irak para evitar que sea invadido por Al Qaeda o disolver en una guerra civil potencialmente genocida, resulta que ahora funcionará con Teherán, un estado patrocinador del terrorismo designado por 30 años y un régimen que continúa a armar a Hezbolá en el Líbano, la Yihad Islámica en Gaza y Bashar Assad en Siria, pero vamos a aliarnos a ellos para ayudar a “estabilizar” a Irak. Al menos que la Casa Blanca ha descartado la cooperación militar con Irán. Pero dale tiempo.

Aquí, entonces, es la cobardía que ahora pasa por la inteligencia en esta administración: ¿¿¿Hacer nos amigos con de régimen terrorista para lidiar con una organización terrorista.???? Entregar árabes chiítas de Irak en manos de sus correligionarios persas, quienes no pierden el tiempo girando el sur de Irak en una satrapía modelada del Líbano actual.

Se expresan con brusquedad con el primer ministro iraquí Nouri al-Maliki, quien, a pesar de sus deficiencias se manifiesta como un líder, sin embargo, quiere ser aliado-y obsequioso con un régimen iraní que pasó la mayor parte de la última década, matando a soldados estadounidenses. Alejarsa aún más de los aliados en pánico en Riad y Jerusalén para congraciarse con los mulás.

Entregan a los mullahs cierta ventaja estratégica adicional mientras se dirigen a la siguiente ronda de negociaciones nucleares (supuestamente finales).

“Estamos, me temo, a la deriva en un estado de semi-animación, como un río que avanza hacia una cascadalos.” Estas son  las palabras de Hugh Dalton, canciller de Clement Attlee , que describió el estado de Gran Bretaña en el invierno de 1947-

En aquel entonces, el Reino Unido había gastado una cuarta parte de su tesoro nacional la lucha contra la Segunda Guerra Mundial. Todavía estaba gastando el 19% de su PIB en su presupuesto militar. El invierno más frío en su historia había congelado las reservas de carbón del país, causando apagones de electricidad y había puesto dos millones de personas sin trabajo.

Los EE.UU. no se enfrenta exactamente a este tipo de crisis en la actualidad. Obama votó más dinero en su plan de estímulo en 2009 de lo que habíamos gastado hasta entonces en las guerras de Irak y Afganistán combinadas. El gasto en defensa en los EE.UU. asciende a un 4% del PIB. Nuestra economía es lenta, pero no se está desmoronando.

Sin embargo, cuando se trata de liderazgo, tenemos nuestro propio Clement Attlee en la parte superior, con ganas de restar el peso de la responsabilidad internacional para que pueda seguir adelante con la única cosa que realmente lo anima, que está construyendo la “justicia social” doméstica.. En realidad, la comparación es injusta para Attlee, que podía contar con un aliado poderoso (los Estados Unidos) para recoger Inglaterra cuando cayeron las riendas, para rescatar a Europa, para detener a los soviéticos. Pero nosotros tenemos que vivir bajo el método del señor Obama que es ignorar una crisis por el mayor tiempo posible, Mientras tanto nos entretiene con  un discurso, sobre imponer una sanción,   el tema del cambio climático o la desigualdad de ingresos.

El retiro de Estados Unidos no tiene por qué acabar en tragedia, e incluso la presidencia de Obama es un evento de supervivencia. Pero los errores estratégicos y desastres internacionales están acumulando a un ritmo insostenible. Esto es lo que el mundo post-americano realmente luce..

 

 

ANGEL CUERVO: El caso de Colombia… ¿DE COLOMBIA?…  Desgraciadamente, a mi me parece que los pueblos son imbeciles y después de haber pesado la situación de Colombia a mi me luce que los pueblos siguen creyendo que el comunismo es lo solución a la pobreza y que  el abuso es culpa de las clases pudientes que los creen culpables por ser millonarios y vivir bien. Si es posible que el sistema capitalista tenga algunas áreas grises pero en el comunismo  todas las áreas son negras.

 

Yo quisiera que todos mis amigos fueran poderosos y millonarios, algo me pudiera tocar y además al menos tengo alguien conocido para pedirle prestado si lo necesitase.  A un comunista no pudiera pedirle prestado pues todos están arrancados viviendo en la  miseria………entonces que????

 

Si son efectivamente,  no imbéciles   sino morones. Ahorita veremos los resultados, Castro ha logrado lo que quería y de paso que Venezuela se olvide de su libertad a menos que el pueblo se inmole en masa tirándose por los balcones  de sus magníficos condominios unos y otros envenenándose con mata ratas en áreas de la libertad.  AC.

 

“En mi opinión” Con todo el respeto  yo no creo que es el problema de Colombia…  Es el problema de Colombia, de Cuba, Venezuela, Perú, Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, Bolivia, Ecuador, Nicaragua, Brasil, Mejico y por su puesto Estados Unidos de América que por primera vez y oficialmente han elegido un presidente comunista y no solo eso sino que lo han reelegido. Amigo mío “Esto de jodio” Lázaro R González Mino

 

 

 

AMENPER:The Standing to Sue Obama… LA PEOR EPIDEMIA DE “SARNA POLITICA EN ESTADOS UNIDOS” DE LA HISTORIA

 

 

 

 

The Standing to Sue Obama

Members should let Boehner take the lead against executive excess.

June 15, 2014 5:48 p.m. ET

President Obama is setting a dangerous precedent by suspending his enforcement of laws on health care, immigration, drugs, banking and so much else, but the courts may soon be asked to throw a brushback pitch. That is, unless a rump group of backbenchers undermines the legal challenge.

Mr. Obama’s practice of unilaterally waiving his duty to faithfully execute statutes has been abetted by a presumed lack of legal “standing” to contest his suspension. To the extent individuals have not suffered concrete injuries that the courts traditionally redress, he feels he can act without consequence to create whole-cloth regulatory regimes. This makes the inherent Article I powers of Congress irrelevant, with perhaps permanent damage to the separation of powers and political accountability. If Mr. Obama gets away with it, the next President probably will too.

But Congress may yet have a way to challenge this usurpation in court. The Washington constitutional litigator David Rivkin and Florida International University law professor Elizabeth Price Foley have developed a legal theory that would allow for judicial review to resolve this dispute between the political branches on the merits. Members of Congress as individuals cannot sue as individuals over passing political disputes. But when the President is usurping core legislative powers, Congress as an institution can sue to vindicate this constitutional injury.

Short of impeachment, there is no other way for Congress to defend its rights, and the Rivkin-Foley case is narrow and limited—and should survive judicial scrutiny. The idea has secured the interest of the GOP leadership, which may soon authorize a House-led lawsuit.

The problem is that a handful of junior Members may move to pre-empt the House challenge with their own claim in a way that could undermine House leaders. As a legal matter, the formal imprimatur of Congress is important and serves as a limiting principle. Institutional challenges will be rare for only the gravest suspensions of law and keep sealed the Pandora’s box that would be the endless deluge of ad hoc political lawsuits against the White House.

Backbench fervor may also get the better of legal precision. The Rivkin-Foley theory would itself set a precedent and depends on careful arguments. Mr. Rivkin was the legal innovator behind the challenge to ObamaCare’s individual mandate and his ideas persuaded a majority of the Supreme Court, even if Chief Justice John Roberts ultimately got cold feet and called it a tax.

But that case was harmed in the lower courts—and in the court of public opinion—by sloppy reasoning from politically ambitious litigators. Rump litigation could interfere by casting doubt on this case too.

The courts have long turned back flailing suits from individual legislators, from attempts in the 1970s to police the conduct of the Vietnam war to more recent efforts by Dennis Kucinich and others over Iraq. But personal pique as much as conviction seems to be a motivation in this dispute. Some Members just don’t like Speaker John Boehner and prefer to sabotage him at every turn, even in this case when he would be doing a public service by hazarding his own reputation and office.

More judges are pushing back against Mr. Obama’s abuses when individuals with standing have sued, and the courts may be open to a larger challenge that resolves the dispute in a constitutionally peaceful way. But defending Congress’s prerogatives

 

 

Watch Senator EXPLODE On Obama: “Stubborn-Headed, Delusional, Detached”

Senator Lindsey Graham spoke his mind on CNN…

TOM HINCHEY — 

Lindsey Graham (R-SC) was on CNN’s State of the Union discussing the turmoil in Iraq, calling Obama a “stubborn-headed, delusional, detached president.” Graham accuses Obama of thinking he knows better than everybody else, and that the withdrawal of U.S. troops has exposed America to the inevitable.  “This is another 9/11 in the making” said Graham. “The FBI director has warned us in Congress that Syria and Iraq present a direct threat to our homeland.”  The Senator advised that Obama “get into the game” with air power to stop the march toward Baghdad, and to get a new government in place to bring the Iraqis back together for a counter offense.
Read more at http://www.westernjournalism.com/lindsey-graham-obama-delusional-detached-iraq-crisis/#dVAReQTo4Ev72DSC.99

 

 

AMENPER:¿Qué pasa en el medio oriente?

Osama Bin Ladin era Sunni, Sadam Hussein era Suni, el gobierno de Iran es Shias.

Nos dicen que Bush es el culpable de la desestabilización de Iraq porque no debía de haber derrocado el gobierno de Sadam Hussein.  Pero ahora los Sunnis de Sadam Hussein están recuperando a Iraq por el vacío dejado por los Estados Unidos al retirar las tropas. ¿que se le ocurre a Kerry?

Ahora Kerry nos dice que quizás llegue a un acuerdo con Irán….con Irán, para que nos ayude contra los Sunís.  Ahora Irán nuestro peor enemigo en el medio oriente será nuestro aliado.

Mientras tanto Israel, la única democracia en el medio oriente, es realmente la nación más criticada por esta administración.

Si Irán nos “ayuda” y ocupa a Iraq, ¿Qué podemos esperar? ¿Un fiel aliado?

La política de ayuda en ciertos momentos a Saddam Hussein se basaba en mantener un balance entre los shias y los sunís, evitar que Irán ocupara a Iraq y se convirtiera en una superpotencia en el medio oriente.

Cuando la política exterior de los Estados Unidos abandonó a Iraq, se sabía lo que iba a pasar.

Los que dicen que los Estados Unidos no tienen nada que hacer en el medio oriente, son los mismos que no quieren que se perfore petróleo en los Estados Unidos, y que no quieren que se construya en oleoducto de Keystone, lo cual nos deja a la merced de los países del medio oriente y Rusia para el necesario combustible.

Este balance en el medio oriente nunca será posible, la prueba de que no son los Estados Unidos los culpables de las guerras en las región no pueden ser más evidente que en estos momentos.

La única solución razonable hubiera sido que los Estados Unidos hubieran adquirido su independencia energética para no depender de nuestros enemigos.

Pero esta solución era muy fácil para que la izquierda lo aceptara. ¿Por qué? ¿Por ignorancia? ¿O por diseño?  Quizás es por diseño, el diseño de destruir la civilización occidental como la conocemos.

Israel desaparecerá del mapa del medio oriente, Rusia ocupará los territorios de la difunta Unión Soviética, los países del norte de África están ya en manos musulmanas incluyendo nuestro antiguo aliado Egipto, entonces ¡Apaga y vámonos!

El legado de esta administración quedará en la historia en un capítulo de infamia.

 

 

 ENRIQUE ENRIQUEZ: So, is anyone surprised?   

Somehow we all missed this one — funny how that happens!!

 

‘Chickens Come Home to Roost’ – Rev. Jeremiah Wright’s Daughter Convicted on 11 Counts of Fraud Posted by Jim Hoft on Saturday, March 8, 2014, 7:54 PM 

Jeri Wright and Rev. Jeremiah Wright In September Jeri Wright, daughter of Reverend “God Damn America” Wright, and 12 other Democrats were charged with embezzling $16 million in Federal health grants that should have gone to AIDS charities and other programs for the poor and needy. 

More than one of the defendants had direct ties to President Barack Obama. On Friday Reverend Jeremiah Wright’s daughter was found guilty of eleven counts that included money laundering and lying to federal agents. Breitbart reported: On Friday, a federal jury took less than two hours to convict the daughter of President Barack Obama’s controversial former pastor, Jeremiah Wright, of fraud.  

Jeri Wright was found guilty of a fraud scheme that siphoned thousands of taxpayer dollars intended for a not-for-profit work and education program known as We Are Our Brother’s Keeper. Prosecutor Timothy Bass said Jeri Wright lied “over and over” and went on a “spending spree” that included traveling to Las Vegas, buying vehicles, and remodeling her basement with cash from the money laundering scheme. She was found guilty on all counts. “If you take and misuse government money, and then lie about it, you will be held accountable in a court of law,” said U.S. Attorney for the Central District of Illinois, Jim Lewis.  

https://www.google.com/search?q=Jermiah+Wright%27s+Daughter+Convicted+on+11Counts+of+fraud&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8&aq=t&rls=org.mozilla:en-US:official&client=firefox-beta&channel=fflb

               “God Damn America”

 

 

AMENPER: This excerpt of the book ‘The wealth of Nations” like the whole book, is more about the concept of market economy than roads and bridges The mention of bridges and roads is more like a metaphor, an allegory, to express the message that commerce and free enterprise is the motor that generates the wealth of a nation and the wellbeing of its citizens. That no wealthy nation can exist without market economy.  Even communist countries like China and Vietnam have learned to accept it.

We had bad politicians in our country, but we were blessed with exceptional entrepreneurs.  When we speak about the Cuba before Castro and its advances, we have to stop and think…Why? Was it because of our political system?

After thinking it over, we realize that it was not because of our political system before Fidel, but because of the ingenuity of our entrepreneurs in spite of our politicians.

Adam Smith on roads and bridges to nowhere.June 15, 2014 5:26 p.m. ET

From Adam Smith, “The Wealth of Nations” (1776), on roads and bridges to nowhere:

When high roads, bridges, canals, &c. are in this manner made and supported by the commerce which is carried on by means of them, they can be made only where that commerce requires them, and consequently where it is proper to make them. Their expences too, their grandeur and magnificence, must be suited to what that commerce can afford to pay. They must be made consequently as it is proper to make them.

A magnificent high road cannot be made through a desert country where there is little or no commerce, or merely because it happens to lead to the country villa of the intendant of the province, or to that of some great lord to whom the intendant finds it convenient to make his court.

A great bridge cannot be thrown over a river at a place where nobody passes, or merely to embellish the view from the windows of a neighbouring palace: things which sometimes happen in countries where works of this kind are carried on by any other revenue than that which they themselves are capable of affording

 

AMENPER: EL EXODO CORPORATIVO CON OBAMA…

Nunca me ha gustado ver cuando una corporación americana emigra al extranjero.  Pero tampoco puedo estar de acuerdo con los ataques virulentos que hacen a estos empresarios que buscan pastos más verdes. La honesta ambición es parte del sistema de libre mercado, es la fuerza que genera la economía y la riqueza de la nación,  siempre y cuando la ambición sea dentro de los cánones de la ley. 

El éxodo de compañías no se debe como simplistamente se dice solamente a que los empresarios quieran explotar a la mano de obra de esos países. Realmente cuando uno piensa en las dificultades para operar en el extranjero, la baja calidad de la mano de obra, y el transporte del producto de nuevo a Estados Unidos, no creo que nadie que pueda tener la oportunidad de operar su negocio desde este país, pueda pensar en mudar sus operaciones al extranjero.   El problema gravita sobre los crecientes impuestos corporativos en los Estados Unidos.  Los impuestos en las corporaciones son los que pasan desapercibidos y los políticos no sufren cuando los imponen porque al público no le preocupan.  Debieran preocuparles, los impuestos corporativos se revierten en subida de precios al consumidor y la emigración de trabajos al extranjero.   Esto es lo que nos explica el editorial de hoy en el Wall Street Journal.  Fuera de los países declarados comunistas pero que han adoptado el neocapitalismo socialista de estado, el único país que tiene mayores impuestos corporativos que los Estados Unidos, son los Emiratos Árabes.

Si leen detenidamente este artículo, quizás en el futuro se preocupen cuando le suban de nuevo los impuestos a las corporaciones.  No hay impuesto que caiga en el suelo, todos nos golpean de una manera o de otra.  El problema es que estos liberales tienen un romance con los impuestos, no hay impuestos que no les guste, y todos tenemos que pagar por ellos.

Obama’s Corporate Exodus

Shhhh. Please don’t mention tax rates when moving to Ireland.

What kind of country does this to itself? With Medtronic‘s MDT -1.10% planned acquisition of Covidien COV +20.45% and the announcement that the combined company will be domiciled in Ireland, U.S. tax policy has encouraged one more business to spend its money overseas. Medtronic, famous for its high-tech cardiac and spinal devices, will pay $42.9 billion for Dublin-based Covidien, which makes surgical tools and other medical supplies.

Medtronic is making a business case for the deal, promising to find at least $850 million in annual cost savings by 2018. Some analysts see a combined company that will have more leverage to defend prices when negotiating with consolidating hospital and physician groups. Medtronic adds that its technology, when combined with Covidien’s overseas manufacturing, research and development assets, will give the combined firm an edge in emerging markets. Such markets also don’t have the 3.8% ObamaCare tax on medical devices.

Perhaps learning from companies that have highlighted the tax benefits of moving offshore only to be ridiculed by the same politicians who created the incentives to move, Medtronic isn’t talking much about taxes as it sells the deal to shareholders. What Medtronic is talking about are the promises it is making to U.S. politicians. The company pledges to continue investing in the U.S.—$10 billion over the next decade. And while its “principal executive offices” will be in Ireland, Medtronic says it will keep its “operational headquarters” in Minneapolis.

Over the last year or so Sen. Carl Levin’s investigations subcommittee has been busy conducting show trials against companies that legally seek to minimize tax bills. So we understand if corporate officials have drawn the lesson that it’s best not to discuss such topics in polite political company.

But shareholders of all companies—including employees who care about where economic growth will occur in the future—should know that America’s federal corporate tax rate is 35%, which when combined with state and local levies rises to an average of nearly 40%. Ireland, where politicians evidently care about economic growth and as far as we know don’t seek to stifle free speech on the topic, has a corporate tax rate of 12.5%.

Almost alone among civilized nations, Washington also demands to be paid on a company’s world-wide earnings, rather than on money earned in the U.S. This tax is due whenever a company’s overseas earnings are returned to America. Medtronic has about $14 billion overseas and rather than bringing it home and triggering the tax, the company will use the money to fund most of the cash portion of its $42.9 billion purchase.

After Monday’s market close, Medtronic spokesman Rob Clark told us via email that “a benefit of the inversion structure is that it provides us access to the cash of Covidien” and its foreign-generated “free cash flow into the future. Being domiciled as an Irish company puts us into a territorial tax system that provides us the most efficient access to our cash meaning that we achieve tremendous balance sheet flexibility to deploy that cash as necessary. In this case, we made it very clear that one use of this cash is to invest in U.S. based technology and innovation in the form of venture investment, acquisitions, R&D.”

It seems that to have the cash to invest in U.S. businesses—as opposed to being forced to invest in the U.S. government—the company needs to move out of the U.S.

Ireland isn’t the only place with a more competitive tax policy. The near-40% U.S. average rate is almost double the 21% average in the European Union, or the 22% in Asia, according to KPMG. As we noted recently, about the only place outside of captive Marxist countries with a higher corporate tax rate than the U.S. is the United Arab Emirates. But its top rate of 55% is generally applied only to foreign oil companies.

A big reason why the U.S. economy isn’t growing as fast as it used to is that politicians not only don’t want economic growth at the top of the agenda. They don’t even want anyone to talk about it.

 

 

As Young Lawyer, Hillary Clinton Defended Child Rapist She Knew Was Guilty

Back when Sen. Ted Cruz was a practicing lawyer, the state of Texas appointed him the defendant for a man by the name of Thomas Alfred Taylor, age 41. Cruz agreed to do it.Taylor had been accused of luring a 12-year-old girl into his car and raping her. Being accused of something does not mean you are guilty, of course. But according to newly discovered audio recordings, Cruz had no doubt in his mind that his client was guilty as sin.Taylor raped that 12-year-old, and Cruz admits he knew it fully when he defended him in court. So his strategy to win the case was to attack the character of the raped child. What you’ve just read is a true story, but I have deliberately changed one of the names in it: Ted Cruz. This really did happen to a lawyer-turned-politician, but it wasn’t the Texas senator.It was Hillary Clinton.
Read more at http://visiontoamerica.com/17881/as-young-lawyer-hillary-clinton-defended-child-rapist-she-knew-was-guilty/#PW0LsBokmBTLUQlU.99

 

You Won’t Believe the Latest Obama Administration Lie

By Onan Coca/ Now the Obama administration is just mocking us, aren’t they? They have to be playing some kind of silly prank. It’s the only answer to the latest twist in the IRS Scandal saga.

The IRS is under intense scrutiny for apparently bringing its power to bear on innocent conservative citizens, who were targeted for extra IRS scrutiny simply for their political beliefs. For almost a year and a half the Obama administration has been saying, “There is nothing to see here, folks. This is a ‘phony’ scandal.”

Well, this phony scandal is starting to look more like a conspiracy by the government to commit fraud on the American people. (If this was a criminal case – Benghazi, the IRS, and the VA scandals would all come together to show a PATTERN of illegal and malicious behavior by the Obama administration.)

The IRS is now telling Congress, and the special committee investigating the IRS scandal, that they have “lost” years of Lois Lerner’s emails. The emails in question are from the two year period Congress is most interested in understanding what was happening at the IRS.

THEY’VE LOST HER EMAILS.

I know what you’re thinking. “They should’ve called my kids to get a good excuse… or at least a believable one.”

Congress has been asking for these emails for over a year – and now they’re lost? Weird.

Representative Dave Camp (R-MI) who is heading up the IRS investigation had this to say about the news, ”The fact that I am just learning about this, over a year into the investigation, is completely unacceptable and now calls into question the credibility of the IRS’s response to congressional inquiries.” Indeed.

CNN’s John King has the perfect response to the idea that Lois Lerner’s emails could have just “disappeared.”

It is absurd. In the days of our modern technology the idea that a government official as important as Lois Lerner could “lose” two years of emails that just happen to be part of the most important Congressional investigation in years (though the investigations into Benghazi and the VA Scandal may soon rival it) is patently ridiculous. The government has the most advanced data gathering technology the world has ever seen – in fact, shouldn’t the NSA have all of this data on their servers somewhere? (I’m kidding, but they do…)

Former CBS investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson has the questions that Congress should be asking now.

According to the House Ways and Means Committee, the IRS reports having “lost” former IRS manager Lois Lerner’s emails to and from other IRS employees sent between January of 2009 and April of 2011 due to a ‘computer crash.’

In light of the disclosure, these are some of the logical requests that should be made of the IRS:

  • Please provide a timeline of the crash and documentation covering when it was first discovered and by whom; when, how and by whom it was learned that materials were lost; the official documentation reporting the crash and federal data loss; documentation reflecting all attempts to recover the materials; and the remediation records documenting the fix. This material should include the names of all officials and technicians involved, as well as all internal communications about the matter.
  • Please provide all documents and emails that refer to the crash from the time that it happened through the IRS’ disclosure to Congress Friday that it had occurred.
  • Please provide documentation showing the steps taken to recover the material, and the names of all technicians who attempted the recovery.
  • Please explain why redundancies required for federal systems were either not used or were not effective in restoring the lost materials, and provide documentation showing how this shortfall has been remediated.
  • Please provide any documents reflecting an investigation into how the crash resulted in the irretrievable loss of federal data and what factors were found to be responsible for the existence of this situation.
  • I would also ask for those who discovered and reported the crash to testify under oath, as well as any officials who reported the materials as having been irretrievably lost.

(Attkisson has several other important questions (and comments) that are well worth your time to read.)

The Obama Administration has turned our nation into a banana republic – where the government simply reacts to every new problem with whatever solution they find at hand. We no longer have the right to a just and honest representation, and the people that we have elected now act as our betters. The bureaucracy cushions our politicians from the blows of scandal and our watchdog media has instead become a lapdog media.

If justice is not served in these scandals – then “the social contract” that politicians and government supporters love to crow about has been broken. We’ve kept up our end; it’s our government who has broken the contract. Which means we are duty bound to tear down that government and to build a new one.

We want justice in the IRS Scandal. And we want it now. Read more at http://eaglerising.com/6815/wont-believe-latest-obama-administration-lie/#xgDUZQh5byle0PPo.99

 

Rand Paul

To: Lazaro R Gonzalez
Dear Lazaro R,
Did you see my email below?
You see, I just filed my class-action lawsuit against the NSA.
But that’s not the only way to fight unconstitutional spying!
I’ve also introduced the Fourth Amendment Protection Act in Congress to fight this battle on multiple fronts.
Unfortunately, not enough Americans have signed the petition supporting this legislation.
That’s why, if you haven’t already, please sign the petition right away!
And if you’ve already signed, please forward it to as many people as you know.
Without your help, and the help of people like you, we don’t stand a chance.
Thank you for all you’ve done, and continue to do for our Fourth Amendment rights.In Liberty,
Senator Rand Paul

 

Piden renuncia de Funcionarios del Hospital de Veterano de Miami Dade

June 17th, 2014

• Los acusan de no realizar sus funciones y hasta muerte de un veterano por falta de atención

MIAMI 17 DE JUNIO DE 2014, nhr.com—Después del escándalo dentro del Sistema de Salud para Veterano del país y la renuncia del secretario de Asuntos de Veteranos, Eric Shinseki, inmerso en el escándalo por las largas listas de espera en los hospitales de excombatientes y donde se ha  vinculado con la muerte de 40 veteranos que no recibieron tratamiento médico a tiempo, ahora el jefe de gabinete del Director del Hospital de veteranos de Miami, declaró en las últimas horas que no tiene la mas mínima intención de renunciar a su puesto.

En los últimos días se han hecho infinidades de llamamientos por la renuncia de Vincent DeGennaro, después que se revelara que en el 2009 el acordó que nunca practicaría medicina en el estado de Nueva York y haber sido sancionado en el estado de la Florida por presuntamente no proporcionar el cuidado adecuado a uno de sus pacientes que tuvo una muerte horrible y dolorosa.

El Dr. DeGennaro tiene un salario de $320,000 al año y sus funciones es supervisar la atención de los pacientes en el Hospital de Veteranos de Miami-Dade, Broward y Monroe, y sus críticos se quejan que su supervisión es solamente simbólica dentro del Sistema de Salud para Veteranos de Miami Dade, de acuerdo con algunas fuentes.

Recientemente el Senador Marco Rubio pidió la renuncia de DeGennaro señalando que “Creo que todas las novedades que rodea los escándalos sobre el sistema médico para Veteranos, donde sus funcionarios como el de Miami, deben considerar renunciar”, dijo.

Por su parte muchos representantes en Washington se han preguntado ¿Por qué es que alguien como DeGennaro se encuentran en una posición de autoridad en el Hospital de Veteranos de Miami?.

DeGennaro ha respondido a esos ataques, imperturbable y más bien con una actitud desafiante, de acuerdo con fuentes dentro del Hospital de Veteranos en Miami.

Fuentes han dicho que DeGennaro y el Director del Hospital de Veterano de Miami, Paul Russo se reunieron recientemente con el representante demócrata Joe García y con los representantes Mario Díaz Balart e Ileana Ros-Lehtinen.

Nelsonhortareporta.com ha tratado de entrevistar a DeGennaro o Russo pero han reusado el encuentro con periodistas.

 

Gov’t Seizes Control of All Your Financial Accounts

Written by Damon Geller

Everyone knows that the United States hasgone bankrupt.  As the U.S. government and the Fed poured trillions of dollars of YOUR money into the banks and markets after the 2008 economic collapse, this unprecedented level of money-printing is catapulting the U.S. debt to $28 trillion by 2018.  But now, the U.S. government and the Fed are completely out of ammo.  They desperately need money to maintain their own power, and taxes are no longer enough.  So in order to keep the Ponzi scheme going, the U.S. government has made several highly controversial moves to be in position to seize control of all your financial accounts.   And it’s becoming clearer by the day, if you want to protect your savings and wealth from government confiscation, you only have ONE choice.

The Bankrupt State

What happens when America goes bankrupt?  The $17 Trillion question?  Let’s be clear, America is already bankrupt.  “Bankrupt” is defined as “any insolvent debtor” – a debtor whose liabilities exceeds its assets.  The U.S. government, by its own admission, is a bankrupt entity.  Not bankrupt “soon,” bankrupt NOW.  To the tune of just OVER $17 trillion.  In an attempt to fabricate the illusion of “growth,” the Fed and their bank-owned politicians poured trillions of dollars of YOUR money into big banks and the markets in order to prop up stocks, bonds and real estate after the 2008 economic collapse.  The idea was to “fix” the economy by pouring 1,000 gallons of high-octane debt-gas on an already ragging debt-fueled bond fire.

Of course, REAL growth never materialized.  Instead, all that these criminals managed to accomplish with their money-printing was to blow up new bubbles, widen the income divide, and dramatically increase the wealth of a select few at the expense of the rest of us.  The tragic result:  the USA’s liabilities now exceed its assets by an amount so astronomical it’s almost incomprehensible.  And by its own admission, that hole will be getting deeper each year until we reach $28 trillion in debt by 2018.  Or until the Ponzi scheme blows up.

What Now?

The questions now are, what happens now that America is already bankrupt?  How do broke governments survive as long as they can?  What are they capable of doing when they know their fate is at hand?  How do the Ponzi masters keep the Ponzi scheme going?

The answer to all these questions may shock you:  The U.S. government has made several highly controversial moves to be in position to seize control of all your financial accounts!  They’re using legislation and authoritarian power in collusion with the modern financial system to gain access to your private assets in the name of “protection”, “security” or “national emergency.” But in reality, your savings & wealth have become a prime target for confiscation.

How can they do this?  Well, the “beauty” of the modern financial system – to a banker or an insolvent government – is the ease at which they can access your wealth with the stroke of a computer or a new law or tax.  When you combine the digital banking & financial system with the overreaching legislative power of an insolvent government, we citizens don’t stand a chance.  Unlike English soldiers breaking into the homes of colonists, today’s government can be far more subversive.  Just take a look at these government regulations & initiatives that are right now in the process of taking effect:

FATCA:  As everyone has heard by now, the July 1st FATCA provision requires foreign financial institutions such as banks, stock brokers, hedge funds, pension funds, insurance companies, and trusts to report all U.S. citizens’ accounts directly to the IRS.  The government can’t put its paws on your money if it doesn’t know where it is.  The more information a government has on the movement, location & size of global citizen wealth, the more efficiently and effectively it can create legislation & systems to control that wealth.  FATCA even requires reporting to the IRS by foreign private companies on any income made by a citizen of the U.S. whether they live here or not.  And FATCA, once implemented, will negatively impact the U.S. dollar, the global economy, and our international relationships.

MyRA:  In the State Of The Union Address – and coincidentally just as soon as the Fed started tapering their endless QE treasury-buying experiments – Obama announced the creation of the MyRA – your retirement money will now be used to pay for U.S. debt. The MyRA is nothing more than an investment scam being sold to the American people as a you-can’t-lose, zero-risk investment by the pitchman-in-chief himself.  The reality is, since the Fed can’t conjure up money from thin air to buy the debt anymore, and our foreign friends don’t want our debt anymore, Obama needs to sell it to John Q. Public.  Since the federal government has done so well at everything from delivering mail to affordable healthcare, what could possibly go wrong with jumping into the investment advisory business?  Where do I sign up?

CARDS:  The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which oversees how investments are sold, proposed what it calls CARDS – Comprehensive Automated Risk Data System – which is an electronic system that will regularly collect data on balances and transactions in all 4100 brokerage accounts nationwide. CARDS is disguised as a way to “protect” investors, but the system is clearly designed to have detailed information on the structure & location of every citizens’ investments.  Since the government needs us to support its debt (because outside interests no longer do), wouldn’t it be convenient to know and control the structure or every investment portfolio in America?

So for the first time ever, The U.S. government is directing you where to invest your savings & retirement and has gained full access to the activity in every single citizen’s bank accounts, retirement accounts, brokerage accounts and trading accounts.  The IRS will also have full visibility on any oversees accounts, income, equity or other earnings, effectively giving them access to all the wealth of every American citizen no matter where they reside on earth.  So now that we know what they’re doing and why they’re doing it, the question for you is:  what are you doing to safeguard your savings & wealth?

There’s Only One Place to Hide

With our desperate government gaining unprecedented access to your financial accounts everywhere in the world, you need to take action NOW to protect your savings & retirement from possible capital controls.  But if the government has its hands in your bank accounts, retirement accounts and brokerage accounts, is any place safe?

  1.  There’s ONE asset class this sits outside the financial system and is completely secure from government confiscation and global economic collapse:  Gold & Silver.  Gold & Silver have been the best wealth protectors for over 5,000 years and have survived every government & currency collapse in history.  Today, physical gold & silver are selling in record numbers around the world.  Central banks around the world and nations like China are stockpiling gold as a hedge to any possible collapse of all the dollars they hold.

The government has spent way beyond its limits.  And now you know that the government is seizing control of your financial accounts.  So the time is now.  Protect your savings & retirement with physical gold & silver before you have nothing left to protect. (Call 800-226-8106 to receive your free copy of Damon Geller’s popular book, “Rescue Your Money from the National Debt Disaster,” or see below)

 

‘The People vs. Barack Obama’

On Sunday, Senator Ted Cruz (R-TX) called for a special prosecutor to investigate the mysterious missing emails from former IRS charitable organizations head Lois Lerner between January 2009 and April 2011. The IRS announced that the emails had gone missing on Friday, prompting House Ways and Means Committee chairman Dave Camp to fume, “There needs to be an immediate investigation and forensic audit by Department of Justice as well as the Inspector General.” Cruz went further, tweeting out a call by Ron Fournier of National Journal for a special prosecutor.

The IRS’ activity is surely criminal, under 26 US Code Section 7212 and 5 US Code Section 7323. As I write in my book, The People vs. Barack Obama: The Criminal Case Against The Obama Administration, “the IRS and the Obama administration violated both the Hatch Act and the ‘omnibus’ provision of the Internal Revenue Code.”

But here’s the reality: the DOJ will not investigate, and the Obama administration will never sanction a special prosecutor. In March, Eric Holder denied Cruz’s request for a special prosecutor on the IRS issue. Which means that, as usual, the executive branch is entirely unanswerable for its crimes.

The Obama administration knows that. Which is why the administration has no problem whatsoever abusing its power to grant access to the United States to Mexican gang members. As the Washington Times reported today, “Border Patrol officials are swamped by the number of minors crossing illegally into the United States and frustrated that they can’t turn away known Mexican gang members.”

Read More:  http://www.breitbart.com/  Read more at http://minutemennews.com/2014/06/people-vs-barack-obama/#gTCxXQgQBoRAtrHd.99

 

 

Obama Released Worst Terrorist Yet

What did we hear for so many years during the Bush administration? Our involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan would create terrorism. Bush’s wars would cause more danger in the world. Well, evidently letting terrorists walk free is far worse than fighting and killing them. The UK Daily Mail reports that, “The United States once had Islamic State of Iraq and al-Shams (ISIS) leader Abu Bakr al Baghdadi (his friends call him Bag-Daddy…Yo) in custody at a detention facility in Iraq, but president Barack Obama let him go, it was revealed on Friday.” al Baghdadi was among the prisoners released in 2009 from the U.S.’s now-closed Camp Bucca near Umm Qasr in Iraq.
Read more at http://minutemennews.com/2014/06/obama-released-worst-terrorist-yet/#2b75xX1mvsjyy0Sg.99

 “FREEDOM IS NOT FREE”